Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout17601 59th Ave Ne_BLD5128_2025 Permit Packet Coversheet Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Avenue NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551 Page 1 of 1 Permit Number: Permit Type: Address/Parcel: Completed (Month/Year): Land Use ˆ Notice of Decision ˆ Staff Report ˆ Application ˆ Narrative ˆ Legal Description ˆ Vicinity Map ˆ Site Plan ˆ Landscape Plan ˆ Complete Streets Checklist ˆ Traffic Impact Analysis ˆ Snohomish County Traffic Mitigation Offer ˆ WSDOT Traffic Offer Form ˆ Tree Survey ˆ Stormwater Drainage Report ˆ Geotech Report ˆ Critical Area Evaluation Form ˆ SEPA Checklist ˆ Public Notice Material ˆ Noticing and Related Documents ˆ Water / Sewer Availability Certificate ˆ Unanticipated Discovery Plan Form ˆ Aerial Photo of Site ˆ Proposed Building Materials ˆ Lighting Plans and Lighting Cut Sheets ˆ Color Elevations ˆ Design Matrix ˆ Plat Map ˆ Title Report ˆ Lot Closures ˆ Preliminary Civil Plans ˆ Archaeological Survey o Confidential Documents. Contact the City to obtain. ˆ Topography (Existing Conditions) ˆ CC&R’s ˆ Deeds / Easements / Conveyances /Dedications ˆ Developer’s Agreement ˆ Recorded Copies ˆ Bonding or Assignment of Funds o Confidential Documents. Contact the City to obtain. ˆ Letters and Project Documents ˆ Other: Civil ˆ Issued Permit ˆ Application ˆ Other Applications ˆ Construction Calculation Worksheet ˆ Approved Plans ˆ Review Comment Form ˆ Letters and Project Documents ˆ Other Agency Permits ˆ Reports: o Drainage Report Pg: o Stormwater Pg: o Geotech Pg: o All Other Reports ˆ SEPA and Noticing Materials ˆ Inspections ˆ As-Builts ˆ Other: Building ˆ Issued Permit ˆ Application ˆ Additional Applications ˆ Approved Plans ˆ Site Plan ˆ Letters and Project Documents ˆ Calculations ˆ Project Specification Manuals ˆ Reports ˆ Certificate of Occupancy ˆ Inspections ˆ Other: BLD5128 Fire Sprinkler 17601 59th Ave Ne October 2024 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ FIRE SPRINKLER PERMIT APPLICATION Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551 REV11.2020 Page 1 of 3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Provide Information on All Equipment to be Installed Prior to Installation ELECTRONIC FILES OF THE FOLLOW: Complete and Scaled Plans Hydraulic Calculations Equipment Specifications for Each Fire Sprinkler Permit Application Specification Sheets Wiring Diagrams (Point to Point Wiring) Electrical Plans, if applicable FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS (105.7.1, 105.7.4, 105.7.11) ** DEVICES include separate individual portions of a Fire Sprinkler System such as: Sprinklers Heads, Risers, Valves, Pull Stations, and other such devices. (Each piece is one device) PLAN REVIEW FEES Less than $5,000.00 = $100.00 $5,000.00 & over – based on project valuation (Plan Review Fee is 65% of project valuation as calculated per Table 4-1) Type of Permit:  New Installation System Modification Phased InstallationProperty Address: Suite No.: Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Project Valuation: Preferred Contact:  Owner  Applicant ContractorProject Description: Owner Name: Phone No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Applicant Name: Phone No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Contractor Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: REV2022 Page 2 of 3 REINSPECTION / PHASED INSTALLATION INSPECTIONS Submit Phasing Plan with Application – review and approval required REINSPECTION FEES SHALL BE PAID PRIOR TO INSPECTION FEE Reinspection/Phased Installation fee is charged per hour (1 hour minimum) $75.00 Hydrostatic Pressure Test (1 test included per permit) $150.00 Cover Inspection (1 cover inspection included per permit) $75.00 Fire Pump (1 fire pump inspection per permit) inspection requires 2 hours $150.00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT OR SYSTEM MODIFICATION (NFPA 13/13R) Number of Devices** Device Fee Subtotal 1 to 2 $ 75.00 = $ 3 to 5 $125.00 = $ 6 to 10 $175.00 = $ 11 to 20 $225.00 = $ 21 to 40 $300.00 = $ 41 to 100 $375.00 = $ 101 to 200 $475.00 = $ 201 to 300 $575.00 = $ > 300 $600.00 plus $50.00 per 100 additional devices (round up) Total Number of Devices = $600.00 + $ = $ Hydraulically Designed Systems Yes  / No  Yes = Permit Fee x 2 $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ NEW COMMERCIAL SYSTEM (NFPA 13/13R) Number of Devices** Device Fee Subtotal 1 to 100 $375.00 = $ 101 to 200 $475.00 = $ 201 to 300 $600.00 = $ > 300 $625.00 plus $50.00 per 100 additional devices (round up) Total Number of Devices = $625.00 + $ = $ Hydraulically Designed Systems Yes  / No  Yes = Permit Fee x 2 $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ RESIDENTIAL (NFPA 13D) Number of Devices** Device Fee Subtotal 1 to 10 $175.00 = $ 11 to 25 $225.00 = $ 26 + $275.00 = $ * NFPA 13D SYSTEM INSTALLED (NOT REQUIRED) Permit Fee Reduced 50% = $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ REV2022 Page 3 of 3  HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Type of System No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal Pre-Engineered x $200.00 = $ Custom Engineered x $275.00 = $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ STANDPIPE SYSTEM Type of Standpipe No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal Class I – new or existing x $150.00 = $ Class II – new or existing x $150.00 = $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ FIRE PUMP Fire Pump x $300.00 each = $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ SPRAY BOOTHS (105.7) & INDUSTRIAL OVENS (105.7.7) NOTE: SEPARATE SPRINKLER PERMIT REQUIRED Type of Booth No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal Pre-Engineered w/documents x $150.00 = $ Site-built or used w/o documents x $250.00 = $ x $250.00 = $ PERMIT FEE SUBTOTAL $ Plan review fee due at time of submittal TOTAL PERMIT FEE $ PLAN REVIEW FEE $ Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 TOTAL $ I hereby certify that I am the Owner, Applicant, Contractor, and authorized to sign this application and that the above information is correct and construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington, and the City of Arlington. Signature Print Name Date Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: 60181_Sno Pud PWC-NCCO_R03_Office_Permit Correctio Calculation Date: 4/26/2023 for Type of System: WET N/A 4/26/2023© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:46AM1 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 04 / 2 7 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:49AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (1) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 1 Sprinkler 110 20.22 16.33 5.6 13.035 Sprinkler 111 18.34 16.33 5.6 10.724 Sprinkler 112 17.84 16.33 5.6 10.151 Sprinkler 113 17.64 16.33 5.6 9.920 Sprinkler 114 17.60 16.33 5.6 9.872 Sprinkler 115 17.63 16.33 5.6 9.906 Sprinkler 116 16.33 16.33 5.6 Sprinkler 117 17.91 16.33 5.6 10.225 Sprinkler 118 17.05 16.33 5.6 9.265 Sprinkler 119 18.83 16.33 5.6 11.312 Sprinkler 120 23.57 16.33 5.6 17.712 Sprinkler 824 20.51 16.33 5.6 13.408 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:50AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Date: 4/26/2023 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 68.0001 68.803323.452650.00 83.67384.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 223.4568.803Supply1 10-0 20.2213.035Sprinkler110 10-0 18.3410.724Sprinkler111 10-0 17.8410.151Sprinkler112 10-0 17.649.920Sprinkler113 10-0 17.609.872Sprinkler114 10-0 17.639.906Sprinkler115 12-0 16.338.507Sprinkler116 10-0 17.9110.225Sprinkler117 12-0 17.059.265Sprinkler118 10-0 18.8311.312Sprinkler119 9-0 23.5717.712Sprinkler120 10-0 20.5113.408Sprinkler824 -3-6 68.7362 0-6 66.8913 3-6½65.533100 11-6 55.410150 11-6 20.264154 11-7 16.199155 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:53AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Date: 4/26/2023 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 11-8½14.879156 11-9 13.179157 11-9 12.447158 11-9 12.152159 11-9 12.091160 11-9 12.134161 11-9 12.252162 11-9 12.542163 11-9 13.312164 11-9 13.930165 11-6 20.131166 11-6 22.329264 11-6 33.165667 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:53AM Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 31-0 11-9 40-8 0.108 3.637 12-0 9-8116 162 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 8.50716.33 0.089467 Sprinkler, 16.33 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 11-9 5-10½0.289 11-9 5-10½162 163 1½ 1.6820 12.25224.69 0.049321 Flow (q) from Route 3 41.03 120 11-9 8-0 0.771 11-9 8-0163 164 1½ 1.6820 12.54217.91 0.096390 Flow (q) from Route 7 58.93 120 11-9 4-0 0.618 11-9 4-0164 165 1½ 1.6820 13.31217.05 0.154225 Flow (q) from Route 2 75.98 120 14-10 11-6 26-2½ 0.108 6.093 11-9 11-4½165 166 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 13.93018.83 0.232317 Flow (q) from Route 9 94.81 E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 11-6 1-11 0.133 11-6 1-11166 154 2 2.1570 20.131 0.06918494.81 120 11-6 7-6 2.065 11-6 7-6154 264 2 2.1570 20.264105.07 0.274938 Flow (q) from Route 5 199.88 120 11-6 32-1 10.836 11-6 32-1264 667 2 2.1570 22.32923.57 0.337899 Flow (q) from Route 12 223.45 120 24-8½ 11-6 174-6 22.245 11-6 149-9½667 150 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 33.165 0.127478223.45 T(16-5½), E(8-3) 120 80-7½ 3-6½147-7 3.450 6.672 11-6 66-11150 100 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 55.410 0.045213223.45 5E(9-5), BV(13-5½), PO(20-2) 120 17-7 0-6 22-6½ 1.319 0.039 3-6½4-11½100 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 65.533 0.001749223.45 E(17-7), BFP 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:56AM1 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.111 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 66.891 0.001395223.45 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.067 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 68.736 0.000340223.45 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 323.45 Route 1Total(Pt) 68.803 31-0 11-9 40-8 0.108 3.938 12-0 9-8118 164 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.26517.05 0.096823 Sprinkler, 17.05 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 13.312 Total(Pt)Route 2 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 2.977 10-0 0-0114 160 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.87217.60 0.102671 Sprinkler, 17.60 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 4-11½ 11-9 22-7½0.043 11-9 17-8160 161 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 12.091 0.0019057.07 E(4-11½) 120 11-9 6-1½0.118 11-9 6-1½161 162 1½ 1.6820 12.13417.63 0.019281 Flow (q) from Route 4 24.69 120 12.252 Total(Pt)Route 3 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 2.987 10-0 0-0115 161 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.90617.63 0.102995 Sprinkler, 17.63 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12.134 Total(Pt)Route 4 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 2.991 10-0 0-0113 159 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.92017.64 0.103134 Sprinkler, 17.64 5.6 Z, PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 11-9 12-0 0.295 11-9 12-0159 158 1½ 1.6820 12.15210.53 0.024596 Flow (q) from Route 13 28.17 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:56AM1 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 11-9 12-0 0.732 11-9 12-0158 157 1½ 1.6820 12.44717.84 0.060970 Flow (q) from Route 6 46.01 120 4-11½ 11-8½14-10 0.017 1.683 11-9 9-10½157 156 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 13.17918.34 0.113407 Flow (q) from Route 8 64.35 E(4-11½) 120 11-7 6-8 0.055 1.265 11-8½6-8156 155 1½ 1.6820 14.87920.51 0.189190 Flow (q) from Route 11 84.85 120 9-11 11-6 14-4 0.037 4.028 11-7 4-5½155 154 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 16.19920.22 0.280941 Flow (q) from Route 10 105.07 PO(9-11) 120 20.264 Total(Pt)Route 5 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.055 10-0 0-0112 158 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.15117.84 0.105352 Sprinkler, 17.84 5.6 Z, PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12.447 Total(Pt)Route 6 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.076 10-0 0-0117 163 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.22517.91 0.106058 Sprinkler, 17.91 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12.542 Total(Pt)Route 7 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.214 10-0 0-0111 157 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.72418.34 0.110837 Sprinkler, 18.34 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 13.179 Total(Pt)Route 8 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.377 10-0 0-0119 165 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 11.31218.83 0.116448 Sprinkler, 18.83 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 13.930 Total(Pt)Route 9 29-0 11-7 29-0 -0.687 3.850 10-0 0-0110 155 1 • • • • • Route 10 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.03520.22 0.132774 Sprinkler, 20.22 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 16.199 Total(Pt)Route 10 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:56AM1 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 9-0 11-8½16-2 -0.733 2.204 10-0 7-2824 156 1 • • • • • Route 11 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.40820.51 0.136283 Sprinkler, 20.51 5.6 2E(2-0), PO(5-0) 120 14.879 Total(Pt)Route 11 29-0 11-6 32-4 -1.084 5.701 9-0 3-4120 264 1 • • • • • Route 12 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 17.71223.57 0.176308 Sprinkler, 23.57 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 22.329 Total(Pt)Route 12 4-11½ 11-9 15-5½0.062 11-9 10-6160 159 1½• • • • • Route 13 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.6820 12.0917.07 0.003983 Flow (q) from Route 3 10.53 E(4-11½) 120 12.152 Total(Pt)Route 13 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:56AM1 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 10AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:05:55AM1 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: 60181_Sno Pud PWC-NCCO_R03_Office_Permit Correctio Calculation Date: 4/26/2023 for Type of System: WET N/A 4/26/2023© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:37AM2 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 04 / 2 7 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:39AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (2) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 2 Sprinkler 210 33.34 19.60 5.6 35.446 Sprinkler 211 29.08 19.60 5.6 26.966 Sprinkler 212 26.09 19.60 5.6 21.705 Sprinkler 213 21.08 19.60 5.6 14.172 Sprinkler 214 20.17 19.60 5.6 12.975 Sprinkler 215 20.45 19.60 5.6 13.336 Sprinkler 216 20.51 19.60 5.6 13.413 Sprinkler 217 19.63 19.60 5.6 12.292 Sprinkler 218 19.60 19.60 5.6 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:41AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Date: 4/26/2023 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 68.0001 71.959309.962650.00 83.69884.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 209.9671.959Supply1 10-0 33.3435.446Sprinkler210 10-0 29.0826.966Sprinkler211 10-0 26.0921.705Sprinkler212 12-0 21.0814.172Sprinkler213 12-0 20.1712.975Sprinkler214 10-0 20.4513.336Sprinkler215 12-0 20.5113.413Sprinkler216 12-0 19.6312.292Sprinkler217 10-0 19.6012.250Sprinkler218 -3-6 71.9002 0-6 70.0673 3-6½68.713100 11-6 59.317150 11-6 45.975151 11-6 44.816152 12-6 44.837250 11-6 33.859251 11-6 27.226252 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:44AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Date: 4/26/2023 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 11-6 27.042253 12-6 18.115254 12-6 16.592255 12-6 17.150256 12-6 15.722257 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:44AM Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 28-0 12-6 36-4 -1.084 4.555 10-0 8-4218 257 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.25019.60 0.125357 Sprinkler, 19.60 5.6 2E(2-0), fd(24-0) 120 12-6 12-0 1.429 12-6 12-0257 256 1¼ 1.3800 15.72219.63 0.119043 Flow (q) from Route 2 39.23 120 15-0 11-6 36-6 0.434 9.459 12-6 21-6256 253 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 17.15020.51 0.259161 Flow (q) from Route 5 59.74 3E(3-0), PO(6-0) 120 11-6 0-6 0.184 11-6 0-6253 252 1½ 1.6820 27.04261.70 0.367275 Flow (q) from Route 3 121.45 120 11-6 12-7 6.633 11-6 12-7252 251 1½ 1.6820 27.22626.09 0.526433 Flow (q) from Route 7 147.54 120 9-11 11-6 14-11 10.958 11-6 5-0½251 152 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 33.85929.08 0.734324 Flow (q) from Route 8 176.62 PO(9-11) 120 11-6 14-0½1.158 11-6 14-0½152 151 2½ 2.6350 44.816 0.082501176.62 120 8-3 11-6 117-5½13.342 11-6 109-2½151 150 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 45.97533.34 0.113604 Flow (q) from Route 9 209.96 E(8-3) 120 80-7½ 3-6½147-7 3.450 5.946 11-6 66-11150 100 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 59.317 0.040293209.96 5E(9-5), BV(13-5½), PO(20-2) 120 17-7 0-6 22-6½ 1.319 0.035 3-6½4-11½100 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 68.713 0.001559209.96 E(17-7), BFP 120 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.099 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 70.067 0.001244209.96 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:46AM2 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.059 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 71.900 0.000303209.96 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 309.96 Route 1Total(Pt) 71.959 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 3.647 12-0 0-0217 257 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.29219.63 0.125751 Sprinkler, 19.63 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 15.722 Total(Pt)Route 2 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 3.834 12-0 0-0214 255 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.97520.17 0.132203 Sprinkler, 20.17 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12-6 12-0 1.523 12-6 12-0255 254 1¼ 1.3800 16.59220.45 0.126955 Flow (q) from Route 4 40.62 120 15-0 11-6 30-10½ 0.434 8.493 12-6 15-10½254 253 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 18.11521.08 0.275116 Flow (q) from Route 6 61.70 3E(3-0), PO(6-0) 120 27.042 Total(Pt)Route 3 26-0 12-6 32-0 -1.084 4.339 10-0 6-0215 255 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.33620.45 0.135606 Sprinkler, 20.45 5.6 E(2-0), fd(24-0) 120 16.592 Total(Pt)Route 4 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 3.954 12-0 0-0216 256 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.41320.51 0.136331 Sprinkler, 20.51 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 17.150 Total(Pt)Route 5 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 4.160 12-0 0-0213 254 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.17221.08 0.143449 Sprinkler, 21.08 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 18.115 Total(Pt)Route 6 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:46AM2 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 29-0 11-6 29-0 -0.650 6.171 10-0 0-0212 252 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 21.70526.09 0.212789 Sprinkler, 26.09 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 27.226 Total(Pt)Route 7 29-0 11-6 29-0 -0.650 7.543 10-0 0-0211 251 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 26.96629.08 0.260094 Sprinkler, 29.08 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 33.859 Total(Pt)Route 8 29-0 12-6 31-3½ -1.084 10.474 10-0 2-3½210 250 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 35.44633.34 0.334948 Sprinkler, 33.34 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 14-10 11-6 20-11½ 0.434 0.705 12-6 6-1½250 151 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 44.837 0.03360333.34 E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 45.975 Total(Pt)Route 9 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:46AM2 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:16:46AM2 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: 60181_Sno Pud PWC-NCCO_R03_Office_Permit Correctio Calculation Date: 4/26/2023 for Type of System: DRY 48.48 gal 4/26/2023© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:17:51AM3 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 04 / 2 7 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:17:53AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (3) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 3 Sprinkler 310 16.17 12.60 5.6 8.340 Sprinkler 311 17.04 12.60 5.6 9.261 Sprinkler 312 14.82 12.60 5.6 Sprinkler 313 15.66 12.60 5.6 7.819 Sprinkler 314 16.54 12.60 5.6 8.722 Sprinkler 315 16.54 12.60 5.6 8.723 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:17:55AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Date: 4/26/2023 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 68.0001 73.089196.772650.00 83.87084.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 96.7773.089Supply1 12-0½16.178.340Sprinkler310 11-5 17.049.261Sprinkler311 12-0½14.827.000Sprinkler312 11-5 15.667.819Sprinkler313 12-0½16.548.722Sprinkler314 12-0 16.548.723Sprinkler315 -3-6 73.0752 0-6 71.3173 12-3 10.048320 12-3 8.439321 3-6½69.991350 5-5 68.441352 DPV 11-0 65.814353 11-2 53.986354 11-4½15.295355 11-5 12.952356 11-9½11.645357 11-10 11.437358 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:17:58AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Date: 4/26/2023 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 11-9½12.293641 11-9½14.535758 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:17:58AM Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 5-0 12-3 14-7½ -0.091 1.530 12-0½9-7½312 321 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 7.00014.82 0.104671 Sprinkler, 14.82 5.6 T(3-7), E(1-5) 100 2-10 11-9½9-2½ 0.191 3.664 12-3 6-4½321 641 1 (See Notes) 1.0490 8.43915.66 0.397425 Flow (q) from Route 2 30.47 2E(1-5) 100 4-3½ 11-5 4-8 0.170 0.488 11-9½0-4½641 356 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 12.293 0.10452530.47 PO(4-3½) 100 11-4½15-0 0.014 2.329 11-5 15-0356 355 1½ 1.6820 12.95233.08 0.155296 Flow (q) from Route 4 63.55 100 7-0½ 11-2 114-2 0.096 38.595 11-4½107-1½355 354 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 15.29533.21 0.338033 Flow (q) from Route 3 96.77 2E(3-6½) 100 21-11 11-0 116-9½ 0.071 11.757 11-2 94-10½354 353 2 (See Notes) 2.1570 53.986 0.10066696.77 5E(4-4½) 100 5-5 5-7 2.416 0.212 11-0 5-7353 352 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 65.814 0.03797896.77 DPV 100 26-1 3-6½27-3 0.811 0.739 5-5 1-2352 350 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 68.441 0.02710596.77 BV(9-7½), PO(16-5½) 120 17-7 0-6 19-0½ 1.319 0.007 3-6½1-5½350 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 69.991 0.00037296.77 E(17-7), BFP 120 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.024 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 71.317 0.00029796.77 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.014 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 73.075 0.00007296.77 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:18:00AM3 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 196.77 Route 1Total(Pt) 73.089 7-1½ 12-3 8-5½ -0.361 0.981 11-5 1-4313 321 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 7.81915.66 0.115947 Sprinkler, 15.66 5.6 2T(3-7) 100 8.439 Total(Pt)Route 2 5-0 12-3 14-7½ -0.091 1.799 12-0½9-7½310 320 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 8.34016.17 0.123079 Sprinkler, 16.17 5.6 T(3-7), E(1-5) 100 2-10 11-9½9-2½ 0.191 4.296 12-3 6-4½320 758 1 (See Notes) 1.0490 10.04817.04 0.466029 Flow (q) from Route 6 33.21 2E(1-5) 100 4-3½ 11-4½4-8½ 0.184 0.576 11-9½0-5758 355 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 14.535 0.12256833.21 PO(4-3½) 100 15.295 Total(Pt)Route 3 11-5 11-9½22-0½ 0.097 2.826 12-0½10-7½314 357 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 8.72216.54 0.128280 Sprinkler, 16.54 5.6 T(3-7), 3E(1-5), PO(3-7) 100 7-0½ 11-5 24-5½ 0.173 1.134 11-9½17-4½357 356 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 11.64516.54 0.046398 Flow (q) from Route 5 33.08 2E(3-6½) 100 12.952 Total(Pt)Route 4 11-5 11-10 20-7½ 0.068 2.646 12-0 9-2½315 358 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 8.72316.54 0.128300 Sprinkler, 16.54 5.6 T(3-7), 3E(1-5), PO(3-7) 100 11-9½15-0½ 0.014 0.194 11-10 15-0½358 357 1½ 1.6820 11.437 0.01287116.54 100 11.645 Total(Pt)Route 5 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:18:00AM3 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 7-1½ 12-3 8-5½ -0.361 1.148 11-5 1-4311 320 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.26117.04 0.135606 Sprinkler, 17.04 5.6 2T(3-7) 100 10.048 Total(Pt)Route 6 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:18:00AM3 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:18:00AM3 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: 60181_Sno Pud PWC-NCCO_R03_Office_Permit Correctio Calculation Date: 4/26/2023 for Type of System: WET N/A 4/26/2023© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:48AM4 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 04 / 2 7 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:50AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (4) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 4 Sprinkler 410 32.94 17.21 5.6 34.601 Sprinkler 411 32.72 17.21 5.6 34.146 Sprinkler 412 24.90 17.21 5.6 19.764 Sprinkler 413 22.75 17.21 5.6 16.505 Sprinkler 414 19.43 17.21 5.6 12.034 Sprinkler 415 17.84 17.21 5.6 10.143 Sprinkler 416 17.21 17.21 5.6 Sprinkler 417 17.71 17.21 5.6 9.997 Sprinkler 418 27.68 17.21 5.6 24.426 Sprinkler 419 26.46 17.21 5.6 22.332 Sprinkler 420 25.17 17.21 5.6 20.208 Sprinkler 421 23.09 17.21 5.6 17.000 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:51AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Date: 4/26/2023 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 68.0001 69.662387.892650.00 83.54384.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 287.8969.662Supply1 27-10 32.9434.601Sprinkler410 27-10 32.7234.146Sprinkler411 28-10½24.9019.764Sprinkler412 28-10½22.7516.505Sprinkler413 28-10½19.4312.034Sprinkler414 28-4 17.8410.143Sprinkler415 28-4 17.219.443Sprinkler416 28-11½17.719.997Sprinkler417 29-10½27.6824.426Sprinkler418 29-10½26.4622.332Sprinkler419 29-10½25.1720.208Sprinkler420 30-0½23.0917.000Sprinkler421 -3-6 69.5552 0-6 67.6433 29-10½36.73122 28-10½36.21949 27-10 40.00982 26-0 43.83488 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:54AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Date: 4/26/2023 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 3-6½66.266400 12-8½59.755450 26-0 49.691451 26-4 42.056452 27-4½41.120453 28-4½40.560454 28-10½11.861455 28-4 10.901456 29-10½20.171457 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:54AM Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 5-0 28-4 14-9½1.458 28-4 9-9½416 456 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.44317.21 0.098536 Sprinkler, 17.21 5.6 T(5-0) 120 6-0 28-10½12-3½ -0.226 1.185 28-4 6-3½456 455 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 10.90117.84 0.096597 Flow (q) from Route 3 35.04 PO(6-0) 120 28-10½2-2½ 0.000 0.173 28-10½2-2½455 414 1½ 1.6820 11.86117.71 0.078521 Flow (q) from Route 2 52.75 120 19-9½ 28-10½31-10½4.471 28-10½12-1414 413 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 12.03419.43 0.140251 Sprinkler, 72.18 5.6 4E(4-11½) 120 28-10½14-0 3.260 28-10½14-0413 412 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 16.50522.75 0.232834 Sprinkler 94.93 5.6 120 28-10½45-11 16.455 28-10½45-11412 49 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 19.76424.90 0.358240 Sprinkler 119.82 5.6 120 30-9 27-4½39-10 0.650 4.251 28-10½9-149 453 2 (See Notes) 2.1570 36.219 0.106683119.82 T(12-3½), E(6-2), PO(12-3½) 120 26-4 12-3½ 0.443 0.493 27-4½12-3½453 452 3 3.3340 41.120102.40 0.040122 Flow (q) from Route 4 222.23 120 21-0 26-0 25-1½ 0.149 1.628 26-4 4-2452 88 3 (See Notes) 3.3340 42.05665.66 0.064771 Flow (q) from Route 5 287.89 2E(10-6) 120 29-0 26-0 60-4½ -0.005 5.861 26-0 31-4½88 451 3 (See Notes) 3.0680 43.834 0.097104287.89 2E(7-0), T(15-0) 120 37-7½ 12-8½59-7 5.758 4.306 26-0 21-11½451 450 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 49.691 0.072253287.89 4E(9-5) 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:57AM4 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 94-9½ 3-6½129-0 3.978 2.533 12-8½34-2½450 400 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 59.755 0.019634287.89 4E(13-2), 2f(-0.000), BV(15-9 ½), PO(26-4) 120 17-7 0-6 21-0½ 1.319 0.058 3-6½3-5½400 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 66.266 0.002795287.89 E(17-7), BFP 120 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.178 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 67.643 0.002230287.89 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.107 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 69.555 0.000544287.89 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 387.89 Route 1Total(Pt) 69.662 7-0 28-10½17-6 0.047 1.817 28-11½10-6417 455 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.99717.71 0.103874 Sprinkler, 17.71 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0) 120 11.861 Total(Pt)Route 2 5-0 28-4 7-2½0.758 28-4 2-2½415 456 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.14317.84 0.105278 Sprinkler, 17.84 5.6 T(5-0) 120 10.901 Total(Pt)Route 3 7-0 29-10½18-3 0.074 3.096 30-0½11-3421 457 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 17.00023.09 0.169746 Sprinkler, 23.09 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0) 120 29-10½2-2½0.037 29-10½2-2½457 420 1½ 1.6820 20.171 0.01703023.09 120 19-9½ 29-10½31-10½2.124 29-10½12-1420 419 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 20.20825.17 0.066616 Sprinkler, 48.26 5.6 4E(4-11½) 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:57AM4 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 29-10½14-0 2.094 29-10½14-0419 418 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 22.33226.46 0.149561 Sprinkler 74.73 5.6 120 29-10½45-11 12.305 29-10½45-11418 22 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 24.42627.68 0.267897 Sprinkler 102.40 5.6 120 30-9 28-4½39-10 0.650 3.179 29-10½9-122 454 2 (See Notes) 2.1570 36.731 0.079779102.40 T(12-3½), E(6-2), PO(12-3½) 120 27-4½12-3½ 0.443 0.118 28-4½12-3½454 453 3 3.3340 40.560 0.009570102.40 120 41.120 Total(Pt)Route 4 27-10 14-0 -0.000 0.454 27-10 14-0411 410 1½• • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.6820 34.14632.72 0.032462 Sprinkler 32.72 5.6 120 27-10 45-11 -0.000 5.408 27-10 45-11410 82 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 34.60132.94 0.117743 Sprinkler 65.66 5.6 120 30-9 26-4 39-10 0.650 1.397 27-10 9-182 452 2 (See Notes) 2.1570 40.009 0.03506465.66 T(12-3½), E(6-2), PO(12-3½) 120 42.056 Total(Pt)Route 5 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:57AM4 Date: 4/26/2023 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.4/26/2023 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.21.0 10:44:57AM4 RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION, LLC 801 Valley Ave NW, Suite D Puyallup, WA 98371 (253) 840-9900 REDHAHF901QP MATERIAL SUBMITTALS FOR SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUD NORTH COUNTY COMMUNITY OFFICE – OFFICE BUILDING ARLINGTON, WA RHFP JOB NO. 60181 Material Notes: Section 1 - Pipe & Fittings Description Make Model Comments Black Steel Sprinkler Pipe - SCHD 7 (Flow)Bull Moose N/A Or Equal Black Steel Sprinkler Pipe - SCHD 10 & 40 Bull Moose N/A Or Equal Weld On Outlets for Steel Pipe Anvil/ASC N/A Or Equal Threaded Fittings - Ductile Iron Titus N/A Or Equal Grooved Rigid Coupling Victaulic Style 009N Grooved Flexible Coupling Victaulic Style 75 Grooved Flange Adaptor Victaulic Style 741 Grooved Fittings - 1¼"-1½"Victaulic N/A Standard Grooved Fittings - 2" & Larger Victaulic N/A Firelock Flexible Sprinkler Drop, 48" & 72"Victaulic AH2 Installed with AB2 Bracket Section 2 - Hangers & Attachments Description Make Model Comments All Thread Rod - Galvanized Ferguson N/A Or Equal Loop/Ring Hanger - Standard Duty Caddy/nVent 115 Or Equal Loop/Ring Hanger - Heavy Duty Trapeze Caddy/nVent 100T Or Equal Concrete Anchor - Screw Hilti KH-EZ I For 6" & Larger Pipe, or Concrete Pan Deck Attachment - Universal Beam Clamp Caddy/nVent 300 Or Equal Beam Clamp Retainer Strap Caddy/nVent RS Or Equal Sammy Super Screw - Steel Buildex DSTR 1 Sammy Sidewinder - Steel Buildex SWD 20 Sammy Express Buildex XP 20 / XP 35 Section 3 - Bracing & Restraints Description Make Model Comments Brace Structure Attachment - Generic (EQ Ear)Caddy/nVent CSBU Universal Structural Bracket Brace Structure Attachment - Steel Beam Caddy/nVent CSBS Assembled Brace Pipe Attachment - Longitudinal and Lateral Brace Caddy/nVent CSB Universal Sway Brace Brace Pipe Attachment - Lateral Brace Caddy/nVent CSBQ Quick Grip Lateral Brace Branch Line Restraint - Pipe Attachment Caddy/nVent CSBBRP0 Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment - Steel Caddy/nVent CSBBRS1EG Section 4 - Valves & Accessories Description Make Model Comments Ball Valve Landsdale/Brecco LVBV Or Equal Butterfly Valve, with Tamper Reliable BFG-300 Check Valve - Grooved Reliable Model G Backflow - Grooved Double Check Detector Backflow Direct/Ames Deringer 30 Test & Drain Valve, With Pressure Relief AGF 1011A Flexible Drain Hose Reliable Streamline Dry Pipe Valve Reliable DDX Low Pressure & Latching Installs Only Air Maintenance Device Viking D-2 Or Equal Air Compressor, Riser Mounted General Air OLR12016AC Rated for Dry Systems up to 120 gal Section 5 - Alarms & Supervisory Devices Description Make Model Comments Air Pressure Gauge Wika Instrument LP 111.10SP Or Equal Water Flow Switch Potter Signal VSR Supplied with UM & UMC Risers < 4" Pressure Switch, Alarm Potter Signal PS10 Pressure Switch, High/Low Supervisory Potter Signal PS40 High Pressure System Supervisory Switch, OS&Y Style Potter Signal OSYSU Alarm Bell - 24v, 10" Potter Signal PDC-10-24 Provided upon request Section 6 - Fire Sprinklers Description Make Model Comments Standard Spray Pendent - Recessed Reliable F1FR56 (5.6K)Ref. plans, color, temp, and response Standard Spray Upright - Quick Response (QR)Reliable F1FR56 (5.6K)Ref. plans, color, temp, and response Standard Spray Sidewall - Recessed Reliable F1FR56 (5.6K)Ref. plans, color, temp, and response Standard Spray Dry Sprinkler - Pendent, Upright, & Sidewall Reliable F3QR56 (5.6K)Ref. plans, color, temp, and response TABLE OF CONTENTS Any material with comment "Or Equal" indicates cut sheet represents an exact or similar product to what we will install. These products generally are generic in nature and due to vender availability, price changes, or other variables, a similar product may be selected. All products used will meet specifications and requirements as given by any applicable NFPA standards, the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and, if supplied, projects specification documents. Section 7 – Miscellaneous Description Make Model Comments Teflon Tape Argco PTFE Tape Industrial Pipe Dope Argco Tuf-Glide Thread Oil FPPI/ASC Threadfit Clear Oil Coupling Gasket Grease FPPI/ASC LubeFit Fire Caulk for Fire Rated Penetrations Hilti FS-One Sprinkler Spare Stock Box Argco 6510150 Sprinkler Head Guard FPPI/ASC Fig 02-600 Pipe & Fittings SECTION 1 1819 Clarkson Road, Chesterfield, MO 63017 US: 800.325.4467 | Canada: 800.882.4666 | sales@BullMooseIndustries.com EDDY FLOW SPRINKLER PIPE SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET Nominal Pipe Size (inches)1-1/4”1-1/2”2”2-1/2”3”4” O.D. (in)1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 I.D. (in)1.530 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.310 Empty Weight (lb/ft)1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 Water Filled Weight (lb/ft)2.019 2.860 3.982 5.299 7.144 11.290 C.R.R.*1.98 3.44 2.78 1.66 1.00 1.00 Pieces per Lift 61 61 37 30 19 19 *Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY APPROVALS AND SPECIFICATIONS • ASTM A135, Grade A • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A • Pressure rated to 300 psi • Underwriters Laboratories— United States of America • Underwriters Laboratories—Canada • Factory Mutual • NFPA-13 • NFPA-13R • NFPA-14 • CIVIL DEFENSE APPROVAL— United Arab Emirates • Made in the United States of America • UL, ULC & FM listed for roll-groove, plain-end and welded joints for wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems. • LEED v4 Certified FINISHES AND COATINGS • Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe receives an OD mill coating of water-based paint which has corrosion protection expected with a painted carbon steel product, i.e. it would be expected to resist corrosion for an extended and indefinite period in a clean and dry environment and, as environmental conditions deteriorate, the corrosion protection would also diminish. • Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe (black) receives an ID mill coating of Eddy Guard II MIC preventative coating. EG2 has been tested at independent laboratories to resist bacterial growth and maintain minimal bacterial count after multiple flushes (25) of the pipe. • Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe when Hot Dip Galvanized by ASTM A123 and supplied by Bull Moose Tube is UL listed and FM approved. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION • Every length of Bull Moose fire sprinkler pipe features large, easy-to- read, continuous stenciling, clearly identifying the manufacturer, type of pipe, size, and length. SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Project Contractor Engineer Specification Reference Locations Comments System TypeDate Eddy Flow - Black Eddy Flow - Hot Dip Galvanized 1819 Clarkson Road, Chesterfield, MO 63017 US: 800.325.4467 | Canada: 800.882.4666 | sales@BullMooseIndustries.com SCHEDULE 10 & 40 SPRINKLER PIPE SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET APPROVALS AND SPECIFICATIONS •ASTM A135, Grade A •ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A •Pressure rated to 300 psi •Underwriters Laboratories— United States of America •Underwriters Laboratories—Canada •Factory Mutual •NFPA-13 •NFPA-13R •NFPA-14 •CIVIL DEFENSE APPROVAL— United Arab Emirates •Made in the United States of America •UL, ULC & FM listed for roll-groove, plain-end and welded joints for wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems. • LEED v4 Certified FINISHES AND COATINGS •Schedule 10 & 40 Sprinkler Pipe receives an OD mill coating of water-based paint which has corrosion protection expected with a painted carbon steel product, i.e. it would be expected to resist corrosion for an extended and indefinite period in a clean and dry environment and, as environmental conditions deteriorate, the corrosion protection would also diminish. •Schedule 10 & 40 Sprinkler Pipe (black) receives an ID mill coating of Eddy Guard II MIC preventative coating. EG2 has been tested at independent laboratories to resist bacterial growth and maintain minimal bacterial count after multiple flushes (25) of the pipe. •Schedule 10 & 40 Sprinkler Pipe when Hot Dip Galvanized by ASTM A123 and supplied by Bull Moose Tube is UL listed and FM approved. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION • Every length of Bull Moose fire sprinkler pipe features large, easy-to- read, continuous stenciling, clearly identifying the manufacturer, type of pipe, size, and length. Nominal Pipe Size (inches)1 1-1/4” 1-1/2”2”2-1/2”3”4”6”**8”** O.D. (in)1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 6.625 8.625 I.D. (in)1.097 1.442 1.682 2.157 2.635 3.260 4.260 6.357 8.249 Empty Weight (lb/ft)1.410 1.810 2.090 2.640 3.530 4.340 5.620 9.290 16.940 Water Filled Weight (lb/ft)1.800 2.518 3.053 4.223 5.893 7.957 11.796 23.038 40.086 C.R.R.*15.27 9.91 7.76 6.27 4.92 3.54 2.50 1.158 1.805 Pieces per Lift 91 61 61 37 30 19 19 10 7 O.D. (in)1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 I.D. (in)1.049 1.380 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 4.026 Empty Weight (lb/ft)1.680 2.270 2.720 3.660 5.800 7.580 10.800 Water Filled Weight (lb/ft)2.055 2.918 3.602 5.114 7.875 10.783 16.316 C.R.R.*1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Pieces per Lift 70 51 44 30 30 19 19 *Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY **Not Eddy Guard II treated/Not produced by BMT SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Project Contractor Engineer Specification Reference Locations Comments System TypeDate Schedule 10 - Black Schedule 40 - BlackSchedule 10 - Hot Dip Galvanized Schedule 40 - Hot Dip Galvanized Sc h e d u l e 1 0 Sc h e d u l e 4 0 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: For Fire Protection & Other Low Pressure Piping Systems Welded Outlet Fittings SPF-8.14 SPF Welded Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength, low cost forged threaded and grooved line of fittings specifically designed and manufactured to be installed on proprietary thin wall flow pipe, Schedule 5, 10, and 40 standard wall pipes. SPF Welded Outlets are forged steel welding outlet fittings. The material used in manufacture meets the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A 53. SPF Welded Outlet Fittings employ a low weld volume design to provide either a partial or full penetration weld employing a single pass with minimum burn-through and pipe distortion. Threads comply with ANSI B1.20.1. The SPF Welded Outlets are UL Listed and FM Approved for use conforming to the requirements of NFPA 13. SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are rated for 300 psi when used in fire sprinkler system applications. SPF WELDED OUTLET FITTINGS Outlet Model Outlet Pipe Size Header Pipe Size Rated Pressure In.In.psig MTM-40 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 1⁄2 - 8 (Sch.10, 40) 30011⁄4, 11⁄2, 2, 21⁄2, 3, 4 1⁄2 - 4 (Sch. 5, DynaFlow) 2 4, 6 (EZ-Flow) GR-40 1 - 8 11⁄4 - 8 (Sch.10, 40)30021⁄2 - 8 21⁄2 - 8 (Sch. 5, DynaFlow) For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. 1) Size-on size (i.e. 2 x 2) SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are not FM Approved. 2) FM rated working pressure when welded on Sch. 5 or lightwall pipe is 175 psi. 3) Refer to the UL and FM websites for the most current pressure ratings. Welded Outlet Fittings SPF-2.17 D C M A B MTM-40 Female Thread Nominal Outlet A Nominal Header B Outlet Length C Inside Diameter D Make Up M Weight Each In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./kg 1⁄2 x 13 x 11⁄4 - 11⁄2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 32 - 40 27.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 11⁄2 - 2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 40 - 50 27.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 2 - 21⁄2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 50 - 65 27.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 21⁄2 - 8 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.169 65 - 200 27.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 3⁄4 x 19 x 11⁄4 - 11⁄2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 32 - 40 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 11⁄2 - 2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 40 - 50 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 2 - 21⁄2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 50 - 65 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 21⁄2 - 8 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.256 65 - 200 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 1 x 25 x 11⁄4 - 11⁄2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 32 - 40 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.15 11⁄2 - 2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 40 - 50 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.15 2 - 21⁄2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.320 50 - 65 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.15 21⁄2 - 3 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.314 65 - 80 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.14 3 - 4 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.309 80 - 100 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.14 5 - 8 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.291 125 - 200 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.13 11⁄4 x 32 x 11⁄4 - 11⁄2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.432 32 - 40 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 11⁄2 - 2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 40 - 50 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 2 - 21⁄2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 50 - 65 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 21⁄2 - 3 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.411 65 - 80 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 3 - 4 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 80 - 100 34.9 37.8 12.7 .018 5 - 8 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 125 - 200 34.9 37.8 12.7 .018 11⁄2 x 40 x 11⁄2 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 40 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 2 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 50 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 21⁄2 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 65 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 3 - 4 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 80 - 100 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 4 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 100 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 5 - 8 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 125 - 200 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 Nominal Outlet A Nominal Header B Outlet Length C Inside Diameter D Make Up M Weight Each In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./kg 2 x 50 x 2 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.857 50 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.38 21⁄2 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 65 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.38 3 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 80 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.39 4 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.800 100 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.36 6 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.743 150 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 8 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.743 200 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. SPF WELDED OUTLETS - MTM-40 Welded Outlet Fittings SPF-2.17 GR-40 Cut Groove Standard Weight E C B A F D Note: Welded Outlets are manufactured to fit size-on-size, that is the contoured shape on a given Welded Outlet is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the second header size marked on the fitting, a slight gap of approximately 1⁄32" will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a 1" x 2 - 21⁄2" Welded Outlet, is a 1" outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2" header size listed, while leaving a 1⁄32" gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21⁄2" size. If a perfect fit is required for a 21⁄2" header pipe, then a 1" x 21⁄2 - 3" Welded Outlet would be ordered. Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. (Additional larger sizes on next page.) Nominal Outlet A Nominal Header B Outlet Length C Inside Diameter D Outside Diameter E Wall Thickness F In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm 11⁄4 x 32 x 11⁄4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 32 80 34.7 42.2 3.6 11⁄2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 40 80 34.7 42.2 3.6 2 - 21⁄2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 50 - 65 80 34.7 42.2 3.6 3 - 4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 80 - 100 80 34.7 42.2 3.6 5 - 8 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 125 - 200 80 34.7 42.2 3.6 11⁄2 x 40 x 11⁄2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 40 80 40.9 48.3 3.7 2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 50 80 40.9 48.3 3.7 21⁄2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 65 80 40.9 48.3 3.7 3 - 4 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 80 - 100 80 40.9 48.3 3.7 5 - 8 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 125 - 200 80 40.9 48.3 3.7 2 x 50 x 2 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 50 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 21⁄2 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 65 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 3 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 80 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 4 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 100 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 6 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 150 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 8 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 200 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 SPF WELDED OUTLETS - GR-40 (Nominal Sizes 11/4" thru 8") Nominal Outlet A Nominal Header B Outlet Length C Inside Diameter - D Outside Diameter E Wall Thickness - F Standard Weight Schedule 10 Standard Weight Schedule 10 In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm 21⁄2 x 65 x 21⁄2 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 65 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 4 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 100 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 6 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 175 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 8 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 200 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 3 x 80 x 3 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 80 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 4 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 100 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 6 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 150 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 8 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 200 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 4 x 100 x 4 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 100 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 6 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 150 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 8 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 200 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 6 x 150 x 6 4 6.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 150 100 155.0 161.5 168.3 7.1 3.0 8 4 6.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 200 100 155.0 161.5 168.3 7.1 3.0 8 x 200 x 8 4 7.981 8.329 8.625 0.322 0.148 200 100 203.0 212.0 213.0 8.0 3.0 Welded Outlet Fittings SPF-8.14 Tapered hole matches pitch line of thread leaving a fully formed female thread. Pitch Line Welded Outlet Wrench Tight L3 Effective Thread L2 Hand Tight L1 Vanish Threads V Male Pipe Pitch Female Wrench Tight L3 Effective Thread L2 Vanish Threads V Male Pipe Standard tap drill leaves excess truncation on L3 threads. SPF NPT THREAD FORM STANDARD NPT THREAD FORM Welding Practice When measured with respect to linear inches of weld required for installation, SPF Welded Outlets require up to 15% less weld than competitive fittings. This reduces time and savings over time are substantial. The diameter of the contoured end of Welded Outlet has been reduced so that the wall thickness more nearly matches the header or branch line pipe wall thickness. There- fore, current and voltage settings required for welding are set to provide for adequate penetration without burn through and cold shutting. Also, weld volume required for installation is lower for SPF Welded Outlets than most other fittings. Typically, SPF Welded Outlets require one-weld pass for attachment. WELDING PRACTICE Outlet Size SPF WELDED OUTLETS COMPETITIVE FITTING WELD VOLUME*LINEAR WELDING WELD VOLUME* LINEAR WELDING In. (mm) Cross Sec. Area %less In.(mm)%less Cross Sec. Area %more In.(mm)%less 1" 0.051 sq. in. 12% 2.48 0% 0.058 sq. in. 12% 2.48 0% 25 32.9 sq mm 62.9 37.4 sq mm 62.9 11⁄4" 0.032" 48% 2.88 4% 0.063 48% 3.01 4% 32 20.6 73.1 40.6 76.4 11⁄2" 0.036" 40% 3.12 10% 0.060 40% 3.46 10% 40 23.2 79.2 38.7 87.8 2" 0.040" 62% 3.77 15% 0.106 62% 4.41 15% 50 25.8 95.7 68.3 112.0 .205" 2.650" 2" SPF Welded Outlet .065" .325" 2.820" 2" Competitive Fitting .180" Threading Practice SPF Welded Outlets thread form is consistent with Aeronautical National Form (ANPT) AS71051. The thread is fully formed over both the L-1 hand tight and L-3 wrench tight threads. NPT tapered threads are typically gauged only over the L-1 threads. This makes SPF Welded Outlets more forgiving of field cut threaded pipe that may only marginally conform to the specifi- cation. Fewer leaks translate into lower costs. Ease of Installation SPF Welded Outlets are designed to sit higher on the pipe, thereby requiring less weld and eliminating burn through. SPF Welded Outlets sit higher on the header or branch line pipe than competitive fittings. This allows the welding torch to remain in an optimum position for welding. In addition, 11/2" and larger female threaded and grooved welded outlets require the same hole size for installation. This results in fewer change overs when installed using automatic welders. NPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS Drop Nipple or Tee-Let Outlet Size L1 Hand Tight L3 Wrench Tight Total L1 - L3 Length L2 Effective Threads In./mm In./mm Threads In./mm Threads In./mm Threads In./mm Threads 1⁄2 0.320 4.48 0.214 3.00 0.534 7.48 0.534 7.4715 8.1 5.4 13.6 13.6 3⁄4 0.339 4.75 0.214 3.00 0.553 7.75 0.546 7.6420 8.6 5.4 14.0 13.9 1 0.400 4.60 0.261 3.00 0.661 7.60 0.683 7.8525 10.2 6.6 16.8 17.3 11⁄4 0.420 4.83 0.261 3.00 0.681 7.83 0.707 8.1332 10.7 6.6 17.3 18.0 11⁄2 0.420 4.83 0.261 3.00 0.697 7.83 0.724 8.3240 10.7 6.6 17.7 18.4 2 0.436 5.01 0.261 3.00 0.706 8.01 0.757 8.7050 11.1 6.6 17.9 19.2 21⁄2 0.682 5.46 0.250 2.00 0.932 7.46 1.138 9.1065 17.3 6.4 23.7 28.9 3 0.766 6.13 0.250 2.00 1.016 8.13 1.200 9.6080 19.5 6.4 25.8 30.5 4 0.844 6.75 0.250 2.00 1.094 8.75 1.300 10.40100 21.4 6.4 27.8 33.0 A A A A A A A B NDUSTRIAL.COM 1 Ductile IronThreaded Fittings 1/2 1.12 0.25 50 200 11 1.50 0.57 20 60 1 1/4 1.75 0.97 20 40 1 1/2 1.94 1.43 15 30 2 2.25 1.93 8 16 2 1/2 2.70 2.89 12 12 WEIGHT (LBS.) 90° ELBOW UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in) 1 1.12 0.55 20 60 1 1/4 1.29 0.85 20 40 1 1/2 1.43 1.12 10 30 2 1.68 1.54 12 24 A (in)WEIGHT (LBS.) UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM SIZE (INCH) 45°ELBOW RemarksMASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn. INNER BOX PCS/BOX 1 X 1/2 1.26 0.43 25 100 1 X 3/4 1.37 0.56 50 100 11/4 X 1/2 1.34 0.61 20 80 11/4 X 3/4 1.45 0.71 15 60 11/4 X 1 1.58 0.73 10 40 11/2 X 1/2 1.52 0.71 15 60 11/2 X 3/4 1.52 1.01 10 40 11/2 X 1 1.65 0.92 10 40 11/2 X 11/4 1.82 1.04 15 30 2 X 3/4 1.60 1.10 9 36 2 X 1 1.73 1.22 14 28 2 X 11/4 1.90 1.48 10 20 2 X 11/2 2.02 1.56 10 20 UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM 90° REDUCING ELBOW SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in)WEIGHT (LBS.) 1 1.50 0.83 20 40 1 1/4 1.75 1.30 14 28 1 1/2 1.94 1.68 12 24 2 2.25 2.79 8 16 WEIGHT (LBS.) TEE SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.Remarks UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM A (in) 1.40 1.45 1.53 1.62 1.67 1.75 1.75 1.80 1.88 1.97 2.02 2.10 2.16 B (in) 4 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS A C WWW.TITUSINDUSTRIAL.COM 2 Ductile IronThreaded Fittings 3/4 X 3/4 X 1/2 1.20 1.20 1.22 0.52 20 80 3/4 X 3/4 X 1 1.45 1.45 1.37 0.63 40 80 3/4 X 3/4 X 11/4 1.62 1.62 1.45 0.82 20 60 1 X 1/2 X 1/2 1.26 1.12 1.40 0.48 20 80 1 X 1/2 X 3/4 1.37 1.22 1.45 0.54 20 80 1 X 1/2 X 1 1.50 1.22 1.45 0.69 15 60 1 X 3/4 X 1/2 1.26 1.20 1.40 0.58 20 80 1 X 3/4 X 3/4 1.37 1.31 1.44 0.66 15 60 1 X 3/4 X 1 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.75 30 60 1 X 1 X 1/2 1.26 1.26 1.40 0.64 15 60 1 X 1 X 3/4 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.70 12 48 1 X 1 X 11/4 1.67 1.67 1.58 1.09 11 44 1 X 1 X 11/2 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.22 9 36 1 X 1 X 2 2.02 2.02 1.93 1.54 12 24 11/4 X 1/2 X 1 1.58 1.36 1.67 0.88 20 40 11/4 X 1/2 X 11/4 1.75 1.53 1.75 1.03 20 40 11/4 X 3/4 X 3/4 1.45 1.31 1.62 0.81 10 40 11/4 X 3/4 X 1 1.58 1.45 1.67 0.94 10 40 11/4 X 3/4 X 11/4 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.09 20 40 11/4 X 1 X 1/2 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.83 20 40 11/4 X 1 X 3/4 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.87 20 40 11/4 X 1 X 1 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.01 20 40 11/4 x 1 x 11/4 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.16 15 30 11/4 x 1 x 11/2 1.88 1.88 1.82 11/4 x 11/4 x 1/2 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.87 20 40 11/4 x 11/4 x 3/4 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.97 20 40 11/4 x 11/4 x 1 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.06 20 40 11/4 x 11/4 x 11/2 1.88 1.88 1.82 2.13 12 24 11/4 x 11/4 x 2 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.83 12 24 11/2 x 1/2 x 11/2 1.94 1.66 1.94 1.46 12 24 11/2 x 3/4 x 11/2 1.94 1.75 1.94 1.44 12 24 11/2 x 1 x 1 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.21 15 30 11/2 x 1 x 11/4 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.33 12 24 11/2 x 1 x 11/2 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.58 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 1/2 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.01 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 3/4 1.52 1.43 1.75 1.10 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 1 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 11/4 1.82 1.75 1.88 1.41 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 11/2 1.94 1.88 1.94 1.54 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 2 2.16 2.16 2.02 2.02 8 16 11/2 x 11/2 x 1/2 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.03 18 36 11/2 x 11/2 x 3/4 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.28 15 30 11/2 x 11/2 x 1 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.40 10 30 11/2 x 11/2 x 11/4 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.51 12 24 11/2 x 11/2 x 2 2.16 2.16 2.02 2.05 8 16 2 x 1/2 x 2 2.25 1.88 2.25 2.20 8 16 2 x 3/4 x 2 2.25 1.97 2.25 1.62 8 16 2 x 1 x 11/2 2.02 1.80 2.16 1.89 10 20 2 x 1 x 2 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.20 8 16 2 x 11/4 x 11/4 1.90 1.75 2.10 1.76 8 16 2 x 11/4 x 11/2 2.02 1.88 2.16 2.21 8 16 2 x 11/4 x 2 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.20 8 16 2 x 11/2 x 1/2 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.70 10 20 2 x 11/2 x 1 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.60 10 20 2 x 11/2 x 11/4 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.76 8 16 2 x 11/2 x 11/2 2.02 1.94 2.16 1.90 8 16 2 x 11/2 x 2 2.25 2.16 2.25 1.88 8 16 2 x 2 x 1/2 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.71 10 20 2 x 2 x 3/4 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.70 10 20 2 x 2 x 1 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.80 10 20 2 x 2 x 11/4 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.05 8 16 2 x 2 x 11/2 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.09 8 16 UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM REDUCING TEE SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in)B (in)C (in) WEIGHT (LBS.) 5 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS A C WWW.TITUSINDUSTRIAL.COM 2 Ductile IronThreaded Fittings 3/4 X 3/4 X 1/2 1.20 1.20 1.22 0.52 20 80 3/4 X 3/4 X 1 1.45 1.45 1.37 0.63 40 80 3/4 X 3/4 X 11/4 1.62 1.62 1.45 0.82 20 60 1 X 1/2 X 1/2 1.26 1.12 1.40 0.48 20 80 1 X 1/2 X 3/4 1.37 1.22 1.45 0.54 20 80 1 X 1/2 X 1 1.50 1.22 1.45 0.69 15 60 1 X 3/4 X 1/2 1.26 1.20 1.40 0.58 20 80 1 X 3/4 X 3/4 1.37 1.31 1.44 0.66 15 60 1 X 3/4 X 1 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.75 30 60 1 X 1 X 1/2 1.26 1.26 1.40 0.64 15 60 1 X 1 X 3/4 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.70 12 48 1 X 1 X 11/4 1.67 1.67 1.58 1.09 11 44 1 X 1 X 11/2 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.22 9 36 1 X 1 X 2 2.02 2.02 1.93 1.54 12 24 11/4 X 1/2 X 1 1.58 1.36 1.67 0.88 20 40 11/4 X 1/2 X 11/4 1.75 1.53 1.75 1.03 20 40 11/4 X 3/4 X 3/4 1.45 1.31 1.62 0.81 10 40 11/4 X 3/4 X 1 1.58 1.45 1.67 0.94 10 40 11/4 X 3/4 X 11/4 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.09 20 40 11/4 X 1 X 1/2 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.83 20 40 11/4 X 1 X 3/4 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.87 20 40 11/4 X 1 X 1 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.01 20 40 11/4 x 1 x 11/4 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.16 15 30 11/4 x 1 x 11/2 1.88 1.88 1.82 11/4 x 11/4 x 1/2 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.87 20 40 11/4 x 11/4 x 3/4 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.97 20 40 11/4 x 11/4 x 1 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.06 20 40 11/4 x 11/4 x 11/2 1.88 1.88 1.82 2.13 12 24 11/4 x 11/4 x 2 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.83 12 24 11/2 x 1/2 x 11/2 1.94 1.66 1.94 1.46 12 24 11/2 x 3/4 x 11/2 1.94 1.75 1.94 1.44 12 24 11/2 x 1 x 1 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.21 15 30 11/2 x 1 x 11/4 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.33 12 24 11/2 x 1 x 11/2 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.58 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 1/2 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.01 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 3/4 1.52 1.43 1.75 1.10 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 1 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 11/4 1.82 1.75 1.88 1.41 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 11/2 1.94 1.88 1.94 1.54 12 24 11/2 x 11/4 x 2 2.16 2.16 2.02 2.02 8 16 11/2 x 11/2 x 1/2 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.03 18 36 11/2 x 11/2 x 3/4 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.28 15 30 11/2 x 11/2 x 1 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.40 10 30 11/2 x 11/2 x 11/4 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.51 12 24 11/2 x 11/2 x 2 2.16 2.16 2.02 2.05 8 16 2 x 1/2 x 2 2.25 1.88 2.25 2.20 8 16 2 x 3/4 x 2 2.25 1.97 2.25 1.62 8 16 2 x 1 x 11/2 2.02 1.80 2.16 1.89 10 20 2 x 1 x 2 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.20 8 16 2 x 11/4 x 11/4 1.90 1.75 2.10 1.76 8 16 2 x 11/4 x 11/2 2.02 1.88 2.16 2.21 8 16 2 x 11/4 x 2 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.20 8 16 2 x 11/2 x 1/2 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.70 10 20 2 x 11/2 x 1 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.60 10 20 2 x 11/2 x 11/4 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.76 8 16 2 x 11/2 x 11/2 2.02 1.94 2.16 1.90 8 16 2 x 11/2 x 2 2.25 2.16 2.25 1.88 8 16 2 x 2 x 1/2 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.71 10 20 2 x 2 x 3/4 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.70 10 20 2 x 2 x 1 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.80 10 20 2 x 2 x 11/4 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.05 8 16 2 x 2 x 11/2 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.09 8 16 UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM REDUCING TEE SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in)B (in)C (in) WEIGHT (LBS.) A A A A B NDUSTRIAL.COM 3 Ductile IronThreaded Fittings 1 1.67 0.47 25 100 1 1/4 1.93 0.66 16 64 1 1/2 2.15 0.94 18 36 2 2.53 1.49 12 24 A (in) UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM COUPLING SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.Remarks 3/4 x 1/2 1.44 0.26 60 180 1 x 1/2 1.69 0.37 30 120 1 x 3/4 1.69 0.42 25 100 11/4 x 1/2 2.06 0.57 25 75 11/4 x 3/4 2.06 0.60 25 75 11/4 x 1 2.06 0.62 15 60 UL, FM Hexagon small end, UL, FM Hexagon small end, UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM REDUCING COUPLING SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in) 3/4 x 1/2 1.02 0.14 75 300 1 x 1/2 1.14 0.28 50 200 1 x 3/4 1.14 0.19 50 200 11/4 x 3/4 1.30 0.37 30 120 11/4 x 1 1.30 0.30 30 120 11/2 x 1 1.34 0.52 25 75 11/2 x 11/4 1.34 0.37 25 75 2 x 1/2 1.50 0.90 20 60 2 x 3/4 1.50 0.67 20 60 2 x 1 1.50 0.88 20 60 2 x 11/4 1.50 0.79 20 60 2 x 11/2 1.50 0.66 20 60 inside head, UL, FM inside head, UL, FM inside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM outside head, UL, FM BUSHINGS 1/2 0.95 0.10 50 600 3/4 1.07 0.16 35 420 1 1.25 0.26 20 240 1 1/4 1.36 0.31 40 120 1 1/2 1.42 0.55 30 90 2 1.57 0.65 20 60 hollow, UL, FM hollow, UL, FM hollow, UL, FM hollow, UL, FM hollow, UL, FM hollow, UL, FM PLUG SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in)WEIGHT (LBS.) SIZE (INCH)INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksA (in)WEIGHT (LBS.) WEIGHT (LBS.) WEIGHT (LBS.) 6 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS A A A NDUSTRIAL.COM 4 Ductile IronThreaded Fittings 1 1.50 0.98 15 30 1 1/4 1.75 1.55 10 20 1 1/2 1.94 1.84 8 16 2 2.25 3.26 5 10 UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM CROSS 1 1.16 0.32 25 100 1 1/4 1.28 0.49 20 80 1 1/2 1.33 0.67 18 54 2 1.45 0.88 12 36 UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM UL, FM CAP INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksWEIGHT (LBS.)A (in)SIZE (INCH) INNER BOX PCS/BOX MASTER Ctn. PCS/Ctn.RemarksWEIGHT (LBS.)A (in)SIZE (INCH) 7 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 009N: 1 ¼ – 12"/DN32 – DN300 • Style 109: 1 ¼ – 4"/DN32 – DN100 Pipe Material • Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic • For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications Maximum Working Pressure • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) to 365 psi/2517 kPa Function • Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01 • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS LPS 1219: Issue 3.1 Cert/LPCB Ref. 104-1a/36 EN 10311 Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 Victaulic® FireLock™ Installation-Ready™ Rigid Couplings Style 009N and Style 109 10.64 1 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Orange coating Red coating (standard for EMEA-I and Asia Pacific) Optional for Style 009N: Hot Dipped Galvanized per ASTM A123 Optional for Style 109: Mechanically Galvanized per ASTM B695 (available only in North America and Latin America). Gasket: (specify choice) Grade “E” EPDM (Type A) Vic-Plus™ Pre-lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at -40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Reference should always be made to publication I-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolt(s) meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). Optional for Style 009N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling-resistant coating.1 1 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, Type III Finish. 2 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Y X Z Y X Z Style 009N Pre-Assembled Style 009N Joint Assembled Size Maximum Working Pressure2 Maximum End Load2 Allow. Pipe End Separation3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Qty.Size Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Approx. (Each)X Y X Y Z inches inches psi lb inches inches mm inches inches inches inches inches lb 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3/8 × 2 M10 x 51 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 3/8 × 2 M10 x 51 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 2 3/8 × 2 1/2 M10 x 63 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 2 1/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 3/8 × 2 1/2 M10 x 63 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 DN65 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 3/8 × 2 1/2 M10 x 63 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 3/8 × 2 1/2 M10 x 63 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 DN80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/8 × 2 1/2 M10 x 63 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 DN100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 4.250 365 5178 0.17 2 3/8 × 2 1/2 M10 x 63 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 365 8872 0.17 2 1/2 × 3 M12 x 76 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 141.3 2517 39456 4.32 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 5.250 365 7901 0.17 2 1/2 × 3 M12 x 76 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 DN125 5.500 365 8672 0.17 2 1/2 × 3 M12 x 76 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 2 1/2 × 3 1/4 M12 x 83 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 DN150 168.3 2517 44469 4.32 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 6.250 365 11198 0.17 2 1/2 × 3 1/4 M12 x 83 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 6.500 365 12112 0.17 2 1/2 × 3 1/4 M12 x 83 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 2 5/8 × 4 M16 x 101 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 DN200 219.1 2517 94863 4.32 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 8.500 365 20712 0.17 2 5/8 × 4 M16 x 101 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 2517 55968 4.32 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 2 7/8 × 6 1/2 M22 x 165 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 349 432 337 435 70 10.3 12 12.750 300 38303 0.25 2 7/8 × 6 1/2 M22 x 165 16.00 19.00 15.50 19.13 2.75 27.6 DN300 323.9 2068 170380 6.4 406 483 394 486 70 12.5 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 3 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the “EZ” marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the “QV EZ” marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade “E” Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • The Allowable Pipe End Separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N or Style 109 Installation-Ready rigid couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion/contraction or angular movement of the piping system. Contact Victaulic for torsional resistance information. 3 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling X YL YB X Style 109 Pre-Assembled Style 109 Joint Assembled Size Max. Working Pressure Max. End Load Allow. Pipe End Sep. Maximum Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Qty.Size Pre-Assembled Assembled Approx. (Each)YL YB X Z YL YB X Z inches DN inches mm psi kPa Lbs. N inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches m m inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 1 3/8 x 2 1/4 1.97 2.49 3.17 1.95 1.93 2.59 2.84 1.95 1.5 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10 x 57 50 63 81 50 49 66 72 50 0.7 1 1/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 1 3/8 x 2 1/4 2.13 2.60 3.41 1.95 2.1 2.68 3.07 1.95 1.6 DN40 48.3 2517 4603 2.54 M10 x 57 54 66 87 50 53 68 78 50 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 1 3/8 x 2 1/4 2.32 2.85 3.76 1.98 2.29 2.95 3.45 1.98 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7192 3.048 M10 x 57 59 72 96 50 58 75 88 50 0.9 2 1/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 1 3/8 x 2 1/4 2.63 3.09 4.29 1.99 2.61 3.15 3.93 1.99 2.1 73.0 2517 10540 3.048 M10 x 57 67 78 109 51 66 80 100 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 1 7/16 x 2 3/4 2.68 3.22 4.56 2.03 2.64 3.45 4.22 2.03 2.4 DN65 76.1 2517 11476 3.048 M11 x 69 68 82 116 52 67 88 107 52 1.1 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 1 7/16 x 2 3/4 2.93 3.53 5.13 2.07 2.89 3.78 4.67 2.07 2.7 DN80 88.9 2517 15620 3.048 M11 x 69 74 90 130 53 73 96 119 53 1.2 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 1 7/16 x 2 3/4 3.47 4.01 6.03 2.08 3.43 4.22 5.56 2.08 3.5 DN100 114.3 2068 21223 4.318 M11 x 69 88 102 153 53 87 107 141 53 1.6 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 5 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the “EZ” marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the “QV EZ” marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade “E” Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • The Allowable Pipe End Separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N or Style 109 Installation-Ready rigid couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion/contraction or angular movement of the piping system. Contact Victaulic for torsional resistance information. 4 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 inches DN inches mm psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 365 365 363 363 –363 2517 2517 2503 2503 –2500 25 25 25 25 –25 DN65 3.000 76.1 365⁷–363⁸–363 363 2517⁷–2503⁸–2500 2500 25⁷–25⁸–25 25 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 4.250 108.0 ––363 363 –– ––2503 2503 –– ––25 25 –– 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 5.250 133.0 ––363⁸––– ––2503⁸––– ––25⁸––– DN125 5.500 139.7 290⁹–363⁸–232 363 2000⁹–2503⁸–1600 2500 20⁹–25⁸–16 25 5 5.563 141.3 290 365 363 363 232 363 2000 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 20 25 25 25 16 25 6.250 159 ––363⁸––– ––2503⁸––– ––25⁸––– 6.500 165.1 290¹⁰ –363⁸––363 2000¹⁰ –2503⁸––2500 20¹⁰ –25⁸––25 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the end face of the bolt. 12 FM approved for 0.188" pipe wall. 13 cULus listed for 0.188" pipe wall. 5 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 inches DN inches mm psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar psi kPa bar 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 300 365 300 363 232 363 2068 2517 2068 2503 1600 2500 20 25 20 25 16 25 8.515 216.3 290 –363⁸––– 2000 –2503⁸––– 20 –25⁸––– 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 300 365 30012 363 232 363 2068 2517 206812 2503 1600 2500 20 25 2012 25 16 25 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 30013 300 30012 300 –– 206813 2068 206812 2068 –– 2013 20 2012 20 –– 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 30013 300 25012 300 –– 206813 2068 172012 2068 –– 2013 20 1712 20 –– 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the end face of the bolt. 12 FM approved for 0.188" pipe wall. 13 cULus listed for 0.188" pipe wall. 6 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals15 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Nominal inches Actual Outside Diameter inches Sch. 10 psi kPa Sch. 40 psi kPa Sch. 10 psi kPa Sch. 40 psi kPa psi kPa psi kPa 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 365 365 365 365 232 363 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 365 365 365 365 232 363 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 365 365 365 365 232 363 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 365 365 365 365 –– 2517 2517 2517 2517 –– 25 25 25 25 –– DN65 3.000 76.1 365 365 365 365 232 363 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 365 365 365 365 232 363 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 300 365 300 300 –290 2068 2517 2068 2068 –2000 20 25 20 20 –20 15 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Pipe Type Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches DN psi kPa bar psi kPa bar EF 1 1/4 – 4 DN32 – DN100 300 N/A2068 20 EL 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 ET40 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 N/A2068 20 EZF 3 – 4 DN80 – DN100 300 N/A2068 20 EZT 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 FF 1 1/2 – 4 DN40 – DN100 300 N/A2068 20 GL 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 MF 1 1/4 – 4 DN32 – DN100 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 6 DN150 175 175 1205 1205 12 12 MT 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 MLT 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 20 TF 2 1/2 – 4 73.0 mm – DN100 N/A 300 2068 20 WG5, WG5E, WF5, WG7, WG7E, WL7 1 1/4 – 4 DN32 – DN100 175 300 1205 2068 12 20 WLS 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • WG5, WG5E, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, Wgalweld 7E, WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 8 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Pipe Type Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi DN kPa bar kPa bar EF 1 1/4 – 2 1/2 DN32 – 73.0 mm N/A 300 2068 20 1 1/2 – 2 1/2 DN40 – 73.0 mm 300 N/A2068 20 3 – 4 DN80 – DN100 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 Easy-Flow 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 20 3 – 4 DN80 – DN100 N/A 300 2068 20 EL 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 20 ET40 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 EZT 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 20 1 1/2 – 2 DN40 – DN50 300 N/A2068 20 FF 1 1/2 – 4 DN40 – DN100 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 GL 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 MF 1 1/4 – 4 DN32 – DN100 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 MT 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 MLT 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy-Flow = Easy-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • WG7, WG7E = WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 9 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Specialty Pipe Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Pipe Type Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi DN kPa bar kPa bar TF 2 1/2 – 4 73.00 mm – DN100 N/A 300 2068 20 WG7, WG7E 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 20 3 – 4 DN80 – DN100 N/A 300 2068 20 WLS 1 1/4 – 2 DN32 – DN50 N/A 300 2068 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy-Flow = Easy-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • WG7, WG7E = WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10 victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt-welded pipe with sizes 2"/DN50 and smaller Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Seal Selection Guide 25.01: Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications I-009N: Installation Instructions FireLock EZ™ Rigid Coupling Style 009N I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook I-109: Installation Instructions FireLock™ One-Bolt Rigid Coupling Style 109 I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Caps Installation Instructions I-IMPACT: Impact Tool Usage Guidelines AN-001: Application Notification - Potential Incompatibility of Type F Pipe, Sizes NPS 2" | DN50 and Smaller 11 victaulic.com victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. Exaggerated for clarity1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200 Exaggerated for clarity 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200 Pipe Material • Carbon steel • Stainless steel • For exceptions see section 6.0 Notifications Maximum Working Pressure • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar • Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe Application • Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories • Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection • Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTES • Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. • See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable. Victaulic® Flexible Coupling Style 75 06.05 1 System No.Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings. Gasket: (specify choice1) Grade “E” EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Grade “T” Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range –20ºF to +180ºF/–29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER. Others For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2) Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - Heavy Hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only. 2 victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 75 Flexible Coupling Z X Size Pipe End Separation3 Deflection from Centerline3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Allowable Per Cplg.Pipe Qty.Size X Y Z Approx. (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm Degrees inches/ft. mm/m imperial metric inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 0–0.06 0–1.6 2º–43’0.57 48 2 3⁄8 x 2 M10 x 51 2.38 61 4.27 108 1.77 45 1.3 0.6 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 0–0.06 0–1.6 2º–10’0.45 38 2 3⁄8 x 2 M10 x 51 2.68 68 4.61 117 1.77 45 1.4 0.6 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 0–0.06 0–1.6 1º–56’0.40 33 2 3⁄8 x 2 M10 x 51 2.91 74 4.82 122 1.77 45 1.5 0.6 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 0–0.06 0–1.6 1º–31’0.32 26 2 3⁄8 x 2 M10 x 51 3.43 87 5.22 133 1.88 48 1.7 0.8 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 0–0.06 0–1.6 1º–15’0.26 22 2 3⁄8 x 2 M10 x 51 3.88 98 5.68 144 1.88 48 1.9 0.9 DN65 3.000 76.1 0–0.06 0–1.6 1º–12’0.26 22 2 3⁄8 x 2 M10 x 51 4.00 102 5.90 150 1.88 48 1.9 0.9 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 0–0.06 0–1.6 1º–2’0.22 18 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 M12 x 70 4.50 114 7.00 178 1.88 48 2.9 1.3 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 0–0.06 0–1.6 0º-54’0.19 16 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 M12 x 70 5.00 127 7.50 191 1.88 48 2.9 1.3 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–36’0.34 28 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 M12 x 70 5.80 147 8.03 204 2.13 54 4.1 1.9 4.250 108.0 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–41’0.35 29 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 M12 x 70 5.55 141 7.79 198 2.13 54 3.7 1.7 5.000 127.0 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–26’0.25 21 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 6.13 156 9.43 240 2.13 54 5.5 2.5 5.250 133.0 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–21’0.28 24 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 6.55 166 9.37 238 2.13 54 6.0 2.7 DN125 5.500 139.7 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–18’0.28 24 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 6.80 173 9.59 244 2.13 54 6.3 2.9 5 5.563 141.3 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–18’0.27 23 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 6.88 175 10.07 256 2.13 54 5.8 2.6 6.000 152.4 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–12’0.21 18 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 7.38 187 10.48 266 1.88 48 6.2 2.8 6.250 159.0 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–9’0.24 20 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 7.63 194 10.49 266 2.13 54 6.8 3.1 6.500 165.1 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–7’0.23 58 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 7.84 199 10.66 271 2.08 53 6.6 3.0 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 0–0.13 0–3.2 1º–5’0.23 18 2 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 M16 x 83 8.00 203 11.07 281 2.13 54 7.0 3.2 200A4 216.3 0–0.13 0–3.2 0º–51’0.18 46 2 3/4 x 4 1/4 M20 x 108 10.19 259 13.75 350 2.32 59 13.2 6.0 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 0–0.13 0–3.2 0º–50’0.18 14 2 3/4 x 4 1/4 M20 x 108 10.34 263 13.97 355 2.13 59 12.4 5.6 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 – 3 1/2"/DN20 – DN90; 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger. 4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size NOTE • Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 3 victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 75 Flexible Coupling Size Maximum Working Pressure5 Maximum End Load5Nominal Actual Outside Diameter inches DN inches mm psi kPa lb N 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 500 3447 680 3025 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 500 3447 1080 4805 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 500 3447 1420 6320 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 500 3447 2215 9860 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 500 3447 3245 14440 DN65 3.000 76.1 500 3447 3535 15730 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 500 3447 4800 21360 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 500 3447 6300 28035 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 500 3447 7950 35380 4.250 108.0 450 3103 6380 28395 5.000 127.0 450 3103 8820 39250 5.250 133.0 450 3103 9735 43325 DN125 5.500 139.7 450 3103 10665 47460 5 5.563 141.3 450 3103 10935 48660 6.000 152.4 450 3103 12735 56670 6.250 159.0 450 3103 13800 61405 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 450 3103 15525 69085 6.500 165.1 450 3103 14930 66412 200A4 216.3 450 3103 25625 113986 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 450 3103 26280 116945 4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size 5 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI B36.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 4 victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt-welded pipe with sizes NPS 2”/DN50 and smaller Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction 06.15: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe 10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 17.01: Victaulic Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products 17.09: Victaulic Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications 26.01: Victaulic Design Data 29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Cap Installation Safety Instructions 5 victaulic.com victaulic.com 06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 2 x 1" through 10 x 8"/DN50 x DN25 through DN250 x DN200 Pipe Material • Carbon steel • For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications NOTE • For other pipe materials, contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure • 500 psi/3447 kPa • Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe Application • Joins Original Groove System (OGS) roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as OGS grooved fittings, valves and accessories • Permits direct reduction on piping run • Optional steel washer prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical system assembly Pipe Preparation • Cut or roll grooved in accordance with publication 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTE • Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. Victaulic® Reducing Coupling Style 750 06.08 1 System No.Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized conforming to ASTM A153. Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements. Gasket: (specify choice1) Grade “E” EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Grade “T” Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range –20ºF to +180ºF/–29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for oil related services, including air with oil vapor, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +180°F/+82°C. For water related services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +150°F/+66°C. For oil free, dry air services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +140°F/+60°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Others For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts (specify choice2): St andard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial – heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric – hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). Optional: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. Assembly Washer (optional): Galvanized carbon steel. 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL 2 victaulic.com 06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 750 Reducing Coupling X ZY X ZY Pipe End Size Separation3 Deflect. From CL3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Outside Approximate Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg.Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each) inches inches inches in/ft inches inches inches inches lb DN mm mm Degrees mm/m mm mm mm mm kg 2 1 2.375 1.315 0 - 0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7xx0° - 57'2 3/8 x 2 DN50 DN25 60.3 33.7 0 - 1.8 17 85 134 48 1.2 1 1/2 1.900 0 - 0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.00° - 57'2 3/8 x 2 DN40 48.3 0 - 1.8 17 85 134 48 1.0 2 1/2 2 2.875 2.375 0 - 0.07 0.16 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1xx0° - 47'2 3/8 x 2 DN50 73.0 60.3 0 - 1.8 14 102 151 48 1.4 2 3.000 2.375 0 - 0.07 0.16 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6xx0° - 47'2 1/2 x 2 3/4 DN65 DN50 76.1 60.3 0 - 1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1 3 2 3.500 2.375 0 - 0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.9xx0° - 39'2 1/2 x 2 3/4 DN80 DN50 88.9 60.3 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 2.2 2 1/2 2.875 0 - 0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.30° - 39'2 1/2 x 2 3/4 73.0 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0 3.00 0 - 0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.20° - 39'2 1/2 x 2 3/4DN6576.1 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 4.500 2.375 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1xx1° - 19'2 5/8 x 3 1/4 DN100 DN50 114.3 60.3 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.7 2 1/2 2.875 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.61° - 19'2 5/8 x 3 1/4 73.0 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3.000 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.91° - 19'2 5/8 x 3 1/4 DN65 76.1 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.1 3 3.500 0 - 0.13 0.28 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.71° - 19'2 5/8 x 3 1/4 DN80 88.9 0 - 3.2 25 152 226 57 3.0 5 4 5.563 4.500 0 - 0.13 0.22 7.18 10.70 2.13 11.2xx1° - 3'2 3/4 x 4 1/4 DN100 141.3 114.3 0 - 3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 4 6.500 4.500 0 - 0.13 0.19 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2xx0° - 55'2 3/4 x 4 1/4165.1 DN100 165.1 114.3 0 - 3.2 16 219 302 57 6.9 6 4 6.625 4.500 0 - 0.13 0.18 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7xx0° - 52'2 3/4 x 4 1/4 DN150 DN100 168.3 114.3 0 - 3.2 15 219 302 57 7.6 5 5.563 0 - 0.13 0.18 8.31 11.90 2.25 12.90° - 52'2 3/4 x 4 1/4 141.3 0 - 3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9 8 8.625 6.500 0 - 0.13 0.13 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2xx0° - 38'2 7/8 x 5 DN200 165.1 219.1 165.1 0 - 3.2 11 273 378 64 10.5 6 6.625 0 - 0.13 0.13 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.40° - 38'2 7/8 x 5 DN150 168.3 0 - 3.2 11 275 378 64 10.2 10 8 10.750 8.625 0 - 0.13 0.90 13.12 17.26 2.62 31.4xx0° - 25'2 1 x 5 1/2 DN250 DN200 273.0 219.1 0 - 3.2 8 333 438 67 14.2 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes, these figures should be reduced by: 50% for ¾ – 3 ½"/DN20 – DN90; and 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger. NOTE • Metric thread size bolts are available (color-coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 3 victaulic.com 06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 750 Reducing Coupling Size Maximum Maximum Actual Outside Working End Nominal Diameter Pressure4 Load4 inches inches psi lb DN mm kPa N 2 1 2.375 1.315 350 500xxDN50DN2560.3 33.7 2413 2225 1 1/2 1.900 350 1000 DN40 48.3 2413 4450 2 1/2 2 2.875 2.375 500 2215xxDN50 73.0 60.3 3447 9850 2 3.000 2.375 350 1550xxDN65 DN50 76.1 60.3 2413 6900 3 2 3.500 2.375 350 1550xxDN80DN5088.9 60.3 2413 6900 2 1/2 2.875 500 3250 73.0 3447 14460 3.00 350 2475 DN65 76.1 2413 11010 4 2 4.500 2.375 350 1550xxDN100DN50114.3 60.3 2413 6900 2 1/2 2.875 350 2275 73.0 2413 10125 3.000 350 2475 DN65 76.1 2413 11014 3 3.500 500 4810 DN80 88.9 3447 21400 5 4 5.563 4.500 350 5565xxDN100 141.3 114.3 2413 24765 4 6.500 4.500 350 5565xx165.1 114.3 165.1 114.3 2413 24765 6 4 6.625 4.500 350 5565xxDN150DN100168.3 114.3 2413 24765 5 5.563 350 8500 141.3 2413 37825 8 8.625 6.500 350 11610xxDN200165.1 219.1 165.1 2413 51645 6 6.625 350 12060 DN150 168.3 2413 53645 10 8 10.750 8.625 350 20450xxDN250 DN200 273.0 219.1 2413 90970 4 Working Presssure and End Load are total from all internal and external loads based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and material. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum end load rating based on smaller pipe size. NOTES • WARNING: FOR ONE-TIME FIELD USE ONLY the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown. • For joint pressure ratings on additional carbon steel wall thicknesses see publication 06.15. 4 victaulic.com 06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Flow Data - Head Loss Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at +60°F/+16°C. Flow Reducing Size Equivalent Pipe Length Nominal inches DN Small Diameter ft m 2 DN50 x 1 DN25 5.9 1.8 1 1/2 DN40 2.0 0.6 2 1/2 x 2 DN50 1.9 0.6 DN65 x 2 DN50 1.9 0.6 3 DN80 x 2 DN50 5.5 1.7 2 1/2 3.8 1.2 DN65 3.8 1.2 4 DN100 x 2 DN50 6.0 1.8 2 1/2 6.0 1.8 DN65 6.0 1.8 3 DN80 6.0 1.8 5 x 4 DN100 3.0 0.9 165.1 x 4 DN100 6.0 1.8 6 DN150 x 4 DN100 6.0 1.8 5 4.5 1.4 8 DN200 x 165.1 7.3 2.2 6 DN150 7.3 2.2 10 DN250 x 8 DN200 8.7 2.7 Flow Expanding Size Equivalent Pipe Length Nominal Small Diameter inches DN ft m 1 x 2 2.7 DN25 DN50 0.8 1 1/2 x 2 1.9 DN40 DN50 0.6 2 x 2 1/2 1.0 DN50 0.3 1.0 DN65 0.3 3 3.5 DN80 1.1 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 2 1/2 x 3 2.5 DN80 0.8 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 x 3 2.5 DN65 DN80 0.8 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 3 x 4 2.5 DN80 DN100 0.8 4 x 5 3.3 DN100 1.0 4.6 165.1 1.4 6 4.6 DN150 1.4 5 x 6 2.3 DN150 0.7 x 8 5.4 165.1 DN200 1.7 6 x 8 6.0 DN150 DN200 1.8 8 x 10 6.3 DN200 DN250 1.9 5 victaulic.com 06.08 1536 Rev M Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installationadvice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer.of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warrantyproduct, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic pip- ing products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. • Only No. 61 bull plugs shall be used with Style 750 reducing couplings in systems where a vacuum may de- velop. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt-welded pipe with sizes NPS 2”/DN50 and smaller Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide 06.15: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe 10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Piping Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 25.01: Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 26.01: Victaulic Design Data 29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook 6 victaulic.com victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. Style 741 2 − 12"/DN50 − DN300 Exaggerated for clarity Style 741 14 − 24"/DN350 − DN600 Exaggerated for clarity Style 743 2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300 Exaggerated for clarity 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 741: 2 – 24"/DN50 – DN600 • Style 743: 2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300 Pipe Material • Carbon steel • For use with stainless steel pipe, refer to Victaulic publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. • For use with PVC pipe, refer to Victaulic publication 32.01 for pressure ratings. • For use with aluminum pipe, refer to Victaulic publication 21.04 for pressure ratings and end loads. • For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications. Maximum Working Pressure • Style 741: Accommodates pressure ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in-Hg/760 mm-Hg) up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 bar • Style 743: Accommodates pressure ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in-Hg/760 mm-Hg) up to 720 psi/4964 kPa/50 bar Application • Designed to transition from flanged to grooved piping systems 06.06 1 Victaulic® Vic-Flange Adapters Styles 741 and 743 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTE • See Victaulic publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Black enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A123. Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings. Gasket: (specify choice1) Victaulic Grade “E” EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Victaulic Grade “T” Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20ºF to +180ºF/29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for oil related services, including air with oil vapor, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +180°F/+82°C. For water related services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +150°F/+66°C. For oil free, dry air services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +140°F/+60°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Others For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Draw Bolts/Nuts (14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 only): Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex flange nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex flange nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 FE/ZN5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). 2 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter 2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300 ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges WY Z X Vic-Flange Proper Gasket Positioning MatingFlange A Max. B Min. Exaggerated for clarity Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Qty.Size “A” Max. “B” Min.W X Y Z Approximate (Each) inches DN inches mm inches inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 4 5/8 x 2 3/4 2.38 60 3.41 87 6.75 172 6.00 152 4.75 121 0.75 19 3.1 1.4 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 4 5/8 x 3 2.88 73 3.91 99 7.88 200 7.00 178 5.50 140 0.88 22 4.8 2.1 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4 5/8 x 3 3.50 89 4.53 115 8.50 216 7.50 191 6.00 152 1.00 25 5.3 2.4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 8 5/8 x 3 4.50 114 5.53 141 10.00 254 9.00 229 7.50 191 1.00 25 7.4 3.4 5 5.563 141.3 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 5.56 141 6.71 171 11.00 279 10.00 254 8.50 216 1.00 25 8.6 3.9 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 6.63 168 7.78 198 12.00 305 11.00 279 9.50 241 1.00 25 9.9 4.5 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 8.63 219 9.94 252 14.75 375 13.50 343 11.75 298 1.13 29 16.6 7.5 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 12 7/8 x 4 10.75 273 12.31 313 17.25 438 16.00 406 14.25 362 1.25 32 24.2 11.0 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 12 7/8 x 4 12.75 324 14.31 364 20.25 514 19.00 483 17.00 432 1.25 32 46.8 21.2 2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer. NOTE • IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Reference the I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for details. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K) flanges. 3 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter DN50 – DN300/2 – 12" PN10 and PN16 Flanges WY Z X Vic-Flange Proper Gasket Positioning MatingFlange AMax.BMin. Exaggerated for clarity Size PN10 Flanges PN16 Flanges Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Assembly Bolt/Nut2,3 Assembly Bolt/Nut2,3 “A” Max. “B” Min.W X Y Z Approximate (Each)Qty.Size Qty.Size DN inches mm inches mm mm mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lb DN50 2 60.3 2.375 4 M16 x 70 4 M16 x 70 60 2.38 87 3.41 178 7.00 165 6.50 127 5.00 22 0.88 1.4 3.1 DN65 76.1 3.000 4 M16 x 70 4 M16 x 70 76 3.00 103 4.05 210 8.25 187 7.38 146 5.75 22 0.88 2.1 4.7 DN80 3 88.9 3.500 8 M16 x 70 8 M16 x 70 89 3.50 115 4.53 219 8.63 200 7.88 162 6.38 22 0.88 2.4 5.4 DN100 4 114.3 4.500 8 M16 x 76 8 M16 x 76 114 4.50 141 5.55 251 9.88 229 9.00 181 7.13 25 1.00 3.5 7.7 DN125 139.7 5.500 8 M16 x 76 8 M16 x 76 141 5.55 171 6.73 276 10.88 251 9.88 213 8.38 29 1.13 4.2 9.3 159.0 6.250 8 M20 x 89 8 M20 x 89 159 6.25 187 7.36 314 12.38 289 11.38 241 9.50 29 1.13 4.5 10.0 165.1 6.500 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 165 6.50 192 7.56 305 12.00 279 11.00 241 9.50 25 1.00 5.0 11.0 DN150 6 168.3 6.625 8 M20 x 89 8 M20 x 89 168 6.63 198 7.78 302 11.88 279 11.00 241 9.50 25 1.00 4.5 10.0 DN200 8 219.1 8.625 8 M20 x 89 12 M20 x 89 219 8.63 252 9.94 3684 14.50 3434 13.50 2954 11.63 294 1.13 7.5 16.6 DN250 10 273.0 10.750 12 M20 x 89 12 M24 x 90 273 10.75 313 12.31 4385 17.25 3975 15.63 3525 13.88 295 1.13 11.0 24.2 DN300 12 323.9 12.750 12 M20 x 89 12 M24 x 90 324 12.75 365 14.31 4796 18.88 4606 18.13 4006 15.75 326 1.25 17.4 38.4 2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer. 3 Longer bolts required when the Vic-Flange is utilized with wafer-type valves. 4 PN16 dimensions (mm/inches): W = 360/14.17; X = 340/13.38; Y = 295/11.63; Z = 32/1.25. 5 PN16 dimensions (mm/inches): W = 438/17.24; X = 406/16.00; Y = 356/14.00; Z = 32/1.25. 6 PN16 dimensions (mm/inches): W = 478/18.82; X = 445/17.50; Y = 410/16.13; Z = 32/1.25. NOTE • IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Reference the I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for details. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K) flanges. 4 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter DN50 – DN200/2 – 8" Australian Standard Table “E” Flanges WY Z X Vic- Flange Proper Gasket Positioning MatingFlange AMax.BMin. Exaggerated for clarity Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Qty.Size “A” Max. “B” Min.W X Y Z Approximate (Each) DN inches mm inches inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lb DN50 2 60.3 2.375 4 5/8 x 2 3/4 60 2.38 84 3.31 165 6.50 152 6.00 114 4.50 19 0.75 1.9 4.1 DN80 3 88.9 3.500 4 5/8 x 3 89 3.50 113 4.44 200 7.88 191 7.50 146 5.75 25 1.00 2.4 5.4 DN100 4 114.3 4.500 8 5/8 x 3 114 4.50 131 5.16 251 9.88 229 9.00 178 7.00 25 1.00 3.3 7.2 DN150 6 168.3 6.625 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 168 6.63 192 7.56 286 11.25 279 11.00 235 9.25 25 1.00 4.5 9.9 DN200 8 219.1 8.625 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 219 8.63 247 9.72 368 14.50 343 13.50 292 11.50 29 1.13 5.7 12.5 2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer. NOTE • IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Reference the I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for details. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K) flanges. 5 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter DN50 – DN200/2 – 8" Chinese Standard Table "E" Flanges WY Z X Vic- Flange Proper Gasket Positioning MatingFlange AMax.BMin. Exaggerated for clarity Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Qty.Size “A” Max. “B” Min.W X Y Z Approximate (Each) DN inches mm inches mm mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lb DN50 2 60.3 2.375 4 M16 X 70 60 2.38 87 3.41 172 6.75 152 6.00 121 4.75 19 0.75 1.4 3.1 DN65 76.1 3.000 4 M16 X 70 78 3.07 94 3.68 210 8.25 187 7.38 146 5.75 22 0.88 2.1 4.7 DN80 3 88.9 3.500 8 M16 X 76 89 3.50 115 4.53 213 8.38 191 7.50 152.4 6.00 25 1.00 2.4 5.4 108.0 4.250 8 M16 X 76 110 4.33 126 4.97 248 9.75 222 8.75 181 7.13 25 1.00 3.5 7.7 DN100 4 114.3 4.500 8 M16 X 76 114 4.50 141 5.55 251 9.88 229 9.00 191 7.50 25 1.00 3.5 7.7 133.0 5.250 8 M16 X 76 135 5.33 153 6.02 276 10.88 251 9.88 213 8.38 29 1.13 3.9 8.6 DN125 139.7 5.500 8 M16 X 76 142 5.59 160 6.28 276 10.88 251 9.88 213 8.38 29 1.13 3.9 8.6 159.0 6.250 8 M20 X 89 159 6.25 187 7.36 314 12.38 289 11.38 241 9.50 29 1.13 4.5 10.0 165.1 6.500 8 M20 X 89 165 6.50 195 7.68 305 12.00 280 11.00 241 9.50 29 1.13 4.5 10.0 DN200 8 219.1 8.625 12 M20 X 89 219 8.63 252 9.94 368 14.50 343 13.50 298 11.75 29 1.13 7.5 16.6 2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer. NOTE • IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Reference the I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for details. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K) flanges. 6 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN6007 ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges T Z V YB AX W Vic-Flange Proper Gasket Positioning Mating Flange AMax.BMin. Exaggerated for clarity Size Bolt/Nut Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Assembly2 Draw8 “A” Max. “B” Min.T V W X Y Z Approximate (Each)Qty.Size Qty. Size inches DN inches mm inches inches inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 14 DN350 14.000 355.6 12 1 x 41/2 4 5/8 x 31/2 14.00 356 16.39 416 19.38 492 1.00 25 24.50 622 21.00 533 18.75 476 2.50 64 62.0 28.1 16 DN400 16.000 406.4 16 1 x 4 1/2 4 5/8 x 31/2 16.00 406 18.39 467 21.50 546 1.00 25 27.13 689 23.50 597 21.25 540 2.50 64 79.0 35.8 18 DN450 18.000 457.0 16 1 1/8 x 4 3/4 4 3/4 x 41/4 18.00 457 20.00 508 22.25 565 1.00 25 29.00 737 25.50 648 22.75 578 2.75 70 82.3 37.3 20 DN500 20.000 508.0 20 1 1/8 x 5 1/4 4 3/4 x 41/4 20.00 508 22.50 572 25.00 635 1.00 25 31.50 800 27.50 699 25.00 635 2.75 70 103.3 46.9 24 DN600 24.000 610.0 20 1 1/4 x 5 3/4 4 3/4 x 41/4 24.00 610 27.75 705 29.00 737 1.00 25 36.00 914 32.00 813 29.50 749 3.00 76 142.0 64.4 2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer. 7 For cut groove systems only. For 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 roll groove systems, AGS (Advanced Groove System) products are used. The Style 741 Vic-Flange adapter is not compatible with the AGS system. 8 Draw bolts supplied with 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 Vic-Flange adapters. NOTE • IMPORTANT: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Reference the I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for details. Contact Victaulic for information on ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 (10K) flanges. 7 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS Style 743 Vic-Flange Adapter ANSI Class 250 and 300 Flanges X Z Y W Remove to mate to at-faced anges. Vic-Flange Proper Gasket Positioning MatingFlange A Max.BMin. Exaggerated for clarity Size Assembly Bolt/Nut2 Sealing Surface Dimensions Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Qty.Size “A” Max. “B” Min.W X Y Z Approximate (Each) inches DN inches mm inches inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 8 5/8 x 3 2.38 60 3.41 87 7.75 197 6.50 165 5.00 127 1.00 25 4.8 2.2 21/2 2.875 73.0 8 3/4 x 31/4 2.88 73 3.91 99 8.63 219 7.50 191 5.88 149 1.13 29 7.4 3.4 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 8 3/4 x 31/2 3.50 89 4.53 115 9.50 241 8.25 210 6.63 168 1.25 32 9.1 4.1 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 8 3/4 x 33/4 4.50 114 5.53 141 11.38 289 10.00 254 7.88 200 1.38 35 15.3 6.9 5 5.563 141.3 8 3/4 x 4 5.56 141 6.72 171 12.38 314 11.00 279 9.25 235 1.50 38 17.7 8.0 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 12 3/4 x 41/2 6.63 168 7.78 198 13.88 352 12.50 318 10.63 270 1.50 38 23.4 10.6 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 12 7/8 x 43/4 8.63 219 9.94 252 16.75 425 15.00 381 13.00 330 1.75 44 34.3 15.6 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 16 1 x 51/4 10.75 273 12.31 313 19.25 489 17.50 445 15.25 387 2.00 51 48.3 21.9 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 16 1 1/8 x 53/4 12.75 324 14.31 363 22.25 565 20.50 521 17.75 451 2.13 54 70.5 32.0 2 Total assembly bolts required to be supplied by installer. 8 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter 2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300 ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges Size Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Maximum Working Pressure9 Maximum End Load9 inches DN inches mm psi kPa lb N 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 300 2068 1330 5920 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 300 2068 1950 8680 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 300 2068 2885 12840 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 300 2068 4770 21225 5 5.563 141.3 300 2068 7290 32440 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 300 2068 10350 46060 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 300 2068 17500 77875 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 300 2068 27215 121110 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 300 2068 38285 170270 9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 9 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter DN50 – DN300/2 – 12" PN10 and PN16 Flanges Size PN10 Flanges PN16 Flanges Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Maximum Working Pressure9 Maximum End Load9 Maximum Working Pressure9 Maximum End Load9 DN inches mm inches bar psi N lb bar psi N lb DN50 2 60.3 2.375 10 145 2850 640 16 230 4561 1025 DN65 76.1 3.000 10 145 4540 1020 16 230 7275 1635 DN80 3 88.9 3.500 10 145 6210 1395 16 230 9925 2230 DN100 4 114.3 4.500 10 145 10260 2305 16 230 16420 3690 DN125 139.7 5.500 10 145 15330 3446 16 230 24520 5512 159.0 6.250 10 145 19800 4450 16 230 31400 7056 DN150 6 168.3 6.625 10 145 22250 5000 16 230 35600 8000 DN200 8 219.1 8.625 10 145 37690 8470 16 230 60320 13555 DN250 10 273.0 10.750 10 145 58560 13160 16 230 93695 21055 DN300 12 323.9 12.750 10 145 82370 18510 16 230 131810 29620 9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 10 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter DN50 – DN200/2 – 8" Australian Standard Table “E” Flanges Size Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Maximum Working Pressure9 Maximum End Load9 DN inches mm inches kPa psi N lb DN50 10 2 60.3 2.375 1400 203 3996 900 DN80 3 88.9 3.500 1400 203 8700 1955 DN100 4 114.3 4.500 1400 203 14374 3220 DN150 6 168.3 6.625 1400 203 31150 7000 DN200 8 219.1 8.625 1400 203 52777 11860 9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 5.3 PERFORMANCE Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter DN50 – DN200/2 – 8" Chinese Standard Table "E" Flanges Size Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Maximum Working Pressure9 Maximum End Load9 DN inches mm inches kPa psi N lb DN50 2 60.3 2.375 1400 203 3996 900 DN65 76.1 3.000 1400 203 6365 1431 DN80 3 88.9 3.500 1400 203 8700 1955 108.0 4.250 1400 203 12819 2882 DN100 4 114.3 4.500 1400 203 14374 4370 133.0 5.250 1400 203 19440 4822 DN125 139.7 5.500 1400 203 21448 4822 159.0 6.250 1400 203 27784 6246 165.1 6.500 1400 203 29920 6726 DN200 8 219.1 8.625 1400 203 52777 11860 9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 11 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.4 PERFORMANCE Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600 ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges Size Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Maximum Working Pressure9 Maximum End Load9 inches DN inches mm psi kPa lb N 14 DN350 14.000 355.6 300 2068 46180 205500 16 DN400 16.000 406.4 300 2068 60300 268335 18 DN450 18.000 457.0 300 2068 76340 339700 20 DN500 20.000 508.0 300 2068 94250 419400 24 DN600 24.000 610.0 300 2068 135700 603865 9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 5.5 PERFORMANCE Style 743 Vic-Flange Adapter ANSI Class 250 and 300 Flanges Size Nominal Actual Outside Diameter Maximum Working Pressure9 MaximumEnd Load9 inches DN inches mm psi kPa lb N 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 720 4964 3190 14200 21/2 2.875 73.0 720 4964 4670 20780 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 720 4964 6925 30815 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 720 4964 11445 50930 5 5.563 141.3 720 4964 17500 77875 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 720 4964 24805 110380 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 720 4964 42045 187100 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 720 4964 65315 290650 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 720 4964 91880 408870 9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 12 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • The Style 741 (2 – 12"/DN50 – DN300) design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D. to prevent rotation. These teeth should be removed when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with a Victaulic Series 700 grooved- end butterfly valve, Schedule 5 pipe or plastic pipe. Vic-Flange adapter Style 741 may only be used on one side of Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valve, sizes 2 – 4"/DN50 – DN100 fitted with standard or latch-lock handles. • Vic-Flange adapter must be assembled so it does not interfere with handle operation. Because of the outside flange dimension, Vic-Flange adapter should not be used within 90º of one another on a standard fitting. When wafer or lug-type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. • Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across nonrestrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc. requires the use of a Vic-Flange washer. • Area A-B noted in the drawings in sections 4.0 through 4.5 must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. • Vic-Flange adapter gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. • Vic-Flange hinge points must be oriented approximately 90º to each other when mated. • Flange Washers: Vic-Flange adapters require a smooth hard surface at the mating flange face for effective sealing. Some applications for which the Vic-Flange adapter is otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate mating surface. In such cases, it is recommended that a metal (Type F phenolic for Style 641 with copper systems) Flange Washer be inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the mating flange to provide the necessary sealing surface. • Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be used are: A. When mating to a serrated flange: a flange gasket should be used adjacent to the serrated flange and then the Flange Washer is inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the flange gasket. B. When mating to a wafer valve: where typical valves are rubber lined and partially rubber faced (smooth or not), the Flange Washer is placed between the valve and the Vic-Flange adapter. C. When mating a rubber faced flange: the Flange Washer is placed between the Vic-flanges and the rubber faced flange. D. When mating AWWA cast flanges to IPS flanges: the Flange Washer or Transition Ring is placed between two Vic-Flange adapters with the hinge points oriented 90º to each other. If one flange is not a Vic-Flange adapter (e.g., flanged valve), then a flange gasket must be placed adjacent to that flange and the Flange Washer inserted between the flange gasket and the Vic-Flange adapter. Transition rings rather than Flange Washers must be used when mating Style 741 to Style 341 Flange Adapters in sizes 14 – 24"/DN350 – DN600. E. When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.) where the component flange face has an insert: follow the same arrangement as in Application 1. F. Additional information regarding the use of a Flange Washer can be found in the I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook. • When ordering Flange Washers, always specify product style (Style 741 or Style 743) and size to assure proper Flange Washer is supplied. NOTE • Style 741 is compatible with ANSI CL 125 or CL150, PN10/16 and Australian Standard Table E bolt hole patterns. 13 victaulic.com 06.06 1534 Rev U Updated 05/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS (Continued) WARNING • Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt-welded pipe with sizes NPS 2”/DN50 and smaller Vic- taulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide 10.01: Victaulic Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 17.01: Victaulic Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products 17.09: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings on Stainless Steel Pipe 29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook 14 victaulic.com victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. No. 20 Tee No. 10 Elbow 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • ¾ – 60"/DN20 – DN1500 Maximum Working Pressure • Pressure ratings for Victaulic standard fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 177N couplings (refer to publication 06.24 for more information). Application • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components • Supplied with Victaulic OGS grooves • Exclusively for use with Victaulic couplings, valves, accessories and pipe which feature ends formed with the Victaulic OGS groove profile Pipe Materials • Carbon steel or stainless steel NOTE • These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic plain end couplings. Intended for use only in grooved piping systems. When connecting wafer or lug type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings using Style 741 or Style 743 flange adapters, be sure to check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of fitting. Victaulic® Grooved End Fittings 07.01 1 System No.Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com AGS - Advanced Groove System from 14 – 60"/DN350 – DN1500 Publication 20.05 Stainless Steel Publication 17.16 Galvanized Publication 07.01 for Original Groove Fittings Publication 20.05 for AGS Fittings Extra Heavy EndSeal “ES” Publication 07.03 Copper Publication 22.04 Ductile Iron for AWWA size pipe Publication 23.05 XL fittings for abrasive services Publication 07.07 Aluminum Publication 21.03 Shouldered Ends Publication 07.06 Plain End Publication 14.04 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Other Fitting Styles 2 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTES • When supplied as “hot dip galvanized” the following fittings are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold +86ºF/+30ºC potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372: No. 10 90º Elbow, No. 11 45º Elbow, No. 12 22 ½º Elbow, No. 13 11 ¼º Elbow, No. 100 90º Long Radius Elbow, No. 110 45º Long Radius Elbow, No. 20 Tee, No. 25 Tee with Grooved Branch, No. 30 45º Lateral, No. 60 Cap, No. 50 Concentric Reducers, No. 51 Eccentric Reducers. • The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 90º Elbow, No.11 45º Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. • The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No.10 90º Elbow, No.11 45º Elbow, No.12 22 ½ Elbow, No.13 11 ¼º Elbow, No.30 45º Lateral, No.30-R Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. • The following Victaulic fittings are FM approved: No.10 90º Elbow, No.11 45º Elbow, No.12 22 ½ Elbow, No.13 11 ¼º Elbow, No.30 45º Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee and No.50 Concentric Reducer. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Fitting: (specify choice) Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Optional: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (specify choice) ¾ – 4"/DN20 – DN100: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type F 5 – 6"/DN125 – DN150: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B 8 – 12"/DN200 – DN300: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice) Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B16.1 Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B16.5, raised or flat face Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard – see product specifications Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: (specify choice) Standard: None (Unfinished) Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others 3 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com No. 10 90° Elbow No. 11 45° Elbow No. 12 22 ½° Elbow No. 13 11 ¼° Elbow No. 100 90° Long Radius Elbow No. 110 45° Long Radius Elbow C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E Standard and GSNK Size No. 10 90º Elbow No. 11 45º Elbow No. 12 22 ½° Elbow No. 13 11 ¼° Elbow No. 100 90° Long Radius Elbow No. 110 45° Long Radius Elbow Nominal Actual Outside Diameter C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 2.25 57 0.5 0.2 1.50 38 0.5 0.2 1.63 (sw) 41 —1.38 (sw) 35 —2.50 (sw) 64 0.4 0.2 1.88 (sw) 48 0.3 0.1 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 2.25 57 0.6 0.3 1.75 44 0.6 0.3 3.251 83 0.6 0.3 1.38 (sw) 35 0.3 0.1 2.88 (sw) 73 0.6 0.3 2.25 (sw) 57 0.5 0.2 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 2.75 70 1.0 0.5 1.75 44 0.9 0.4 1.75 44 0.8 0.4 1.38 (sw) 35 0.5 0.2 3.25 (sw) 83 1.1 0.5 2.38 (sw) 60 0.7 0.3 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 2.75 70 1.2 0.5 1.75 44 0.9 0.4 1.75 44 0.8 0.4 1.38 (sw) 35 0.5 0.2 3.63 (sw) 92 2.2 1.0 2.50 (sw) 64 1.3 0.6 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 3.25 83 1.8 0.8 2.00 51 1.3 0.6 1.88 48 1.2 0.5 1.38 35 1.0 0.5 4.38 111 2.5 1.1 2.75 70 1.8 0.8 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 3.75 95 3.2 1.5 2.25 57 2.2 1.0 4.001 102 2.3 1.0 1.50 38 1.1 0.5 5.13 130 3.4 1.5 3.00 76 2.8 1.3 DN65 3.000 76.1 3.75 95 3.7 1.7 2.25 57 3.4 1.5 2.25 57 —1.50 38 ————— 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4.25 108 4.5 2.0 2.50 64 3.1 1.4 4.501 114 3.1 1.4 1.50 38 2.1 1.0 5.88 149 6.0 2.7 3.38 86 4.9 2.2 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 4.50 114 5.6 2.5 2.75 70 4.3 2.0 2.50 (sw) 64 4.0 1.8 1.75 (sw) 44 2.7 1.2 ———— 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 5.00 127 7.1 3.2 3.00 76 5.6 2.5 2.88 73 5.6 2.5 1.75 44 3.6 1.6 7.50 191 12.3 5.6 4.00 102 7.3 3.3 4.250 108.0 5.00 127 11.0 5.0 3.00 76 5.6 2.5 ———————— 5.000 127.0 5.25 (sw) 133 10.0 4.5 3.13 (sw) 79 6.0 2.7 3.50 (sw) 89 6.6 3.0 1.88 (sw) 48 4.2 1.9 ———— 5 5.563 141.3 5.50 140 11.7 5.3 3.25 83 8.3 3.8 2.88 (sw) 73 7.8 3.5 2.00 (sw) 51 5.0 2.2 9.25 (sw) 235 18.0 8.2 4.88 (sw) 124 14.8 6.7 5.250 133.0 5.50 140 11.7 5.3 3.25 83 8.3 3.8 ———————— DN125 5.500 139.7 5.50 140 11.7 5.3 3.25 83 8.3 3.8 2.88 73 —2.00 51 ————— 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 6.50 165 17.2 7.8 3.50 89 10.8 4.9 6.251 159 12.2 5.5 2.00 51 7.0 3.2 10.75 273 30.4 13.8 5.50 140 17.4 7.9 6.250 159.0 6.50 165 18.6 8.4 3.50 89 10.8 4.9 ———————— 6.500 165.1 6.50 165 15.5 7.0 3.50 89 9.8 4.4 3.13 79 11.4 5.2 2.00 51 7.4 3.4 10.75 (sw) 273 29.0 13.2 5.50 (sw) 140 19.0 8.6 1 Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 4.0 DIMENSIONS Elbows 4 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com No. 10 90° Elbow No. 11 45° Elbow No. 12 22 ½° Elbow No. 13 11 ¼° Elbow No. 100 90° Long Radius Elbow No. 110 45° Long Radius Elbow C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E Standard and GSNK Size No. 10 90º Elbow No. 11 45º Elbow No. 12 22 ½° Elbow No. 13 11 ¼° Elbow No. 100 90° Long Radius Elbow No. 110 45° Long Radius Elbow Nominal Actual Outside Diameter C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. Each C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each)C to E Approx. Wgt. (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 7.75 197 29.9 13.6 4.25 108 20.4 9.3 7.751 197 20.0 9.1 2.00 51 10.1 4.6 14.25 362 66.0 30.0 7.25 184 36.0 16.3 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 9.00 229 63.3 28.7 4.75 121 37.5 17.0 4.38 (sw) 111 30.0 13.6 2.13 54 11.8 5.3 15.00 381 107.0 48.5 6.25 159 57.0 25.9 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 10.00 254 74.0 33.6 5.25 133 66.7 30.3 4.88 (sw) 124 40.0 18.1 2.25 57 29.3 13.3 18.00 457 156.0 70.8 7.50 191 90.0 40.8 142 DN350 14.000 355.6 14.00 356 136.0 61.7 5.75 146 65.0 29.5 5.00 (sw) 127 46.0 20.9 3.50 (sw) 89 32.0 14.5 21.00 (s) 533 164.0 74.4 8.75 222 82.0 37.2 14.843 377.0 14.84 377 149.3 67.7 6.13 156 82.0 37.2 ———————— 162 DN400 16.000 406.5 16.00 406 171.0 77.6 6.63 168 88.0 39.3 5.00 (sw) 127 58.0 26.3 4.00 (sw) 102 42.0 19.1 24.00 (s) 610 210.0 95.3 10.00 (s) 254 100.0 45.4 16.773 426.0 16.75 425 198.6 90.1 7.00 178 101.3 45.9 ———————— 182 DN450 18.000 457.2 18.00 457 228.0 103.4 7.50 190 108.0 50.0 5.50 (sw) 140 65.0 29.5 4.50 (sw) 144 53.2 24.1 27.00 (s) 686 273.0 123.8 11.25 (s) 286 135.0 61.2 18.898 480.0 18.88 480 291.0 132.0 7.83 200 141.7 64.3 ———————— 202 DN500 20.000 508.0 20.00 508 298.0 135.2 8.25 210 138.0 62.6 6.00 (sw) 152 78.6 36.0 5.00 (sw) 127 65.0 29.5 30.00 (s) 762 343.0 155.6 12.50 (s) 318 174.0 78.9 20.866 530.0 20.88 530 355.0 161.0 8.63 219 179.0 81.2 ———————— 242 DN600 24.000 609.6 24.00 610 438.0 198.7 10.00 254 221.0 100.2 7.00 (sw) 178 140.0 63.5 6.00 (sw) 152 60.0 27.2 36.00 (s) 914 516.0 234.1 15.00 (s) 381 251.0 113.9 24.803 630.0 24.80 630 545.0 247.2 10.25 261 255.2 115.7 ———————— 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 1 Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 4.0 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Elbows 5 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Reducing Base Support Elbow No. R-10G Grv. × Grv. No. R-10F Grv. × Flange C to E H B Dia. C to E H B Dia. Size No. R-10 Reducing Base Support Elbow Approx. Weight Each Nominal C to E H B Diameter Grv. x Grv.Grv. x Flange inches DN inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg lb kg 6 DN150 x 4 DN100 9.00 229 1.25 32 1.50 38 19.0 8.6 33.0 15.0   5 9.00 229 1.50 38 1.50 38 23.0 10.4 38.0 17.2 8 DN200 x 6 DN150 10.50 267 2.13 24 1.50 38 33.0 15.0 52.0 23.6 10 DN250 x 8 DN200 12.00 305 2.40 61 1.50 38 61.0 27.7 88.0 39.9 4.2 DIMENSIONS Adapter Elbow No. 18 90º Adapter Elbow No. 19 45º Adapter Elbow C to GE C to TE C to GE C to TE Size No. 18 90º Adapter Elbow No. 19 45º Adapter Elbow Nominal Actual Outside Diameter C to GE C to TE Approximate Weight (Each)C to GE C to TE Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 2.25 57 2.25 57 0.5 0.2 1.50 38 1.50 38 0.5 0.2 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 2.25 57 2.25 57 0.5 0.2 ——— 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 2.75 70 2.75 70 0.9 0.4 ——— 11/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 2.75 70 2.75 70 1.1 0.5 1.75 44 1.75 44 0.9 0.4 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.5 1.1 ——— 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 3.75 95 3.75 95 3.0 1.4 2.25 57 2.25 57 2.3 1.0 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4.25 108 6.00 152 5.8 2.6 2.50 64 4.25 108 5.0 2.3 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 4.50 114 6.25 159 8.0 3.6 5.25 133 5.25 133 8.8 4.0 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 6.50 165 6.50 165 17.6 8.0 3.50 89 3.50 89 12.7 5.8 NOTE • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify “BSP” clearly on order. 6 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com C to E C to E C to E C to LE C tSE C to GE C to TE Size No. 20 Tee No. 35 Cross (sw) No. 33 True Wye (sw) No. 29M Tee with Threaded Branch Nominal Actual Outside Dimeter C to E Approx. Weight (Each)C to E Approx. Weight (Each)C to LE C to SE Approx. Weight (Each)C to GE C to TE Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 2.25 57 0.6 0.3 2.25 57 0.9 0.4 2.25 57 2.00 51 0.7 0.3 2.25 57 2.25 (sw) 57 0.6 0.3 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 2.25 57 1.0 0.5 2.25 57 1.3 0.6 2.25 57 2.25 57 1.1 0.5 2.25 57 2.25 57 1.0 0.5 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 2.75 70 1.5 0.7 2.75 70 2.1 1.0 2.75 70 2.50 64 1.5 0.7 2.75 70 2.75 70 1.5 0.7 11/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 2.75 70 2.0 0.9 2.75 70 2.5 1.1 2.75 70 2.75 70 1.8 0.8 2.75 70 2.75 70 2.0 0.9 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 3.25 83 3.0 1.4 3.25 83 3.8 1.7 3.25 83 2.75 70 2.5 1.1 3.25 83 4.25 108 3.0 1.4 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 3.75 95 4.3 2.0 3.75 95 6.1 2.8 3.75 95 3.00 76 4.3 2.0 3.75 95 3.75 95 4.3 2.0 DN65 3.000 76.1 3.75 95 5.2 2.4 —————3.75 95 3.75 (sw) 95 5.2 2.4 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4.25 108 6.8 3.0 4.25 108 10.5 4.8 4.25 108 3.25 83 6.1 2.8 4.25 108 6.00 152 6.8 3.1 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 4.50 (sw) 114 7.9 3.6 4.50 114 11.5 5.2 4.50 114 3.50 89 9.6 4.4 4.50 114 4.50 (sw) 114 7.9 3.6 4.250 108.0 5.00 127 15.5 7.0 —————5.00 127 5.00 (sw) 127 15.5 7.0 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 5.00 127 11.9 5.4 5.00 127 15.8 7.2 5.00 127 3.75 95 9.8 4.4 5.00 127 7.25 184 11.9 5.4 5.000 127.0 5.25 (sw) 133 15.0 6.8 5.25 133 18.5 8.4 ———5.25 133 5.25 (sw) 133 15.0 6.8 5.250 133.0 5.50 140 17.8 8.1 —————5.50 140 5.50 (sw) 140 17.8 8.1 DN125 5.500 139.7 5.50 140 17.8 8.1 —————5.50 140 5.50 (sw) 140 17.8 8.1 5 5.563 141.3 5.50 140 17.8 8.1 5.50 140 20.0 9.1 5.50 140 4.00 102 15.0 6.8 5.50 140 5.50 (sw) 140 17.8 8.1 6.250 159.0 6.50 165 27.1 12.3 —————6.50 165 6.50 (sw) 165 27.1 12.3 6.500 165.1 6.50 165 22.0 10.0 6.50 165 28.0 12.7 ———6.50 165 6.50 (sw) 165 22.0 10.0 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 6.50 165 25.7 11.7 6.50 165 28.0 12.7 6.50 165 4.50 114 22.3 10.1 6.50 165 6.50 (sw) 165 25.7 11.7 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 7.75 197 47.6 21.6 7.75 197 48.0 21.8 7.75 197 6.00 152 36.0 16.3 7.75 197 7.75 197 47.6 21.6 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 9.00 229 99.0 44.9 9.00 229 121.5 55.1 9.00 229 6.50 155 69.9 31.7 9.00 229 9.00 229 99.0 44.9 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 10.00 254 133.0 60.3 10.00 254 110.0 49.9 10.00 254 7.00 178 80.0 36.3 10.00 254 10.00 254 133.0 60.3 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 4.3 DIMENSIONS Tees, Crosses and True Wyes 7 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com C to E C to E C to E C to LE C tSE C to GE C to TE Size No. 20 Tee No. 35 Cross (sw) No. 33 True Wye (sw) No. 29M Tee with Threaded Branch Nominal Actual Outside Dimeter C to E Approx. Weight (Each)C to E Approx. Weight (Each)C to LE C to SE Approx. Weight (Each)C to GE C to TE Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm inches mm lb kg 142 DN350 14.000 355.6 11.00 (sw) 279 145.0 65.8 11.00 279 198.0 89.8 11.00 279 7.50 191 134.2 60.8 ——— 377.0 11.50 292 145.0 65.8 ———————— 162 DN400 16.000 406.4 12.00 (sw) 305 186.0 84.4 12.00 305 250.0 113.4 12.00 305 8.00 203 167.0 75.7 ——— 426.0 13.00 300 186.0 84.4 ———————— 182 DN450 18.000 457.0 15.50 (sw) 394 260.0 117.9 15.50 394 350.0 158.8 15.50 394 8.50 216 234.0 106.1 ——— 480.0 14.63 372 256.0 116.1 ———————— 202 DN500 20.000 508.0 17.25 (sw) 438 336.0 152.4 17.25 438 452.0 205.0 17.25 438 9.00 229 281.0 127.5 ——— 530.0 15.38 (sw) 391 339.0 153.8 ———————— 242 DN600 24.000 610.0 20.00 (sw) 508 592.0 268.5 20.00 508 795.0 360.6 20.00 508 10.00 254 523.0 237.2 ——— 630.0 17.38 (sw) 441 473.0 214.5 ———————— 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 4.3 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Tees, Crosses and True Wyes 8 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch No. 29T Threaded Branch C to E CtoE C to E C E No. 25 No. 29T Size No. 25 Std. No. 29T w/ Thd. Branch Approx. Weight (Each)Nominal C to E C to E inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 1 DN25 x 1 DN25 x 3/4 DN20 2.25 (sw) 57 2.25 (sw) 57 1.0 0.5 1 1/4 DN32 x 1 1/4 DN32 x 1 DN25 2.75 (sw) 70 2.75 (sw) 70 1.3 0.6 1 1/2 DN40 x 1 1/2 DN40 x 3/4 DN20 2.75 (sw) 70 2.75 (sw) 70 1.5 0.7   1 DN25 2.75 (sw) 70 2.75 (sw) 70 1.5 0.7 1 1/4 DN32 2.75 (sw) 70 2.75 (sw) 70 1.7 0.8 2 DN50 x 2 DN50 x 3/4 DN20 3.25 83 3.25 83 2.5 1.1   1 DN25 3.25 83 3.25 83 2.7 1.2 1 1/4 DN32 3.25 (sw) 83 3.25 (sw) 83 1.8 0.8 1 1/2 DN40 3.25 83 3.25 (sw) 83 3.0 1.4 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 3/4 DN20 3.75 (sw) 95 3.75 (sw) 95 3.9 1.8   1 DN25 3.75 95 3.75 (sw) 95 3.8 1.7 1 1/4 DN32 3.75 95 3.75 95 4.2 1.7 1 1/2 DN40 3.75 95 3.75 95 3.9 1.8 2 DN50 3.75 95 3.75 (sw) 95 4.5 2.0 3 DN80 x 3 DN80 x 3/4 DN20 4.25 (sw) 108 4.25 (sw) 108 5.7 2.6   1 DN25 4.25 108 4.25 108 6.1 2.8 1 1/4 DN32 4.25 108 4.25 108 8.0 3.6 1 1/2 DN40 4.25 108 4.25 (sw) 108 6.5 2.9 2 DN50 4.25 108 4.25 (sw) 108 6.2 2.8 2 1/2 4.25 108 4.25 (sw) 108 6.4 2.9 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. C to E C toE C to E C E No. 25 No. 29T Size No. 25 Std. No. 29T w/ Thd. Branch Approx. Weight (Each)Nominal C to E C to E inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 4 DN100 x 4 DN100 x 3/4 DN20 5.00 (sw) 127 5.00 (sw) 127 8.0 3.6   1 DN25 5.00 127 5.00 127 7.8 3.5 1 1/4 DN32 5.00 (sw) 127 5.00 (sw) 127 9.6 4.4 1 1/2 DN40 5.00 127 5.00 127 10.2 4.6 2 DN50 5.00 127 5.00 127 11.2 5.1 2 1/2 5.00 127 5.00 127 11.4 5.2 3 DN80 5.00 127 5.00 127 11.6 5.3 5 x 5 x 1 DN25 5.50 (sw) 140 5.50 (sw) 140 14.0 6.4   1 1/2 DN40 5.50 (sw) 140 5.50 (sw) 140 14.3 6.5 2 DN50 5.50 (sw) 140 5.50 (sw) 140 14.5 6.6 2 1/2 5.50 140 5.50 (sw) 140 15.2 6.9 3 DN80 5.50 140 5.50 (sw) 140 16.6 7.5 4 DN100 5.50 140 5.50 (sw) 140 16.7 7.6 6 DN150 x 6 DN150 x 1 DN25 6.50 (sw) 165 6.50 (sw) 165 23.0 10.4   1 1/2 DN40 6.50 (sw) 165 6.50 (sw) 165 24.0 10.9 2 DN50 6.50 165 6.50 165 21.6 9.8 2 1/2 6.50 165 6.50 165 21.4 11.7 3 DN80 6.50 165 6.50 165 26.5 12.0 4 DN100 6.50 165 6.50 165 25.0 11.3 5 6.50 165 6.50 165 23.2 10.5 6 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 3 DN80 6.50 165 6.50 (sw) 165 24.0 10.9  4 DN100 6.50 165 6.50 (sw) 165 25.0 11.3 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 9 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch No. 29T Threaded Branch C to E CtoE C to E C E No. 25 No. 29T Size No. 25 Std. No. 29T w/ Thd. Branch Approx. Weight (Each)Nominal C to E C to E inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 8 DN200 x 8 DN200 x 1 1/2 DN40 7.75 (sw) 197 7.75 (sw) 197 33.0 15.0   2 DN50 7.75 (sw) 197 7.75 (sw) 197 33.5 15.2 2 1/2 7.75 (sw) 197 7.75 (sw) 197 39.0 17.7 3 DN80 7.75 (sw) 197 7.75 (sw) 197 33.6 15.2 4 DN100 7.75 197 7.75 197 41.8 19.0 5 7.75 (sw) 197 7.75 (sw) 197 34.0 15.4 6 DN150 7.75 197 7.75 197 42.3 19.2 165.1mm 7.75 (sw) 197 7.75 (sw) 197 48.0 21.8 10 DN250 x 10 DN250 x 1 1/2 DN40 9.00 229 9.00 229 62.0 28.1   2 DN50 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 62.0 28.1 2 1/2 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 62.4 28.3 3 DN80 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 60.0 27.2 4 DN100 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 61.0 27.7 5 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 52.0 23.6 6 DN150 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 59.0 26.8 8 DN200 9.00 (sw) 229 9.00 (sw) 229 64.7 29.3 C to E C toE C to E C E No. 25 No. 29T Size No. 25 Std. No. 29T w/ Thd. Branch Approx. Weight (Each)Nominal C to E C to E inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 12 DN300 x 12 DN300 x 1 DN25 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 77.0 34.9   2 DN50 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 80.0 36.3 2 1/2 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 78.0 35.4 3 DN80 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 82.0 37.2 4 DN100 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 80.0 36.3 5 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 75.0 34.0 6 DN150 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 75.0 34.0 8 DN200 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 80.0 36.3 10 DN250 10.00 (sw) 254 10.00 (sw) 254 84.0 38.1 142 DN350 x 14 DN350 x 4 DN100 11.00 (sw) 279 11.00 (sw) 279 102.0 46.3   6 DN150 11.00 (sw) 279 11.00 (sw) 279 108.2 49.1 8 DN200 11.00 279 11.00 279 112.0 50.8 10 DN250 11.00 279 11.00 279 120.0 54.4 12 DN300 11.00 279 11.00 279 129.1 58.6 162 DN400 x 16 DN400 x 4 DN100 12.00 305 12.00 305 130.0 59.0   6 DN150 12.00 (sw) 305 12.00 (sw) 305 133.5 60.6 8 DN200 12.00 305 12.00 305 145.0 65.8 10 DN250 12.00 305 12.00 305 149.5 67.8 12 DN300 12.00 305 12.00 305 154.0 69.9 14 DN350 12.00 (sw) 305 —167.0 75.8 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 10 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch No. 29T Threaded Branch C to E CtoE C to E C E No. 25 No. 29T Size No. 25 Std. No. 29T w/ Thd. Branch Approx. Weight (Each)Nominal C to E C to E inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 182 DN450 x 18 DN450 x 4 DN100 15.50 (sw) 394 15.50 (sw) 394 194.0 88.0   6 DN150 15.50 (sw) 394 15.50 (sw) 394 200.0 90.7 8 DN200 15.50 (sw) 394 15.50 (sw) 394 202.0 91.6 10 DN250 15.50 394 15.50 394 212.0 96.2 12 DN300 15.50 394 15.50 394 222.6 101.0 14 DN350 15.50 394 —230.1 104.4 16 DN400 15.50 394 —247.6 112.3 202 DN500 x 20 DN500 x 6 DN150 17.25 438 17.25 438 240.0 108.9   8 DN200 17.25 438 17.25 438 244.0 110.7 10 DN250 17.25 438 17.25 438 256.0 116.1 12 DN300 17.25 438 17.25 438 264.0 119.8 14 DN350 17.25 438 —275.0 124.7 16 DN400 17.2 5 438 —288.6 130.9 18 DN450 17.25 438 —297.0 134.7 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded C to E C toE C to E C E No. 25 No. 29T Size No. 25 Std. No. 29T w/ Thd. Branch Approx. Weight (Each)Nominal C to E C to E inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 242 DN600 x 24 DN600 x 8 DN200 20.00 508 20.00 508 340.0 154.2   10 DN250 20.00 508 20.00 508 343.9 156.0 12 DN300 20.00 508 20.00 508 352.8 160.0 14 DN350 20.00 508 —360.0 163.3 16 DN400 20.00 508 —378.0 171.5 18 DN450 20.00 508 —380.0 172.4 20 DN500 20.00 508 —373.0 169.2 14 – 60 DN350 – 1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify “BSP” clearly on order. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). • Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. NOTE • Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 11 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS Bull Plug No. 61 E to E No. 61 Size No. 61 Bull Plug (s) Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 4.00 102 2.5 1.1 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 5.00 127 3.0 1.4 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 6.00 152 4.5 2.0 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 7.00 178 7.5 3.4 5 5.563 141.3 8.00 203 12.0 5.4 6 DN150 6.625 168.5 10.00 254 17.0 7.7 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Steel dish caps available through 24"/DN600, contact Victaulic. • No. 61 Bull Plugs should be used in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 12 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com C to LE C to SE C to L E No. 30 Size No. 30 45° Lateral Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter C to LE C to SE Approx. (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 4.50 (sw) 114 2.00 (sw) 51 1.0 0.5 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 5.00 (sw) 127 2.25 (sw) 57 1.7 0.8 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 5.75 146 2.50 64 2.5 (d) 1.1 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 6.25 (sw) 159 2.75 (sw) 70 3.5 1.6 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 7.00 (sw) 178 2.75 (sw) 70 5.0 2.3 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 7.75 (sw) 197 3.00 (sw) 76 9.0 4.1 DN65 3.000 76.1 8.50 (sw) 216 3.25 (sw) 83 11.0 5.0 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 8.50 216 3.25 83 11.7 (d) 5.4 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 10.00 (sw) 254 3.50 (sw) 89 17.8 8.1 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 10.50 267 3.75 95 22.2 (d) 10.1 5 5.563 141.3 12.50 (sw) 318 4.00 (sw) 102 21.8 9.9 C to LE C to SE C to L E No. 30 Size No. 30 45° Lateral Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter C to LE C to SE Approx. (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 6.500 165.1 14.00 (sw) 356 4.50 (sw) 114 43.6 19.8 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 14.00 (sw) 356 4.50 (sw) 114 43.6 49.8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 18.00 (sw) 457 6.00 (sw) 152 72.0 32.7 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 20.50 (sw) 521 6.50 (sw) 165 105.0 47.6 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 23.00 (sw) 584 7.00 (sw) 178 165.0 74.8 142 DN350 14.000 355.6 26.50 (sw) 673 7.50 (sw) 191 276.0 125.2 162 DN400 16.000 406.4 29.00 (sw) 737 8.00 (sw) 203 344.2 156.1 182 DN450 18.000 457.0 32.00 (sw) 813 8.50 (sw) 216 429.0 194.6 202 DN500 20.000 508.0 35.00 (sw) 889 9.00 (sw) 229 500.0 226.8 242 DN600 24.000 610.0 40.00 (sw) 1016 10.00 (sw) 254 715.0 324.3 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 4.6 DIMENSIONS 45º Lateral No. 30 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 13 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS 45º Reducing Lateral No. 30-R C to LE C to SE C to L E No. 30-R Size No 30-R 45° Reducing Lateral Nominal C to LE C to SE Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 3 DN80 x 3 DN80 x 2 DN50 8.50 216 3.25 83 9.8 4.4  2 1/2 8.50 216 3.25 83 9.8 4.4 4 DN100 x 4 DN100 x 2 DN50 10.50 267 3.75 95 10.0 4.5   2 1/2 10.50 267 3.75 95 10.0 4.5 3 DN80 10.50 267 3.75 95 18.3 8.3 5 x 5 x 2 DN50 12.50 318 4.00 102 24.0 10.9   3 DN80 12.50 318 4.00 102 27.0 12.2 4 DN100 12.50 318 4.00 102 26.5 12.0 6 DN150 x 6 DN150 x 3 DN80 14.00 356 4.50 114 37.0 16.8   4 DN100 14.00 356 4.50 114 36.0 16.3 5 14.00 356 4.50 114 44.7 20.3 8 DN200 x 8 DN200 x 4 DN100 18.00 457 6.00 152 62.0 28.1   5 18.00 457 6.00 152 75.5 34.2 6 DN150 18.00 457 6.00 152 82.0 37.2 10 DN250 x 10 DN250 x 4 DN100 20.50 521 6.50 165 104.8 47.5   5 20.50 521 6.50 165 99.0 44.9 6 DN150 20.50 521 6.50 165 105.8 48.0 8 DN200 20.50 521 6.50 165 118.0 53.5 12 DN300 x 12 DN300 x 5 23.00 584 7.00 178 122.0 55.3   6 DN150 23.00 584 7.00 178 137.0 62.1 8 DN200 23.00 584 7.00 178 147.0 66.7 10 DN250 23.00 584 7.00 178 167.0 75.8 C to LE C to SE C to L E No. 30-R Size No 30-R 45° Reducing Lateral Nominal C to LE C to SE Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 142 DN350 x 14 DN350 x 4 DN100 26.50 673 7.50 191 172.0 78.0   6 DN150 26.50 673 7.50 191 187.0 84.8 8 DN200 26.50 673 7.50 191 205.8 93.4 10 DN250 26.20 673 7.50 191 235.0 106.6 12 DN300 26.50 673 7.50 191 250.0 113.4 162 DN400 x 16 DN400 x 6 DN150 29.00 737 8.00 203 215.0 97.5   8 DN200 29.00 737 8.00 203 252.5 114.5 10 DN250 29.00 737 8.00 203 265.0 120.2 12 DN300 29.00 737 8.00 203 295.0 133.8 14 DN350 29.00 737 8.00 203 305.0 138.3 182 DN450 x 18 DN450 x 6 DN150 32.00 813 8.50 216 274.0 124.3   8 DN200 32.00 813 8.50 216 275.0 124.7 12 DN300 32.00 813 8.50 216 347.0 157.4 14 DN350 32.00 813 8.50 216 350.0 158.8 16 DN400 32.00 813 8.50 216 362.0 164.2 202 DN500 x 20 DN500 x 12 DN300 35.00 889 9.00 229 415.0 188.2   14 DN350 35.00 889 9.00 229 420.0 190.5 16 DN400 35.00 899 10.00 229 425.0 192.8 242 DN600 x 24 DN600 x 16 DN400 40.00 1016 10.00 254 425.0 192.8  20 DN600 40.00 1016 10.00 254 570.0 258.6 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 14 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.8 DIMENSIONS Tee Wye No. 32 E2 E1 H G No. 32 Size No. 32 Tee Wye (sw) Nominal G H E1 E2 Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lb kg 2 DN50 x 2 DN50 x 2 DN50 2.75 70 7.00 178 9.00 229 4.63 118 6.4 2.9 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 3.00 76 7.75 197 10.50 267 5.75 146 11.5 5.2 3 DN80 x 3 DN80 x 3 DN80 3.25 83 8.50 216 11.50 292 6.50 165 14.3 6.5 3 1/2 DN90 x 3 1/2 DN90 x 3 1/2 DN90 3.25 89 10.00 254 13.00 330 7.75 197 22.9 10.4 4 100 x 4 DN100 x 4 DN100 3.75 95 10.50 267 13.63 346 8.13 207 26.0 11.8 5 x 5 x 5 4.00 102 12.50 318 16.13 410 10.00 254 48.0 21.8 6 DN150 x 6 DN150 x 6 DN150 4.50 114 14.00 356 18.25 464 11.50 292 60.5 27.4 8 DN200 x 8 DN200 x 8 DN200 6.00 152 18.00 457 23.25 591 15.25 387 127.1 57.7 10 DN250 x 10 DN250 x 10 DN250 6.50 165 20.50 521 27.25 692 18.00 457 190. 0 86.2 12 DN300 x 12 DN300 x 12 DN300 7.00 178 23.00 584 31.00 787 20.50 521 240.0 108.9 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded E to E E to E E to E No. 40 No.42 No.43 Size No. 40, 42, 43 Adapter Nipple (s) Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 3.00 76 0.3 0.1 1 25 1.315 33.7 3.00 76 0.4 0.2 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 4.00 102 0.8 0.4 1 1/2 40 1.900 48.3 4.00 102 0.9 0.4 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 4.00 102 1.2 0.5 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 4.00 102 1.9 0.9 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4.00 102 2.5 1.1 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 4.00 102 2.1 0.9 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 6.00 152 5.5 2.5 5 5.563 141.3 6.00 152 7.4 3.4 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 6.00 152 9.5 4.3 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 6.00 152 14.2 6.4 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 8.00 203 27.0 12.2 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 8.00 203 33.0 15.0 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). • For pump package nipples with 1 ½"/40 mm hole cut to receive Style 923 Vic-Let or Style 924 Vic-O-Well request special No. 40, 42 or 43 nipples and specify No. 40-H, 42-H or 43-H on order. NOTE: 4 – 12"/DN100 – DN300 diameter — 8"/200 mm minimum length required. • For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify “BSP” clearly on order. 4.9 DIMENSIONS Adapter Nipple No. 4012 Grv. × Thd. No. 42 Grv. × Bev. No. 43 Grv. × Grv. 15 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.10 DIMENSIONS Cap No. 60 T No. 60 Size No. 60 Cap Nominal Actual Outside Diameter “T” Thickness Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 0.88 22 0.2 0.1 1 25 1.315 33.7 0.88 22 0.3 0.1 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 0.88 22 0.3 0.1 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 0.88 22 0.5 0.2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 0.88 22 0.6 0.3 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 0.88 22 1.0 0.5 DN65 3.000 76.1 0.88 22 1.2 0.5 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 0.88 22 1.2 0.5 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 0.88 22 2.5 1.1 4.250 108.0 1.00 25 2.3 1.0 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 1.00 25 2.5 1.1 5.250 133.0 1.00 25 4.5 2.0 DN125 5.500 139.7 1.00 25 4.5 2.0 5 5.563 141.3 1.00 25 4.6 2.1 T No. 60 Size No. 60 Cap Nominal Actual Outside Diameter “T” Thickness Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 6.250 159.0 1.00 25 6.8 3.1 6.500 165.1 1.00 25 7.3 3.3 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 1.00 25 6.1 2.8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 1.19 30 13.1 5.9 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 1.25 32 21.0 9.5 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 1.25 32 35.6 16.2 142 DN350 14.000 355.6 9.50 (s) 241 + 162 DN400 16.000 406.4 10.00 (s) 254 + 182 DN450 18.000 457.0 11.00 (s) 279 + 202 DN500 20.000 508.0 12.00 (s) 305 + 242 DN600 24.000 610.0 13.50 (s) 343 + 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. NOTES • No. 60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings. No. 61 bull plugs should be used. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 16 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.11 DIMENSIONS Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face E to E E to E E to E E to E E to E No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 45RE Size No. 45F and No. 45R ANSI 150 Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) No. 46F and No. 46R ANSI 300 Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) No. 45RE Flanged Adapter Nipple Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 3.00 76 2.3 1.0 3.00 76 3.3 1.5 —— 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 3.00 76 2.7 1.2 3.00 76 3.9 1.8 —— 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 4.00 102 3.3 1.5 4.00 102 4.8 2.2 —— 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 4.00 102 3.9 1.8 4.00 102 6.9 3.1 —— 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 4.00 102 6.0 2.7 4.00 102 8.2 3.7 2.50 64 5.3 2.4 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 4.00 102 9.9 4.5 4.00 102 11.9 5.4 —— DN65 3.000 76.1 ————2.50 64 6.5 2.9 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4.00 102 11.7 5.3 4.00 102 16.5 7.5 2.50 64 8.2 3.7 3 1/2 DN90 4.000 101.6 4.00 102 15.1 6.8 4.00 102 20.1 9.1 —— 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 6.00 152 18.5 8.4 6.00 152 27.4 12.4 2.75 70 10.0 45 5 5.563 141.3 6.00 152 21.3 9.7 6.00 152 35.3 16.0 —— DN125 5.500 139.7 ————2.75 70 16.3 7.4 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 6.00 152 27.5 12.5 6.00 152 47.5 21.5 2.75 70 16.3 7.4 6.500 165.1 —————— 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 6.00 152 41.3 18.8 6.00 152 70.3 31.9 —— 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 8.00 203 59.3 27.1 8.00 203 100.8 45.7 —— 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 8.00 203 40.0 40.0 8.00 203 146.2 66.3 —— 142 DN350 14.000 355.6 8.00 203 +8.00 203 +—— 162 DN400 16.000 406.4 8.00 203 +8.00 203 +—— 182 DN450 18.000 457.0 8.00 203 +8.00 203 +—— 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 17 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.11 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face E to E E to E E to E E to E E to E No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 45RE Size No. 45F and No. 45R ANSI 150 Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) No. 46F and No. 46R ANSI 300 Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) No. 45RE Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 202 DN500 20.000 508.0 8.00 203 +8.00 203 +—— 242 DN600 24.000 610.0 8.00 203 +8.00 203 +—— 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 18 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.12 DIMENSIONS Swaged Nipple No. 53 Grv. × Grv. No. 54 Grv. × Thd. No. 55 Thd. × Grv. E to E E to E E to E No. 53 No. 54 No. 55 Size No. 53, 54, and 55 Swaged Nipples (s) Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg 2 DN50 x 1 DN25 6.50 165 2.0 0.9   1 1/4 DN32 6.50 165 2.0 0.9 1 1/2 DN40 6.50 165 2.0 0.9 2 1/2 x 1 DN25 7.00 178 3.0 1.4   1 1/4 DN32 7.00 178 3.0 1.4 1 1/2 DN40 7.00 178 3.0 1.4 2 DN50 7.00 178 3.0 1.4 3 DN80 x 1 DN25 8.00 203 4.5 2.0   1 1/4 DN32 8.00 203 4.5 2.0 1 1/2 DN40 8.00 203 4.5 2.0 2 DN50 8.00 203 4.5 2.0 2 1/2 8.00 203 4.5 2.0 3 1/2 DN90 x 3 DN80 8.00 203 6.8 3.1 4 DN100 x 1 DN25 9.00 229 7.5 3.4   1 1/4 DN32 9.00 229 7.5 3.4 1 1/2 DN40 9.00 229 7.5 3.4 2 DN50 9.00 229 7.5 3.4 2 1/2 9.00 229 7.5 3.4 3 DN80 9.00 229 7.5 3.4 3 1/2 DN90 9.00 229 7.5 3.4 E to E E to E E to E No. 53 No. 54 No. 55 Size No. 53, 54, and 55 Swaged Nipples (s) Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg 5 x 2 DN50 11.00 279 11.5 5.2   3 DN80 11.00 279 11.3 5.1 4 DN100 11.00 279 11.5 5.2 6 DN150 x 1 DN25 12.00 305 17.0 7.7   1 1/4 DN32 12.00 305 17.0 7.7 1 1/2 DN40 12.00 305 17.2 7.8 2 DN50 12.00 305 17.4 7.9 2 1/2 12.00 305 17.4 7.9 3 DN80 12.00 305 17.4 7.9 3 1/2 DN90 12.00 305 17.4 7.9 4 DN100 12.00 305 17.5 7.9 4 1/2 12.00 305 17.5 7.9 5 12.00 305 17.5 7.9 8 DN200 x 6 DN150 +20.0 9.1 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 19 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.13 DIMENSIONS Female Threaded Adapter No. 80 4.14 DIMENSIONS Hose Nipple No. 48 E to E No. 80 Size No. 80 Female Threaded Adapter Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 2.00 51 1.0 0.5 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 2.06 52 1.0 0.5 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 2.31 (sw) 59 1.5 0.7 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 2.31 (sw) 59 1.5 0.7 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 2.50 64 1.4 0.6 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 2.75 70 1.5 0.7 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 2.75 70 2.9 1.3 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 3.25 83 4.5 2.0 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify “BSP” clearly on order. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). E to E No. 48 Size No. 48 Hose Nipple (s) Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg 3/4 DN20 1.050 26.9 3.12 79 0.3 0.1 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 3.38 86 0.4 0.2 1 1/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 3.88 98 0.6 0.3 1 1/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 3.88 98 0.8 0.4 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 4.50 114 1.1 0.5 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 5.38 137 2.0 0.9 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 5.75 146 3.2 1.5 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 7.00 178 4.9 2.2 5 5.563 141.3 8.75 222 8.0 3.6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 10.13 257 14.3 6.5 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 11.88 302 24.7 11.2 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 12.50 318 40.1 18.2 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 14.50 368 62.0 28.1 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 20 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.15 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric Eto E E to E E to E E to E No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel No. 50 Fabricated Steel No. 51 Size No. 50 Concentric Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reducer Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 1 1/4 DN32 x 3/4 DN20 +1.9 0.9 ——  1 DN25 +1.9 0.9 —— 1 1/2 DN40 x 3/4 DN20 +1.4 0.6 ——   1 DN25 2.50 64 0.8 0.4 8.50 (sw) 216 4.5 2.0 11/4 DN32 2.50 64 1.0 0.5 —— 2 DN50 x 3/4 DN20 2.50 64 0.9 0.3 9.00 (sw) 229 2.0 0.9   1 DN25 2.50 64 0.7 0.3 9.00 (sw) 229 2.3 1.0 11/4 DN32 2.50 64 1.2 0.5 9.00 (sw) 229 4.6 2.1 11/2 DN40 2.50 64 1.0 0.5 3.50 89 1.1 0.5 2 1/2 x 3/4 DN20 +1.3 0.6 +3.3 1.5   1 DN25 2.50 64 1.1 0.5 9.50 241 3.5 1.6 1 1/4 DN32 3.50 89 3.3 1.5 3.50 89 1.4 0.6 1 1/2 DN40 2.50 64 3.6 1.6 9.50 (sw) 241 3.7 1.7 2 DN50 2.50 64 3.9 1.8 3.50 89 4.3 2.0 3 DN80 x 3/4 DN20 +1.5 0.7 +4.5 2.0   1 DN25 2.50 64 1.3 0.6 9.50 (sw) 241 4.8 2.2 1 1/4 DN32 2.50 64 1.4 0.6 +4.8 2.2 1 1/2 DN40 2.50 64 5.1 2.3 9.50 (sw) 241 5.1 2.3 2 DN50 2.50 64 1.6 0.7 3.50 89 6.0 2.7 2 1/2 2.50 64 1.8 0.8 3.50 89 7.0 3.2 DN65 2.50 64 2.1 1.0 —— 3 1/2 DN90 x 3 DN80 2.50 64 2.0 0.9 9.50 (sw) 241 7.0 3.2 4 DN100 x 1 DN25 3.00 76 3.0 1.4 13.00 (sw) 330 6.5 2.9 Eto E E to E E to E E to E No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel No. 50 Fabricated Steel No. 51 Size No. 50 Concentric Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reducer Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 1 1/4 DN32 +4.6 2.1 —— 1 1/2 DN40 3.00 (sw) 76 2.6 1.2 10.00 (sw) 254 8.1 3.7 2 DN50 3.00 76 2.4 1.1 4.00 102 3.3 1.5 2 1/2 3.00 76 2.7 1.2 4.00 102 3.4 1.5 3 DN80 3.00 76 3.2 1.4 4.00 102 3.5 1.6 3 1/2 DN90 3.00 76 2.9 1.3 10.00 (sw) 254 8.0 3.6 5 x 2 DN50 11.00 (sw) 279 9.0 4.1 11.00 (sw) 279 5.2 2.4   2 1/2 4.00 102 4.3 2.0 11.00 (sw) 279 10.8 4.9 3 DN80 4.00 102 5.5 2.5 11.00 (sw) 279 11.1 5.0 4 DN100 3.50 89 4.3 1.9 5.00 127 12.0 5.4 6 DN150 x 1 DN25 4.00 102 5.0 2.3 11.50 (sw) 292 14.5 6.6   1 1/2 DN40 +5.5 2.5 ++ 2 DN50 4.00 102 6.6 3.0 11.50 (sw) 292 14.5 6.6 2 1/2 4.00 102 6.4 2.9 11.50 (sw) 292 14.2 6.4 3 DN80 4.00 102 6.4 2.9 5.50 140 15.0 6.8 4 DN100 4.00 102 6.5 2.9 5.50 140 17.0 7.7 5 4.00 102 6.4 2.9 5.50 140 17.0 7.7 8 DN200 x 2 1/2 16.00 406 7.9 3.6 12.00 (sw) 305 26.1 11.8   3 DN80 5.00 127 9.3 4.2 12.00 (sw) 305 22.0 10.0 4 DN100 5.00 127 10.4 4.8 12.00 (sw) 305 23.0 10.4 5 5.00 127 11.6 5.2 12.00 (sw) 305 23.0 10.4 6 DN150 5.00 127 11.9 5.4 6.00 152 24.0 10.9 21 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.15 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric Eto E E to E E to E E to E No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel No. 50 Fabricated Steel No. 51 Size No. 50 Concentric Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reducer Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 10 DN250 x 4 DN100 6.00 152 19.7 8.9 13.00 (sw) 330 32.0 14.5   5 +33.0 15.0 +34.6 15.7 6 DN150 6.00 152 20.0 9.1 13.00 (sw) 330 36.9 16.7 8 DN200 6.00 152 22.0 10.0 7.00 178 21.6 9.8 12 DN300 x 4 DN100 +44.0 20.0 14.00 (sw) 356 48.0 21.8   6 DN150 7.00 178 24.6 11.2 14.00 (sw) 356 50.0 22.7 8 DN200 7.00 178 52.0 23.6 14.00 (sw) 356 53.5 24.3 10 DN250 7.00 178 39.0 17.7 14.00 (sw) 356 57.0 25.9 142 DN350 x 6 DN150 13.00 330 65.0 29.5 13.00 330 60.0 27.2   8 DN200 13.00 330 65.0 29.5 13.00 330 60.0 27.2 10 DN250 13.00 330 66.0 29.9 13.00 330 65.0 29.5 12 DN300 13.00 330 68.0 30.8 13.00 330 66.0 29.9 162 DN400 x 8 DN200 14.00 356 73.0 33.1 14.00 355 73.0 33.1   10 DN250 14.00 356 73.0 33.1 14.00 355 73.0 33.1 12 DN300 14.00 356 73.0 33.1 14.00 355 73.0 33.1 14 DN350 14.00 356 73.0 33.1 14.00 355 73.0 33.1 182 DN450 x 10 DN250 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 15.00 381 91.0 41.3   12 DN300 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 14 DN350 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 16 DN400 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 15.00 381 91.0 41.3 Eto E E to E E to E E to E No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel No. 50 Fabricated Steel No. 51 Size No. 50 Concentric Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reducer Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 202 DN500 x 10 DN250 20.00 508 110.0 49.9 20.00 508 177.0 80.3   12 DN300 20.00 508 120.0 54.4 20.00 508 120.0 54.4 14 DN350 20.00 508 149.0 67.9 20.00 508 149.0 67.9 16 DN400 20.00 508 120.0 54.4 20.00 508 120.0 54.4 18 DN450 20.00 508 136.0 61.7 20.00 508 136.0 61.7 242 DN600 x 10 DN250 20.00 508 142.0 64.4 20.00 508 142.0 64.4   12 DN300 20.00 508 150.0 68.0 20.00 508 150.0 68.0 14 DN350 20.00 508 162.0 73.5 20.00 508 162.0 73.5 16 DN400 20.00 508 162.0 73.5 20.00 508 162.0 73.5 18 DN450 20.00 508 162.0 73.5 20.00 508 162.0 73.5 20 DN500 20.00 508 151.0 68.5 20.00 508 190.0 86.2 14 – 60 DN350 – DN1500 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 2 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. NOTES • Available with male threaded small end No. 52. • Cast fitting available for JIS size. Contact Victaulic for details. • Steel eccentric reducers available through 30”/DN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 22 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.16 DIMENSIONS Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F Eto E Eto E No. 52 No 52F Size No. 52 Small Threader Reducer No. 52F Concentric Reducer with BSPT Female Threaded End Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg mm kg 1 1/2 DN40 x 1 DN25 2.50 64 0.8 0.4 ——  11/4 DN32 2.50 64 0.9 0.4 —— 2 DN50 x 3/4 DN20 2.50 64 0.9 0.4 ——   1 DN25 2.50 64 0.7 0.3 —— 1 1/4 DN32 2.50 64 1.2 0.5 —— 1 1/2 DN40 2.50 64 1.0 0.5 —— 2 1/2 x 1 DN25 2.50 64 1.1 0.5 ——   1 1/4 DN32 2.50 (sw) 64 1.2 0.5 —— 11/2 DN40 2.50 (sw) 64 1.3 0.6 —— 2 DN50 2.50 64 1.4 0.6 —— DN65 x 1 1/2 DN40 64 0.8 64 0.8  2 DN50 ——64 0.9 3 DN80 x 3/4 DN20 + (sw)1.5 0.7 ——   1 DN25 2.50 64 1.3 0.6 —— 1 1/4 DN32 2.50 64 1.5 0.7 —— 1 1/2 DN40 2.50 (sw) 64 1.5 0.7 —— 2 DN50 2.50 64 1.5 0.7 —— 2 1/2 2.50 64 2.4 1.1 —— 88.9mm x 42.4mm 64 0.9 64 0.8   48.3mm 64 0.9 64 0.9 60mm ——64 0.9 Eto E Eto E No. 52 No 52F Size No. 52 Small Threader Reducer No. 52F Concentric Reducer with BSPT Female Threaded End Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg mm kg 4 DN100 x 1 DN25 3.00 76 2.3 1.0 ——   1 1/2 DN40 3.00 76 2.7 1.2 —— 2 DN50 3.00 76 2.6 1.2 —— 2 1/2 3.00 76 2.6 1.2 —— 3 DN80 3.00 76 2.5 1.1 —— 108.0mm x 42.4mm 76 1.3 76 1.3   48.3mm 76 1.3 76 1.4 60mm ——76 1.4 114.3mm x 42.4mm 76 1.3 76 1.3   48.3mm 76 1.3 76 1.3 60mm 76 1.3 76 1.4 5 x 4 DN100 +4.5 2.0 —— 133.0mm x 60mm ——114 2.2 139.0mm x 60mm ——114 2.3 6 DN150 x 1 DN25 4.00 102 5.5 2.5 ——   2 DN50 4.00 102 5.7 2.6 —— 2 1/2 4.00 102 5.8 2.6 —— 3 DN80 4.00 102 5.8 2.6 —— 4 DN100 + (sw)6.5 2.9 —— 5 + (sw)2.0 0.9 —— 159.0mm x 42.4mm 114 2.2 144 2.5   48.3mm 114 2.2 114 2.5 60mm ——114 2.6 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. 23 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.16 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F Eto E Eto E No. 52 No 52F Size No. 52 Small Threader Reducer No. 52F Concentric Reducer with BSPT Female Threaded End Nominal E to E Approx. Weight (Each)E to E Approx. Weight (Each) inches DN inches mm lb kg mm kg 165.1mm x 42.4mm 102mm 2.4 102 2.9   48.3mm 102mm 2.6 102 3.0 60mm ——102 3.0 8 DN200 x 2 DN50 16.00 406 1.5 0.7 ——  2 1/2 16.00 406 1.7 0.8 —— (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify “BSP” clearly on order. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 24 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data (Frictional Resistance) The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 22½º elbow is approximately one-half the resistance of a 45º elbow. Values of mid-sizes can be interpolated. Size Dimensions Nominal Actual Outside Diameter 90° Elbows 45° Elbows Tees No. 10 Std. Radius No. 100 1 ½ D Long Radius No. 11 Std. Radius No. 110 1 ½ D Long Radius Branch Run inches DN inches mm feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters 1 DN25 1.315 33.7 1.7 0.5 —0.8 0.2 —4.2 1.3 1.7 0.5 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 3.5 1.1 2.5 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.1 0.3 8.5 2.6 3.5 1.1 DN65 3.000 76.1 4.3 1.3 —2.1 0.7 —10.8 3.3 4.3 1.3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 5.0 1.5 3.8 1.2 2.6 0.8 1.6 0.5 13.0 4.0 5.0 1.5 4.250 108.0 6.4 2.0 —3.2 0.9 —15.3 4.7 6.4 2.0 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 6.8 2.1 5.0 1.5 3.4 1.0 2.1 0.6 16.0 4.9 6.8 2.1 5.250 133.0 8.1 2.5 —4.1 1.2 —20.0 6.2 8.1 2.5 DN125 5.500 139.7 8.5 2.6 —4.2 1.3 —21.0 6.4 8.5 2.6 5 5.563 141.3 8.5 2.6 —4.2 1.3 —21.0 6.4 8.5 2.6 6.250 159.0 9.4 2.9 —4.9 1.5 —25.0 7.6 9.6 2.9 6.500 165.1 9.6 2.9 —5.0 1.5 —25.0 7.6 10.0 3.0 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 10.0 3.0 7.5 2.3 5.0 1.5 3.0 0.9 25.0 7.6 10.0 3.0 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 13.0 4.0 9.8 3.0 6.5 2.0 4.0 1.2 33.0 10.1 13.0 4.0 10 DN250 10.750 273.0 17.0 5.2 12.0 3.7 8.3 2.5 5.0 1.5 41.0 12.5 17.0 5.2 12 DN300 12.750 323.9 20.0 6.1 14.5 4.4 10.0 3.0 6.0 1.8 50.0 15.2 20.0 6.1 14 DN350 14.000 355.6 24.54 7.5 15.8 4.8 18.54 5.6 11.0 3.4 70.0 21.3 23.0 7.0 16 DN400 16.000 406.4 28.04 8.5 18.0 5.5 21.04 6.4 13.0 4.0 80.0 24.4 27.0 8.2 18 DN450 18.000 457.0 31.04 9.5 20.0 6.1 23.54 7.2 14.0 4.3 90.0 27.4 30.0 9.1 20 DN800 20.000 508.0 34.04 10.4 22.5 6.9 25.54 7.8 16.0 4.9 100.0 30.5 33.0 10.1 24 DN600 24.000 610.0 42.04 12.8 27.0 8.2 29.54 9.0 19.0 5.8 120.0 36.6 40.0 12.2 AGS fittings available up to 60"/DN1500. Contact Victaulic for details. 4 Fitting flow data for 14-24"/DN350-DN600 size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. W10 and No. W11 Elbows), refer to publication 20.05. 25 victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AG Updated 09/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 26 victaulic.com victaulic.com 10.03 01539 Rev O Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 ¼ – 8"/DN32 – DN200 Maximum Working Pressure • Pressure ratings for Victaulic FireLock™ Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock EZ™ Style 009N couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information). Application • FireLock™ fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components Pipe Materials • Carbon steel 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS EN 10311 Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: (specify choice) Orange coating. Red coating (standard for EMEA-I and Asia Pacific). Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. Victaulic® FireLock™ Fittings 10.03 1 10.03 01539 Rev O Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS C to E C C to E C to E C to E T No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 Nominal Size Actual Outside Diameter No. 001 90° Elbow No. 003 45° Elbow No. 002 Straight Tee No. 006 Cap C to E Approximate Weight Each C to E Approximate Weight Each C to E Approximate Weight Each T Approximate Weight Each inches DN inches mm inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg inches mm lb kg 1 1/4 1.660 — — — — — — — — — — — — 0.82 0.3 DN32 42.4 21 0.1 1 1/2 1.900 ——————0.82 0.4 DN40 48.3 ——————21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 2 1/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 DN65 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 ——76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76 1.7 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 ——108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 DN100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 DN125 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 ——139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 124 6.9 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 ——158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 DN150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 ——165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 140 9.9 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 8.515 6.81 23.1 ——6.94 33.6 —— 216.3 173 10.5 ——176 15.2 —— 2 victaulic.com 10.03 01539 Rev O Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe1 Nominal Size Actual Outside Diameter Elbows No. 002 Straight Tee No. 001 90° Elbow No. 003 45° Elbow Branch Run inches DN inches mm feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters 1 1/4 1.660 ———— DN32 42.4 ———— 1 1/2 1.900 ———— DN40 48.3 ———— 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 2 1/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 DN65 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 DN100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 DN125 5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 DN150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8 165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 DN200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 8.515 13.0 —33.0 13.0 216.3 4.0 —10.1 4.0 1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. 3 victaulic.com 10.03 01539 Rev O Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS General Notes NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ™ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ™ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock™ No. 006 end caps containing the “EZ” marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the “QV EZ” marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: Victaulic® FireLock™ Rigid Coupling Style 009N 10.02: Victaulic® FireLock™ Rigid Coupling Style 005H with Vic-Plus™ Gasket System 29.01: Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale 4 victaulic.com victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. Series AH2 Series AH2-CC 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes by Component Series AH2 1"/DN25 ID Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 915, 1220, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes adapter nipple and 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer. Series AH2-CC 1"/DN25 ID Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 915, 1220, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes captured coupling and 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer. Connections • From Branchline • ¾”/20mm BSPT female thread (VdS only) • 1 ¼”/32mm BSPT female thread (LPCB only) • 1”/25mm NPT or BSPT female Thread • 1”/25mm Grooved IGS (refer to Submittal 10.54 for additional IGS connections) • No. 116 CPVC Adapter (1”/25mm Female CPVC Socket x 1”/25mm Grooved IGS) • No. 142 Welded Outlet • Style 922 Outlet-T • Style 920N Mechanical-T Outlet • No. 65 Grooved End of Run Fitting • Hose Inlet • 1”/25mm Grooved IGS • 1”/25mm NPT or BSPT male thread • ¾”/20mm BSPT male thread (VdS only) • 1 ¼”/32mm BSPT male thread (LPCB only) Victaulic® VicFlex™ Sprinkler Fittings Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Flexible Hoses 10.85 1 System No.Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) • Sprinkler Reducer • Sprinkler Connection: 1/2" and ¾"/15mm and 20mm NPT or BSPT female thread • Straight Lengths: 5.75”, 9”, 13”/140mm, 230mm, 330mm • 90˚ Elbows • Standard Short • Low Profile Short • Standard Long • Low Profile Long (Short elbows typically used with concealed sprinklers. Long elbows typically used with recessed pendent sprinklers) Brackets • Style AB2 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style AB3 for surface mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings • Style AB4 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB5 for hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB7 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB7 Adjustable for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB10 for Armstrong® TechZone™ ceilings • Style AB11 for lay-in panel suspended t-grid ceilings or drywall suspended t-grid ceilings, allows for low profile installations (use only with 90° low profile elbows) • Style AB12 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and allows for low profile installation down to 4"/100mm. • Style ABBA bracket for suspended, exposed, and hard-lid ceilings • Style ABMM bracket for surface mount and stand off-mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings and hard-lid ceilings • Strut channel and pipe clamp, not supplied by Victaulic Maximum Working Temperature • 225°F/107°C • 150°F/65°C (No. 116 CPVC Adapter) Maximum Working Pressure • 200 psi/1375 kPa (FM Approval) • 175 psi/1206 kPa (cULus Listed) • 1600 kPa/232 psi (VdS/LPCB Approved) • 1.4 MPa (CCCf Approved) • 175 psi/1206 kPa (No. 116 CPVC Adapter) Minimum Bend Radius • 7"/178 mm (FM/CCCf Approval) • 2"/51 mm (cULus Listed) • 3"/76.2 mm (VdS/LPCB Approved) 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Maximum Allowable Sprinkler K-Factors • FM (1/2"/15 mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (¾"/20 mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • cULus (1/2"/15 mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.), (¾"/20 mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • VdS/LPCB (1/2"/15 mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (¾"/20 mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.) 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS LPS 1261: Issue 1.2 Cert/LPCB Ref. 104l/01 104l/04 NOTE • The VicFlex Series AH2 Hose has been tested and evaluated by Spears® for acceptable use with Spears® CPVC Products and is therefore covered under the Spears® FlameGuard® Installer Protection Plan. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Series AH2: Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM Isolation Ring: Nylon Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Reducer (½"/15 mm or ¾"/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Low Profile Elbows: Ductile Iron, Zinc-Plated Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Series AH2-CC: Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM Isolation Ring: Nylon Coupling Retainer Ring: Polyethelene Nut: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Reducer (½"/15 mm or ¾"/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Low Profile Elbows: Ductile Iron, Zinc-Plated Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coupling Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific). • Red enamel (Europe). • Hot dipped galvanized. Gasket:1 Grade “E” EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nut: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. Linkage: CrMo Alloy Steel zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Zn/Fe 5, Type III Finish No. 116 Adapter Fitting: CPVC and Brass Seal: Victaulic EPDM 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Product Details - Series AH2 Braided Hose B 371 2 4685 9 A Item Description 1 Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring 3 Gasket 4 Nut 5 Adapter Nipple 6 Braid 7 Collar/Weld Fitting 8 Sleeve 9 Reducer Hose Length Dimensions Hose Length A B inches mm inches mm inches mm 31 790 25.3 641 31 790 36 915 31.3 794 36 915 48 1219 42.3 1073 48 1220 60 1525 54.3 1378 60 1525 72 1830 66.3 1683 72 1830 Series AH2-CC Braided Hose BA 3712 4 968 5 Hose Length A B inches mm inches mm inches mm 31 790 24.5 622 29.8 757 36 915 29.5 749 34.8 884 48 1219 41.5 1054 46.8 1189 60 1525 53.5 1359 58.8 1494 72 1830 65.5 1664 70.8 1798 Item Description 1 Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring 3 Gasket 4 Nut 5 Captured Coupling 6 Braid 7 Collar/Weld Fitting 8 Sleeve 9 Reducer 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Standard Reducer 1234 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer Optional Reducers 9.0"/229 mm straight reducer 2.62"/ 66.5 mm 4.83"/ 122.7 mm 3.25"/ 5.50"/ 139.7 mm 6.57"/ 166.9 mm 66.5 mm 7.25"/ 184.2 mm 5.00"/ 127.0 mm 13.0"/330 mm straight reducer Short 90° elbow reducer Long 90° elbow reducer NOTE • The Short 90° elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. • FM/VdS Approved only. Low Profile 2.84"/ 72 mm 3.50"/ 89 mm1.88"/ 48 mm 1.4"/ 36 mm 1.4"/ 36 mm 4.59"/ 116 mm3.63"/ 92 mm 5.25"/ 133 mm Short 90° elbow reducer Long 90° elbow reducer NOTE • Style AB11: When low profiles elbows are with the Style AB11 bracket, the Low Profile Short Elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the Low Profile Long Elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. No. 116 CPVC Adapter E to E NOTES • E to E is 3.0"/76.0 mm • The No. 116 CPVC Adapter has 2 ft. (0.6 m) EQL of 1" Schedule 40 pipe. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB2 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed Style AB3 • Surface Mount Applications • FM/LPCB Approved Style AB4 • Hard-Lid Ceilings with Hat furring channel grid system Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. 3 2 1 3 3 3 2 1 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB5 • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB7 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. Style AB7 Adjustable • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 700 mm or 1400 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket (adjustable) NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB10 • Suspended ceilings • Armstrong® TechZone™ Item Description 1 6"/152 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB11 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS Approved, cULus listed. Style AB12 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings Item Description 1 Style AB12 Bracket Body 2 #2 Square Drive Set Screw NOTE • FM/VdS Approved. 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) VicFlex Brackets Style ABBA • Floor-above mount • Cantilever mount • Temporary mount in exposed ceilings Item Description 1 Style ABBA Mounting Plate 2 Style ABBA Square Bar 3 Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 20, T25 Torx Drive Recessed 4 Style ABMM Bracket Body 5 Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 15.24, T25 Torx Drive Recessed NOTE • FM Approved. Style ABMM • Surface mount • Stand-off mount Item Description 1 Style ABMM Bracket Body 2 Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 15.24, T25 Torx Drive Recessed NOTE • FM Approved. 2 4 3 5 2 1 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket R See Table L V2707 ¾"/19 MM MAX. RECESS V2707 MAX. EXTENSION 1.7"/43 mm Typical ceiling grid 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm on Center /"/15.9 mm Typical ceiling tile See note Finished surface Bracket Assembly Style AB2 2⁄"/60.33 mm 2"/50.80 mm 4.3"/111 mm Hose Clearance Chart V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 2.0 50 3.0 80 7.0 175 – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 8.6 218 10.1 269 9.6 244 11.1 281 13.6 345 15.1 383 5.8 147 5.8 147 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket A See Chart V38 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS V38 MAX. EXTENSION 1.8"/45 mm Typical 16"/406 mm C/C /"/16 mm Typical drywall #10 Screw Finished ceiling Bracket Assembly Style AB2 2⁄"/68 mm max. hole 2⁄"/60 mm min. hole 3½"/ 89 mm R See chart 2" × 4" Stud Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess" ½" | 13 mm Max Recess ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess ½" | 13 mm Max Recess ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess ½" | 13 mm Max Recess ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 2.0 50 3.0 80 7.0 175 "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 6.2 158 7.6 193 6.1 155 7.2 183 8.6 218 7.1 180 11.2 285 12.6 320 11.1 282 Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Short Elbow ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall ½" | 13 mm Max Recess inches mm mm mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 3.3 84 3.6 91 3.3 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket R See chart ASee Chart V27 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS V27 MAX. EXTENSION ⁄"/16 mm Typical drywall ⁄"/23 mm Typical 16"/406 mm C/C #10 Screw Typical Hat Channel grid Finished ceiling 2⁄"/60 mm max. hole 2"/51 mm min. hole 4.1"/ 104 mm Bracket assembly Style AB4 Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 2.0 50 2.0 50 3.0 80 3.0 80 7.0 175 7.0 175 – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 8.8 224 10.2 259 9.8 249 11.2 285 13.8 351 15.2 386 8.0 203 5.9 150 NOTE Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB5 Bracket ASee chart Finished ceiling 2⁄"/60 mm max. hole /"/16 mm Typ. Drywall 2"/51 mm min. hole3⁄"/ 92 mm Typical 16"/406 mm C/C 2.3"/ 57 mm V27 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4" metal stud Bracket assembly Style AB5 V27 MAX. EXTENSION RSee chart Hose Clearance Chart "V2707 ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess" V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall V2707 ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall V2707 ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 2.0 50 3.0 80 7.0 175 "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 6.0 158 7.7 196 6.1 155 7.0 178 8.7 221 7.1 180 11.0 279 12.7 323 11.1 282 Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Low-Profile Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 3.5 89 4.9 124 3.6 91 2.9 74 3.3 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 victaulic.com 4.8 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB11 Bracket (LOW PROFILE SOLUTION) ASee Chart See Note 1.7"/43 mm Typical ceiling grid 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm on center Finished ceiling face Bracket AssemblyStyle AB11 max. hole 2"/51 mm min. hole max. hole 2⁄"/60 mm min. hole 3.0"/ 76 mm /"/15.9 mm Typical ceiling tile V38V27Pendent Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess" V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess inches mm mm "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 4.0 102 3.9 99 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 victaulic.com 4.9 DIMENSIONS Clearances Style AB12 and ABBA Bracket Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with Low Profile Short Elbow Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler and Straight 5.75"/140 mm Reducer "A" See Table 1⁄ inch/29 mm Finished Face of /-inch/16-mmTypical Ceiling Unnished Ceiling Face "B" See Table ⁄ inch/ 3 mm V2707 ½"/12.7 mm MAX. RECESS V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS Unnished Ceiling Face R "A"See Table 1⁄ inch/29 mm Finished Face of /-inch/16-mmTypical Ceiling "B" See Table Nominal length 14"/355.6 mm ⁄ inch/3 mm Dimension Low Profile Short Elbow Low Profile Long Elbow Standard Short Elbow Standard Long Elbow Standard Straight Reducer ¾"/19 mm Recessed*Concealed ¾"/19 mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/19 mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/19 mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/19 mm Recessed Concealed inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm A Minimum Required Installation Space 4.0 101.6 5.5 139.7 5.6 142.2 7.2 182.9 5.9 149.9 7.5 190.5 7.7 195.6 9.3 236.2 15.0 381.0 16.6 421.6 B Distance from Top of Typical Ceiling Tile to Bottom of Gate 0.5 12.7 2.0 50.8 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 * Adjustability will be limited Style ABMM Bracket Stand-off Dimensions 3.93"/ 3.94"/ 100 mm 2.94"/ 75 mm 2.22"/ 56 mm 0.28"/ 7 mm 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 victaulic.com 4.10 DIMENSIONS Clearances Style AB3 and ABMM Bracket Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler R C B 3¾"/ 95.3 mm A 2⁄"/60 mm max. hole 2"/51 mm min. hole Hose Clearances Dimension inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Outlet Length "B" 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 9 228.6 13 330.2 13 330.2 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 9 228.6 13 330.2 13 330.2 13 330.2 Hose Clearance "C" 11.6 294 14.8 376 18.8 478 9.6 243 12.8 325 16.8 427 10.8 275 14.8 376 12.8 325 10.8 275 12.6 319 15.8 402 19.8 503 10.6 268 13.8 351 17.8 452 11.8 300 15.8 402 13.8 351 11.8 300 Bend Radius "R" 7 175 8 200 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 victaulic.com 4.11 DIMENSIONS BRANCHLINE CLEARANCES Series AH2 Braided Hose with Style 922 threaded outlet Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with Style 922 grooved outlet R See chart ASee chart Style 922 Threaded Mechanical Tee Outlet 2"/50 mm R See chart A See chart Style 922 Grooved Mechanical Tee Outlet 2"/50 mm Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm R Minimum Bend Radius 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.9.4 238 10.4 263 11.4 289 12.4 314 13.4 339 A Min.7.7 197 8.7 222 9.7 247 10.7 273 11.7 298 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 victaulic.com 4.12 DIMENSIONS BRANCHLINE CLEARANCES Series AH2 Braided Hose with female threaded outlet Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with grooved outlet Female Threaded Weld Outlet R See chart A See chart 2"/50 mm RSee chart A See chart No. 142 Grooved Weld Outlet 2"/50 mm Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches R Minimum Bend Radius 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.9.4 239 10.4 264 11.4 290 12.4 315 13.41 341 A Min.8.1 205 9.1 231 10.1 256 11.1 281 12.1 307 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses with Straight 5.75"/140 mm Reducers Style AB2, AB4, AB5 and AB10 Brackets Hose Reducer UL Length Nominal Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 pipe inches mm Type inches DN feet meters Max Bends 31 Straight 1/2 15.0 3790DN154.6 31 Straight 1/2 16.0 4790DN154.9 31 Straight 3/4 19.0 3790DN205.8 31 Straight 3/4 20.0 4790DN206.1 36 Straight 1/2 18.0 3915DN155.5 36 Straight 1/2 21.0 5915DN156.4 36 Straight 3/4 21.0 3915DN206.4 36 Straight 3/4 23.0 5915DN207.0 48 Straight 1/2 21.0 31220DN156.4 48 Straight 1/2 32.0 81220DN159.8 48 Straight 3/4 26.0 31220DN207.9 48 Straight 3/4 37.0 81220DN2011.3 60 Straight 1/2 27.0 31525DN158.2 60 Straight 1/2 46.0 101525DN1514.0 60 Straight 3/4 27.0 31525DN208.2 60 Straight 3/4 46.0 101525DN2014.0 72 Straight 1/2 31.0 31830DN159.4 72 Straight 1/2 55.0 121830DN1516.8 72 Straight 3/4 30.0 31830DN209.1 72 Straight 3/4 60.0 121830DN2018.3 19 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose with 90° Low Profile Elbows Style AB11 VicFlex Bracket Hose Reducer UL Length Nominal Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 pipe inches mm Type inches DN feet meters Max Bends 31 LP Elbow 1/2 18.0 3790DN155.5 31 LP Elbow 1/2 24.0 4790DN157.3 31 LP Elbow 3/4 21.0 3790DN206.4 31 LP Elbow 3/4 24.0 4790DN207.3 36 LP Elbow 1/2 19.0 3915DN155.8 36 LP Elbow 1/2 26.0 5915DN157.9 36 LP Elbow 3/4 23.0 3915DN207.0 36 LP Elbow 3/4 28.0 5915DN208.5 48 LP Elbow 1/2 23.0 31220DN157.0 48 LP Elbow 1/2 43.0 81220DN1513.1 48 LP Elbow 3/4 30.0 31220DN209.1 48 LP Elbow 3/4 42.0 81220DN2012.8 60 LP Elbow 1/2 28.0 31525DN158.5 60 LP Elbow 1/2 49.0 101525DN1514.9 60 LP Elbow 3/4 31.0 31525DN209.4 60 LP Elbow 3/4 50.0 101525DN2015.2 72 LP Elbow 1/2 31.0 31830DN159.4 72 LP Elbow 1/2 65.0 121830DN1519.8 72 LP Elbow 3/4 36.0 31830DN2011.0 72 LP Elbow 3/4 63.0 121830DN2019.2 20 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Equivalent Length Design Guide Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 2"/51 mm center line bend radius Length Nominal Outlet Size 1 Bend 2 Bends 3 Bends 4 Bends 5 Bends 6 Bends 7 Bends 8 Bends 9 Bends 10 Bends 11 Bends 12 Bends inches mm inches DN feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters feet meters 31 1/2 11.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 ––––––––790 DN15 3.4 4.0 4.6 4.9 31 3/4 12.0 14.0 19.0 20.0 ––––––––790 DN20 3.7 4.3 5.8 6.1 36 1/2 14.0 16.0 18.0 19.0 21.0 –––––––915 DN15 4.3 4.9 5.5 5.8 6.4 36 3/4 17.0 19.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 –––––––915 DN20 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.7 7.0 48 1/2 18.0 19.0 21.0 23.0 25.0 27.0 30.0 32.0 ––––1220 DN15 5.5 5.8 6.4 7.0 7.6 8.2 9.1 9.8 48 3/4 21.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 31.0 33.0 35.0 37.0 ––––1220 DN20 6.4 7.3 7.9 8.5 9.4 10.1 10.7 11.3 60 1/2 21.0 24.0 27.0 30.0 32.0 35.0 37.0 40.0 43.0 46.0 ––1525 DN15 6.4 7.3 8.2 9.1 9.8 10.7 11.3 12.2 13.1 14.0 60 3/4 23.0 25.0 27.0 29.0 32.0 34.0 37.0 40.0 43.0 46.0 ––1525 DN20 7.0 7.6 8.2 8.8 9.8 10.4 11.3 12.2 13.1 14.0 72 1/2 27.0 29.0 31.0 34.0 37.0 40.0 43.0 46.0 48.0 50.0 52.0 55.0 1830 DN15 8.2 8.8 9.4 10.4 11.3 12.2 13.1 14.0 14.6 15.2 15.8 16.8 72 3/4 26.0 28.0 30.0 33.0 37.0 40.0 44.0 48.0 51.0 54.0 57.0 60.0 1830 DN20 7.9 8.5 9.1 10.1 11.3 12.2 13.4 14.6 15.5 16.5 17.4 18.3 NOTES: • Values for use with 5.75"/140 mm straight reducers. • The values in this table are provided by the manufacturer for reference only. For friction loss data in accordance with the UL Certification, please refer to pages 19 and 20 of this publication. How to use this Design Guide: • For some systems, it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the maximum allowable number of bends. In this case, the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics. • It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected. When this happens, the design guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations. The system hydraulics can be recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to verify the performance of the system. 21 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB12, ABBA and ABMM VicFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 7"/178 mm Bend Radius inches mm Imperial S.I. inches mm type feet meters 31 790 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 Straight 13.8 4.2 21/2 15 90˚ Elbow 23.5 7.1 36 915 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 Straight 16.6 5.1 21/2 15 90˚ Elbow 25.6 7.8 48 1220 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 Straight 23.4 7.1 31/2 15 90˚ Elbow 30.7 9.3 60 1525 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 Straight 30.2 9.2 41/2 15 90˚ Elbow 35.9 10.9 72 1830 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 Straight 37.0 11.3 41/2 15 90˚ Elbow 41.1 12.5 31 790 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 Straight 16.8 5.1 23/4 20 90˚ Elbow 16.8 5.1 36 915 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 Straight 20 6.0 23/4 20 90˚ Elbow 19.7 6.0 48 1220 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 Straight 27.8 8.4 33/4 20 90˚ Elbow 26.6 8.1 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 standard for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 22 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB12, ABBA and ABMM VicFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 7"/178 mm Bend Radius inches mm Imperial S.I. inches mm type feet meters 60 1525 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 Straight 35.7 10.9 43/4 20 90˚ Elbow 33.6 10.2 72 1830 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 Straight 43.5 13.2 43/4 20 90˚ Elbow 40.6 12.2 31 790 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 Straight 16.5 5.0 23/4 20 90˚ Elbow 17.8 5.4 36 915 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 Straight 19.5 5.9 23/4 20 90˚ Elbow 20.7 6.3 48 1220 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 Straight 26.7 8.1 33/4 20 90˚ Elbow 27.9 8.5 60 1525 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 Straight 33.9 10.3 43/4 20 90˚ Elbow 35 10.7 72 1830 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 Straight 41.3 12.5 43/4 20 90˚ Elbow 42.2 12.8 31 790 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 Straight 14.9 4.5 23/4 20 90˚ Elbow 15.5 4.72 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 standard for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 23 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB12, ABBA and ABMM VicFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 7"/178 mm Bend Radius inches mm Imperial S.I. inches mm type feet meters 36 915 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 Straight 19.4 5.9 23/4 20 90˚ Elbow 19.6 5.9 48 1220 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 Straight 30.3 9.2 33/4 20 90˚ Elbow 29.5 8.9 60 1525 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 Straight 33.9 10.3 43/4 20 90˚ Elbow 34.1 10.4 72 1830 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 Straight 37.5 11.4 43/4 20 90˚ Elbow 38.6 11.7 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 standard for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 24 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 Braided Hose with 90° Low Profile Elbows Style AB5, AB11, AB12, ABBA and ABMM VicFlex Bracket Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 7"/178mm Bend Radius inches mm Imperial S.I. inches mm feet meters 31 790 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 13.7 4.2 2 36 915 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 17.0 5.2 2 48 1220 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 25.0 7.6 3 60 1525 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 33.0 10.1 4 72 1830 5.6 8.1 1/2 15 41.1 12.5 4 31 790 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 13.6 4.14 2 36 915 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 16.9 5.2 2 48 1220 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 27.8 8.5 3 60 1525 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 32.6 9.9 4 72 1830 8.0 11.5 3/4 20 40.6 12.4 4 31 790 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 13.7 4.2 2 36 915 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 17.0 5.2 2 48 1220 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 24.9 7.6 3 60 1525 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 32.9 10.0 4 72 1830 11.2 16.1 3/4 20 40.9 12.5 4 31 790 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 13.5 4.1 2 36 915 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 16.8 5.1 2 48 1220 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 24.7 7.5 3 60 1525 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 32.7 9.9 4 72 1830 14.0 20.2 3/4 20 40.7 12.4 4 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 standard for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 25 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose Style AB2, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB11 and AB12 Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Outlet Size Equivalent Length of steel pipe according to EN 10255 DN 25 (33,7 x 3,25)Maximum Number of 90º Bends at 3"/76.2 mm Bend Radius mm inches DN inches meters feet 790 31 DN15 5.5 18.0 31/2 DN20 3/4 915 36 DN15 6.4 21.0 31/2 DN20 3/4 1220 48 DN15 8.5 27.9 31/2 DN20 3/4 1525 60 DN15 10.7 35.1 41/2 DN20 3/4 1830 72 DN15 12.8 42.0 41/2 DN20 3/4 VdS Ceiling Manufacturers List AB2, AB7, AB10 ,AB11 AB4 AB5, AB8 1. AMF 2. Armstrong 3. Chicago Metallic 4. Dipling 5. Durlum 6. Geipel 7. Gema-Armstrong 8. Hilti 9. Knauf 10. Lafarge 11. Linder 12. Odenwald 13. Richter 14. Rigips 15. Rockfon Pagos 16. Suckow & Fischer 17. USG Donn No specific approval 1. Hilti 2. Knauf 3. Lafarge 4. Lindner 5. Rigips 26 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA LPS 1261: Issue 1.2 Cert/LPCB Ref. 104l/01 104l/04 Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB8, and AB10 Brackets Series AH2 Braided Hose Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB8, AB10 and AB12 Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Outlet Size Equivalent Length of steel pipe according to EN 10255 DN 25 (33,7 x 3,25) Maximum Number of 90º Bends at 3"/76.2 mm Bend Radius Length of Flexible Hose Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe Straight Configuration Bend Configuration mm inches mm inches type meters feet mm inches meters feet meters feet 790 31 15 mm 1/2 Straight 1.8 6.0 2 790 31 0.87 2.9 2.70 8.920 mm 3/4 Straight 915 36 15 mm 1/2 Straight 3.6 11.9 3 915 36 1.00 3.3 2.80 9.220 mm 3/4 Straight 1220 48 15 mm 1/2 Straight 4.3 14.0 3 1220 48 2.23 7.3 4.66 15.320 mm 3/4 Straight 1525 60 15 mm 1/2 Straight 4.1 13.6 3 1525 60 2.90 9.5 6.5 21.320 mm 3/4 Straight 1830 72 15 mm 1/2 Straight 5.5 18.1 3 1830 72 3.31 10.9 7.16 23.520 mm 3/4 Straight CCCF NOTE • Friction loss data is in accordance with GB5135.16 tested at a flow rate of 114 liters per minute (30 gallons per minute). 27 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depres- surized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain im- portant information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. WARNING • It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments. • The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on 300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. • It is the responsibility of the owner of a building or their authorized agent to provide the sprinkler system installer with any knowledge that the water supply might be contaminated with or conducive to the development of micro- biologically influenced corrosion (MIC), including as required by NFPA 13. Failure to identify adverse water quality issues may affect the VicFlex product and void the manufacturer’s warranty. Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. Victaulic VicFlex Series AH2 and AH2-CC Flexible Sprinkler Fittings may be painted provided the paint is compatible with stainless steel and zinc-plated carbon steel or ductile iron. Care should be taken to ensure the sprinkler and associated escutcheon or coverplate are not painted. Victaulic VicFlex Series AH2 and AH2-CC penetrating through non-fire rated gypsum wall (drywall) will function as designed, provided the components are installed in accordance with the respective installation instructions referenced in this document. 28 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS – CHARACTERISTICS VicFlex Maximum Load Values Series AH2 Hose with 24" Bracket Model Size Actual Length Total Load Max. Uniform Load ft m lb N lb/linear ft N/linear m 31/790 2.6 0.8 5.2 23 2.6 38 36/915 3 0.9 5.5 25 2.8 40 48/1220 4 1.2 6.3 28 3.1 46 60/1525 5 1.5 7.0 31 3.5 51 72/1830 6 1.8 7.7 34 3.9 57 Series AH2 Hose with 48" Bracket Model Size Actual Length Total Load Max. Uniform Load ft m lb N lb/linear ft N/linear m 31/790 2.6 0.8 6.1 27 1.5 22 36/915 3 0.9 6.4 29 1.6 23 48/1220 4 1.2 7.2 32 1.8 26 60/1525 5 1.5 7.9 35 2.0 29 72/1830 6 1.8 8.7 39 2.2 32 Total Load is defined as the sum of the weights of the following: • water-filled flexible sprinkler hose with threaded end fittings, including a typical fire sprinkler • bracket assembly (any applicable Victaulic bracket model of the relevant associated size) ASTM C 635: Suspension System Load-Carrying Capabilities (excerpted) Suspension System Actual Length Min. Allowable Uniform Load ft/m lb/linear ft N/linear m Direct Hung Light 5.0 75.7 Intermediate 12.0 181.0 Heavy 16.0 241.7 SUMMARY: All direct-hung suspension system duty classifications per ASTM C 635 are able to withstand the maximum water-filled weight of the VicFlex sprinkler hose and bracket. 29 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AK Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to I-VICFLEX-AB1-AB2-AB10, I-VICFLEX-AB4, I-VICFLEX-AB7, or I-VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS – CHARACTERISTICS (CONTINUED) Flexible Hose In-Plane Bend Characteristics One Bend Two Bends Three Bends 90° Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius 2X Minimum bend radius OR Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius 2X Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius OR NOTE For out-of-plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose. I-VicFlex-AB1-AB2 I-VicFlex-AB3 I-VicFlex-AB4 I-VicFlex-AB5 I-VicFlex-AB7 I-VicFlex-AB12 I-VicFlex-ABBA I-VicFlex-ABMM I-RES 30 victaulic.com Hangers & Attachments SECTION 2 PH-1.18 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: RODS & EYE RODS Fig. 146 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 650) Continuous Threaded Rod Size Range: 1⁄4" through 1 1⁄2" Stocked in six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order. Material: Carbon steel or Stainless Steel Gr 304 Threads: National Coarse (USS), rod threaded complete length. Finish: q Plain or q Zinc Plated (Hot-Dip Galvanized optional) Maximum Temperature: Zinc Plated 450˚F, Stainless Steel 650° F Approvals: Complies with MSS SP-58. Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length, figure number, name and finish. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450°F is at the discretion of the end user. A Length FIG. 146: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) • WEIGHTS (LBS) Rod Size A Threads per Inch Max Load Weight per Ft.650˚ F 1⁄4 20 240 0.12 3⁄8 16 730 0.30 1⁄2 13 1,350 0.53 5⁄8 11 2,160 0.84 3⁄4 10 3,230 1.20 7⁄8 9 4,480 1.70 1 8 5,900 2.30 11⁄4 7 9,500 3.60 11⁄2 6 13,800 5.10 115 Standard Duty Loop Hanger The 115M Standard Duty Loop Hanger is ideal for suspending stationary, non-insulated pipe lines, including CPVC pipes, in fire sprinkler systems. A knurled insert nut helps simplify vertical adjustments and flared edges on the base (1/2” to 4” sizes) help protect pipes from coming into contact with any sharp edges of the hanger. •Flared edges help prevent any sharp surfaces from coming into contact with the pipe (1/2" to 4" sizes) •Retained insert nut helps ensure the loop hanger and insert nut stay together •Recommended for the suspension of stationary non-insulated pipe lines •Manufactured to use the minimum rod size permitted by NFPA® for fire sprinkler piping •Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 10), Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58 (Type 10) A OD C B F RS Material: Steel Finish: Pregalvanized Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter OD Rod Size RS A B C Static Load F Certifications 1150050EG 1/2"0.840"3/8"2 13/16"1 1/8"1"300 lb cULus 1150075EG 3/4"1.050"3/8"3"1 3/16"15/16"300 lb cULus, FM 1150100EG 1"1.315"3/8"3 1/4"1 3/8"15/16"300 lb cULus, FM 1150125EG 1 1/4"1.660"3/8"3 9/16"1 1/2"15/16"300 lb cULus, FM 1150150EG 1 1/2"1.900"3/8"3 13/16"1 5/8"15/16"300 lb cULus, FM 1150200EG 2"2.375"3/8"4 1/4"1 7/8"15/16"300 lb cULus, FM 1150250EG 2 1/2"2.875"3/8"5 15/16"3 7/16"2"525 lb cULus, FM 1150300EG 3"3.500"3/8"6 9/16"3 1/2"1 15/16"525 lb cULus, FM 1150350EG 3 1/2"4.000"3/8"7 1/16"3 3/4"1 15/16"585 lb cULus, FM 1150400EG 4"4.500"3/8"7 9/16"4"1 15/16"650 lb cULus, FM 1150500EG 5"5.563"1/2"9 13/16"4 3/4"2 1/4"1,000 lb cULus, FM 1150600EG 6"6.625"1/2"11 5/16"6 5/16"3 5/16"1,000 lb cULus, FM 1150800EG 8"8.625"1/2"12 7/8"6 7/8"2 7/8"1,000 lb cULus, FM 100T Heavy Duty Trapeze Loop Hanger •Recommended for the suspension of stationary non-insulated pipe lines •Designed for heavy duty trapeze installations where space is limited and attachment to structure is difficult •UL® Listed to support trapeze assembly loads of 8" pipe size •Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 10), Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58 (Type 10) A OD C B F RS Material: Steel Finish: Pregalvanized Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter OD Rod Size RS A B C Static Load F 100T0200EG 2"2 1/2"1/2"5"2 3/8"1 7/16"1,250 lb 100T0250EG 2 1/2"3"1/2"5 5/8"2 13/16"1 5/8"1,250 lb 100T0300EG 3"3 5/8"1/2"6 9/16"3 1/2"1 7/8"1,250 lb 100T0350EG 3 1/2"4 1/8"1/2"7"3 5/8"1 7/8"1,250 lb 100T0400EG 4"4 5/8"1/2"7 3/4"4"2"1,250 lb Upper trapeze support and lower hanger must be able hold the maximum load intended for the trapeze assembly. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2021 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. 300 Universal Beam Clamp •Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 23), Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI®/MSS-SP-58 (Type 19 and 23) RS A F1 FT F2 TQ Material: Cast Iron Part Number Rod Size RS Flange Thickness FT A Torque TQ Static Load 1 F1 Static Load 2 F2 Certifications Standard Packaging Quantity Finish: Plain 3000037PL 3/8"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 500 lb 250 lb cULus, FM 100 pc 3000050PL 1/2"3/4" Max 1 1/8"8 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus, FM 50 pc 3000062PL 5/8"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus 50 pc 3000075PL 3/4"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus 50 pc 3000087PL 7/8"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus 50 pc Finish: Electrogalvanized 3000037EG 3/8"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 500 lb 250 lb cULus, FM,VdS G4050085 100 pc 3000050EG 1/2"3/4" Max 1 1/8"8 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus, FM 50 pc 3000062EG 5/8"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus 50 pc 3000075EG 3/4"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus 50 pc 3000087EG 7/8"3/4" Max 1 1/8"5 ft lb 950 lb 760 lb cULus 50 pc Setscrew must be tightened and torqued onto the sloped side of the I-beam. Recognizing that torque wrenches are generally not used or available on many job sites, the setscrew should be tightened so it contacts the I-beam and then an additional 1/4 to 1/2turn added. ANSI is a registered trademark of American National Standards Institute. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC. VdS is a registered trademark of VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. RS Retrofit Retainer Strap •Ideal for both new and existing applications •Can be installed without disassembly of the hanging system and/or removing the clamp •Compatible with all standard nVent CADDY beam clamps and can be secured to either the set screw or threaded rod •Large teardrop-shaped opening is compatible with multiple threaded rod diameters, reducing inventory by 50% •Coined edge on teardrop-shaped opening locks into rod, eliminating shifting during install •Provides a secure attachment in seismic zones and complies with NFPA® requirements •Meets the UL® load test for retainer straps (3/8" and 1/2" rod sizes) L A W T RS Material: Steel Finish: Pregalvanized Part Number Length L Width W Thickness T Rod Size RS Hole Size HS A RS06 6 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" RS08 8 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" RS10 10 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" RS12 12 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" RS14 14 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" RS16 16 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" RS18 18 1/2"1 3/4"16 GA 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"1 1/8"3 1/4" Add 2” to width of flange to determine minimum length strap required. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. STEEL 6 *Includes retaining nut VERTICAL MOUNT Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Description Ultimate Pullout (lbs) UL Test Load (lbs) FM Test Load (lbs)Min. Thick Max. Thick Box Qty Case Qty Nut Driver 1/4"8024957 DSTR 100 *1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.).036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 1/4"8025957 DST 100 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.).036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 1/4"8026957 DST 150 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 970 (16 ga.).036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 1/4"8027957 DST 200 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.).036”-20 ga 3/16”25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8038957 DSTR 1 *1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.)1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 *12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 1510 (3/16")1500 1475 036” - 20 ga 1/2"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8039957 DSTR 516 *5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2200 (20 ga.)1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8040957 DST 10 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) 970 (16 ga.).036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8041957 DST 15 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) 970 (16 ga.).036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8042957 DST 20 1/4 - 14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) 970 (16 ga.).036"-20 ga.3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8044957 DST 30 1/4-14 x 3" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) 970 (16 ga.).036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8045957 DST 516 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 1500 (3/16")1500 1475 .125"-1/8"3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8"8046957 TEK 50 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16")1500 1475 .250”-1/4”1/2"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 1/2"8031925 DST 2.0 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) 970 (16 ga.).036" - 20 ga.3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 SAMMYS NUT DRIVERS For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com PRODUCT FEATURES • Made with Teks® self-drilling fasteners — no pre-drilling required • Installs into steel range from 20 gauge - 1/2” thickness • Saves time from traditional methods • Reduces installation costs • Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver • A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500 for Teks 3 and 1-1800 for Teks 5. • Assembled in the U.S.A. SAMMYS FOR STEEL – Vertical Application MADE WITH View our installation videos: www.sammysanchors.com/install APPROVALS 14 For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Max Pipe Size UL Test Load (lbs)UL Min Thickness FM Max Pipe Size FM Test Load (lbs)FM Min Thickness SAMMYS FOR WOOD – PIPE HANGER Min Wood Thickness Min Wood Thickness 8007957 GST 10 3/8"Vertical CPVC 1-1/2"300 1-1/2" 8020957 SWG 10 3/8"Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2"300 1-1/2" 8008957 GST 20 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" 8068925 GST 20-SS 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8010957 GST 30 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8"Horizontal 3-1/2" - 4"*1500 1-1/2" 8021957 SWG 20 3/8"Horizontal 2-1/2" - 3"**1050 1-1/2" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8"Horizontal 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8"45° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8"45° Angle off Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2" 8139957 SH-GST 20 3/8"17° Angle Off Vertical 3"1050 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" SAMMYS FOR STEEL – PIPE HANGER Min Steel Thickness Min Steel Thickness 8038957 DSTR 1 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8039957 DSTR 516 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .105" 8045957 DST 516 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .188"4"1475 .188" 8046957 TEK 50 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .250"4"1475 .188" 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8056957 SWDR 516 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 3/8"17° Angle off Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/8"Vertical 70° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2" 4" 850 1500 8150922 XP 20 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 .027"2" 4"940 1475 .029" .105" 8153922 XP 35 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .060"2” 4” 940 1475 .029" .125" 8294922 SXP 20 3/8"Vertical or up to 45°2"750 .027"2”635 .029" 8295922 SXP 35 3/8"Vertical or up to 89°3-1/2"1250 .060"2”635 .029" 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8"Horizontal 3-1/2"1250 .060" SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE – PIPE HANGER 8059957 CST 20 3/8”Vertical 4"1475 3000 8061957 SWC 20 3/8”Horizontal 4"1475 3000 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 2-1/2”850 Pre-Pour Structural @ 3000psi 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 2-1/2”850 Post-Pour Range II LWC ≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Load Rating (lbs)UL Min Steel Thickness SAMMYS FOR STEEL – LUMINAIRE FITTING 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8153922 XP 35 3/8”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8181922 XP 200 1/4”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8294922 SXP 20 3/8”Vertical 45° 170 80 .027” .027” 8295922 SXP 35 3/8”Vertical 90° 250 80 .060” .060” 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8”Horizontal 80 .060” Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Load Rating (lbs)UL Min Steel Thickness Listed Application SAMMYS FOR STEEL – CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 283 .027”Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8153922 XP 35 3/8”Vertical 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8294922 SXP 20 3/8”Vertical 283 .027”Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8295922 SXP 35 3/8”Vertical 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8”Horizontal 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8149957 CZ2000 1/4” or 3/8”Onto Vertical Rod UL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat. No. C-Z2000 Plenum Rated, Complies w/ NEC Standards SHEET STEEL GAUGES Gauge No.22 ga 20 ga 18 ga 16 ga 14 ga 12 ga 1/8"3/16"1/4" Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030".036".048".060".075".105".125".188".25" * SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 3-1/2” * SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 4” ** SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-1/2” ** SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 3” UL compliance with NEC Standards. UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards. Fastening requirement: 5 times weight of water-filled schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds STEEL 7 MADE WITH MADE WITH HORIZONTAL MOUNT Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Description Ultimate Shear (lbs) UL Test Load (lbs) FM Test Load (lbs) Min. Thick Max. Thick Box Qty Case Qty Nut Driver 3/8"8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.).060"-16 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 SW Red Part # 8114910 3/8”8052957 SWD 20 1/4-14 x 2” TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.).060"-16 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 SW Red Part # 8114910 3/8"8055957 SWDR 1 *1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga.)1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 SW Red Part # 8114910 3/8"8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 *12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3/16")1500 1475 .188"-3/16"1/2"25 125 #14 SW Red Part # 8114910 3/8"8056957 SWDR 516 *5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2480 (20 ga.)1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16"25 125 #14 SW Red Part # 8114910 *Includes retaining nut PRODUCT FEATURES • Made with Teks® self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. • Installs into steel range from 20 gauge – 1/2” thicknesses. • A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500 for Teks 3 and 1-1800 for Teks 5. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Assembled in the U.S.A. SIDEWINDER® FOR STEEL – Horizontal Application PRODUCT FEATURES • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod in sloped roof applications. • Accommodates 3-1/2 x 12 pitch. • Installs into angled z-purlin; allows threaded rod to hang plumb. • Allows 17° deflection from vertical. • Assembled in the U.S.A. To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD™ FOR STEEL – Swivel Application View our installation videos: www.sammysanchors.com/install View our installation videos: www.sammysanchors.com/install SWIVEL MOUNT Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Description Ultimate Pullout (lbs)UL Test Load (lbs)FM Test Load (lbs)Min. Thick Max. Thick Box Qty Case Qty Nut Driver 3/8"8137957 SH-DSTR 1*1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 3220 (3/16")1500 1475 .036"3/16"25 125 #14 Black Part # 8113910 3/8”8268957 SH-TEK 50 12-24 x 1-5/8" TEKS 5 2368 (1/2" steel vertical) 1306 (45° off vertical) 2281 (3/16" HSS) 1585 (3/16" HSS 45° off vertical) 1500 (vertical) 4” 850 (45° off vertical) 2-1/2” 3/16"1/2"25 125 #14 SH Orange Part # 8273910 * Does not comply with ROHS requirements / Includes retaining nut APPROVALS 14 For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Max Pipe Size UL Test Load (lbs)UL Min Thickness FM Max Pipe Size FM Test Load (lbs)FM Min Thickness SAMMYS FOR WOOD – PIPE HANGER Min Wood Thickness Min Wood Thickness 8007957 GST 10 3/8"Vertical CPVC 1-1/2"300 1-1/2" 8020957 SWG 10 3/8"Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2"300 1-1/2" 8008957 GST 20 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" 8068925 GST 20-SS 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8010957 GST 30 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8"Horizontal 3-1/2" - 4"*1500 1-1/2" 8021957 SWG 20 3/8"Horizontal 2-1/2" - 3"**1050 1-1/2" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8"Horizontal 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8"45° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8"45° Angle off Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2" 8139957 SH-GST 20 3/8"17° Angle Off Vertical 3"1050 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" SAMMYS FOR STEEL – PIPE HANGER Min Steel Thickness Min Steel Thickness 8038957 DSTR 1 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8039957 DSTR 516 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .105" 8045957 DST 516 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .188"4"1475 .188" 8046957 TEK 50 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .250"4"1475 .188" 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8056957 SWDR 516 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 3/8"17° Angle off Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/8"Vertical 70° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2" 4" 850 1500 8150922 XP 20 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 .027"2" 4"940 1475 .029" .105" 8153922 XP 35 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .060"2” 4” 940 1475 .029" .125" 8294922 SXP 20 3/8"Vertical or up to 45°2"750 .027"2”635 .029" 8295922 SXP 35 3/8"Vertical or up to 89°3-1/2"1250 .060"2”635 .029" 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8"Horizontal 3-1/2"1250 .060" SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE – PIPE HANGER 8059957 CST 20 3/8”Vertical 4"1475 3000 8061957 SWC 20 3/8”Horizontal 4"1475 3000 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 2-1/2”850 Pre-Pour Structural @ 3000psi 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 2-1/2”850 Post-Pour Range II LWC ≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Load Rating (lbs)UL Min Steel Thickness SAMMYS FOR STEEL – LUMINAIRE FITTING 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8153922 XP 35 3/8”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8181922 XP 200 1/4”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8294922 SXP 20 3/8”Vertical 45° 170 80 .027” .027” 8295922 SXP 35 3/8”Vertical 90° 250 80 .060” .060” 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8”Horizontal 80 .060” Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Load Rating (lbs)UL Min Steel Thickness Listed Application SAMMYS FOR STEEL – CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 283 .027”Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8153922 XP 35 3/8”Vertical 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8294922 SXP 20 3/8”Vertical 283 .027”Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8295922 SXP 35 3/8”Vertical 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8”Horizontal 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8149957 CZ2000 1/4” or 3/8”Onto Vertical Rod UL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat. No. C-Z2000 Plenum Rated, Complies w/ NEC Standards SHEET STEEL GAUGES Gauge No.22 ga 20 ga 18 ga 16 ga 14 ga 12 ga 1/8"3/16"1/4" Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030".036".048".060".075".105".125".188".25" * SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 3-1/2” * SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 4” ** SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-1/2” ** SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 3” UL compliance with NEC Standards. UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards. Fastening requirement: 5 times weight of water-filled schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds STEEL X-PRESS® 8 PRODUCT FEATURES • The Sammy X-Press Sidewinder expands to provide horizontal attachment in: – 16 ga - 3/16" steel - purlin, tubular steel • Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It® Tool, saving time & installation costs. • Use in applications where access to the back of the installed fastener is prohibited; ie. metal roof deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. • Less jobsite material needed. • No retaining nut required. • Provides design flexibility. • Assembled in the U.S.A. For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com HORIZONTAL MOUNT Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Description Ultimate Shear (lbs)UL Test Load (lbs)UL Min Thick Max. Thick Box Qty Case Qty Application 3/8”8293957 SWXP35 Sidewinder X-Press 35 1798 (16 ga) 1250 (3½" Pipe) 80 (Luminaire) 416 (Conduit & Cable) .060".125"25 125 Metal Deck/Purlin PRODUCT FEATURES • The Sammy X-Press expands to provide direct vertical attachment in: – light gauge steel deck or purlin (22 ga – 1/8"). • Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It® Tool, saving time & installation costs. • Use in applications where access to the back of the installed fastener is prohibited, ie. metal roof deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. • Less jobsite material needed. • No retaining nut required. • Provides design flexibility. • Assembled in the U.S.A. SAMMY X-PRESS® – Vertical Application SAMMY X-PRESS SIDEWINDER™ – Horizontal Application VERTICAL MOUNT Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Description Ultimate Pullout (lbs)UL Test Load (lbs) UL Min Thick FM Test Load (lbs) FM Min Thick Max. Thick Box Qty Case Qty Application 1/4”8181922 XP 200 Sammy X-Press 200 1146 (22 ga)185 (Luminaire) 250 (Luminaire).027".125"25 125 Metal Deck 3/8”8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 1146 (22 ga) 850 (2½" Pipe) 185 (Luminaire) 250 (Luminaire) 283 (Conduit & Cable) .027".027" .060" .030" 940 (2" Pipe) 1475 (4" Pipe) .029" .104".125"25 125 Metal Deck 3/8”8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 1146 (22 ga)850 (2½” Pipe)Pre-Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post-Pour Range II LWC ≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3)25 125 Metal Deck (Pre-Pour) Metal Deck (Post-Pour) 3/8”8153922 XP 35 Sammy X-Press 35 1783 (16 ga) 1500 (4" Pipe) 185 (Luminaire) 250 (Luminaire) 416 (Conduit & Cable) .060" .030" .060" .060" 940 (2” Pipe) 1475 (4” Pipe) .029” .104”.125"25 125 Purlin Pre-Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post-Pour Range II LWC ≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) View our installation videos: www.sammysanchors.com/install View our installation videos: www.sammysanchors.com/install APPROVALS 14 For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Max Pipe Size UL Test Load (lbs)UL Min Thickness FM Max Pipe Size FM Test Load (lbs)FM Min Thickness SAMMYS FOR WOOD – PIPE HANGER Min Wood Thickness Min Wood Thickness 8007957 GST 10 3/8"Vertical CPVC 1-1/2"300 1-1/2" 8020957 SWG 10 3/8"Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2"300 1-1/2" 8008957 GST 20 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" 8068925 GST 20-SS 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8010957 GST 30 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8"Horizontal 3-1/2" - 4"*1500 1-1/2" 8021957 SWG 20 3/8"Horizontal 2-1/2" - 3"**1050 1-1/2" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8"Horizontal 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8"45° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2"850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8"45° Angle off Vertical 4"1500 1-1/2" 8139957 SH-GST 20 3/8"17° Angle Off Vertical 3"1050 1-1/2"4"1475 1-1/2" SAMMYS FOR STEEL – PIPE HANGER Min Steel Thickness Min Steel Thickness 8038957 DSTR 1 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8039957 DSTR 516 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .105" 8045957 DST 516 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .188"4"1475 .188" 8046957 TEK 50 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .250"4"1475 .188" 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8056957 SWDR 516 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8"Horizontal 4"1500 .037"4"1475 .060" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 3/8"17° Angle off Vertical 4"1500 .035"4"1475 .105" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/8"Vertical 70° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2" 4" 850 1500 8150922 XP 20 3/8"Vertical 2-1/2"850 .027"2" 4"940 1475 .029" .105" 8153922 XP 35 3/8"Vertical 4"1500 .060"2” 4” 940 1475 .029" .125" 8294922 SXP 20 3/8"Vertical or up to 45°2"750 .027"2”635 .029" 8295922 SXP 35 3/8"Vertical or up to 89°3-1/2"1250 .060"2”635 .029" 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8"Horizontal 3-1/2"1250 .060" SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE – PIPE HANGER 8059957 CST 20 3/8”Vertical 4"1475 3000 8061957 SWC 20 3/8”Horizontal 4"1475 3000 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 2-1/2”850 Pre-Pour Structural @ 3000psi 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 2-1/2”850 Post-Pour Range II LWC ≤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Load Rating (lbs)UL Min Steel Thickness SAMMYS FOR STEEL – LUMINAIRE FITTING 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8153922 XP 35 3/8”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8181922 XP 200 1/4”Vertical 185 250 .027” .035” 8294922 SXP 20 3/8”Vertical 45° 170 80 .027” .027” 8295922 SXP 35 3/8”Vertical 90° 250 80 .060” .060” 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8”Horizontal 80 .060” Part Number Model Rod Size Mount Direction UL Load Rating (lbs)UL Min Steel Thickness Listed Application SAMMYS FOR STEEL – CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE 8150922 XP 20 3/8”Vertical 283 .027”Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8153922 XP 35 3/8”Vertical 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8294922 SXP 20 3/8”Vertical 283 .027”Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8295922 SXP 35 3/8”Vertical 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8”Horizontal 500 .060”Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8149957 CZ2000 1/4” or 3/8”Onto Vertical Rod UL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat. No. C-Z2000 Plenum Rated, Complies w/ NEC Standards SHEET STEEL GAUGES Gauge No.22 ga 20 ga 18 ga 16 ga 14 ga 12 ga 1/8"3/16"1/4" Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030".036".048".060".075".105".125".188".25" * SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 3-1/2” * SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 4” ** SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-1/2” ** SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 3” UL compliance with NEC Standards. UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards. Fastening requirement: 5 times weight of water-filled schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds Bracing & Restraints SECTION 3 Universal Structural Bracket •Meets requirements of the Buy American Act •Universal design allows one product to attach directly to concrete, wood, bar joist or I-beam adapters •Integrated angle gauge easily displays brace member angle of installation •Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces •Works with 1" through 2" brace pipes to reduce inventory •Low profile minimizes prying effect on concrete fasteners •Meets NFPA® 13 as pre-qualified for seismic applications •FM® Specification Tested B A D a C HS E T W Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Hole Size HS Width W Thickness T A B C D E UL Listed Load CSBU1 9/16"1 15/16"3/16"2 1/16"1 5/16"1 3/8"1 1/4"1 3/4"3,000 lb CSBU2 13/16"1 15/16"3/16"2 1/16"1 5/16"1 3/8"1 1/4"1 3/4"3,000 lb FM Loads Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from VerticalPart Number Brace Member 30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90° Schedule 40 Pipe 1,690 lb 2,210 lb 2,660 lb 3,090 lb 1" EMT Conduit 530 lb 911 lb 1108 lb 1223 lbCSBU1xx 1" Rigid Conduit 1,690 lb 2,210 lb 2,660 lb 3,090 lb Schedule 40 Pipe 1,480 lb 2,290 lb 2,860 lb 3,090 lb 1" EMT Conduit 530 lb 911 lb 1108 lb 1223 lbCSBU2xx 1" Rigid Conduit 1,480 lb 2,290 lb 2,860 lb 3,090 lb FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Steel Flange Adapter Assembly •Meets requirements of the Buy American Act •Steel Flange Adapter and Universal Structural Bracket are preassembled, limiting work required in the field •Installs on top or bottom flange of I-beams or bar joists •Low profile easily fits between metal deck and steel structure •Thumb spring retainer allows for ease of positioning •Integrated angle gauge easily displays brace member angle of installation •Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces •Works with 1" through 2" brace pipes to reduce inventory •Meets NFPA® 13 as pre-qualified for seismic applications •FM® Specification Tested D FT A B a C H W Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Flange Thickness FT Height H Width W Angle a A B C D CSBS1A 1/4" – 3/4"2 5/8"3 5/8"45°4 1/8"1 5/16"2 9/16"7/8" UL Loads Part Number Flange Thickness Perpendicular to Structure Parallel to Structure 1/4" - 3/8"3,000 lb 2,200 lbCSBS1A3/8" - 3/4"3,000 lb 2,765 lb FM Loads Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from Vertical Perpendicular to Structure Parallel to StructurePart Number 30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90°30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90° CSBS1A 850 lb 1,780 lb 2,770 lb 2,840 lb 880 lb 1,430 lb 2,020 lb 2,410 lb FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Universal Sway Brace •Meets requirements of the Buy American Act •Use for both lateral and longitudinal sway brace applications •Unique slotted holes provide for easy slip-on installation eliminating loose hardware •Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces •Works with 1" through 2" brace pipes to reduce inventory •Meets NFPA®-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing •FM® Specification Tested •Meets CEN/TS 17551:2021 requirements for Seismic Sway Bracing A W B C a D Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Pipe Size Brace Pipe Size Width W Angle a A B C D Certifications CSB0100 1"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"5/8"5"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0125 1 1/4"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"11/16"5 1/2"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0150 1 1/2"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"3/4"5 3/8"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0200 2"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"13/16"6"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0250 2 1/2"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"15/16"6 3/4"cULus,FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0300 3"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1"7 3/8"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0400 4"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1 1/16"8 1/2"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, Part Number Pipe Size BracePipe Size WidthW Anglea A B C D Certifications OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0500 5"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1"10 1/16"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0600 6"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1 1/8"10 7/8"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic,OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB0800 8"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1 1/4"13"cULus,FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB1000 10"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1"15 3/16"cULus, FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD, OSHPD/HCAI CSB1200 12"1" – 2"1 1/2"45°3 9/16"1 5/16"1"16 7/8"FM Approved, Seismic, OSHPD/HCAI UL Loads Lateral Longitudinal Part Number Sch 10/Sch 40 Service Pipe Bull Moose Eddy Flow Service Pipe Wheatland Mega-Flow Service Pipe Youngstown Fire-Flo Service Pipe Sch 10/Sch 40 Service Pipe Bull Moose Eddy Flow Service Pipe Wheatland Mega-Flow Service Pipe Youngstown Fire-Flo Service Pipe CSB0100xx 2,765 lb N/A N/A N/A 1,600 lb N/A N/A N/A CSB0125xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb N/A 1,000 lb 1,000 lb 1,000 lb 1,000 lb CSB0150xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 1,600 lb 1,600 lb 1,600 lb 1,600 lb CSB0200xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 2,015 lb CSB0250xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 2,015 lb CSB0300xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,100 lb 2,100 lb 2,100 lb 2,100 lb CSB0400xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,600 lb 2,600 lb 2,600 lb 2,600 lb CSB0500xx 2,765 lb N/A N/A N/A 2,600 lb N/A N/A N/A CSB0600xx 2,765 lb N/A 2,765 lb N/A 2,600 lb N/A 2,600 lb N/A CSB0800xx 2,765 lb N/A N/A N/A 2,600 lb N/A N/A N/A CSB1000xx 2,800 lb N/A N/A N/A 2,800 lb N/A N/A N/A CSB1200xx N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A FM Loads Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from Vertical Lateral LongitudinalPart Number 30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90°30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90° FM Approved Lightwall, Sch 10 and Sch 40 Service Pipes 0.188" Wall and Sch 40 Service Pipes CSB0100xx 1,490 lb 2,110 lb 2,580 lb 2,900 lb 1,290 lb 1,240 lb 1,260 lb 1,400 lb CSB0125xx 1,380 lb 1,960 lb 2,400 lb 2,690 lb 1,290 lb 1,240 lb 1,260 lb 1,400 lb CSB0150xx 1,380 lb 1,960 lb 2,400 lb 2,690 lb 1,200 lb 1,860 lb 2,180 lb 2,250 lb CSB0200xx 1,380 lb 1,960 lb 2,400 lb 2,690 lb 1,200 lb 1,820 lb 2,180 lb 2,250 lb CSB0250xx 1,440 lb 2,030 lb 2,490 lb 2,790 lb 1,320 lb 1,820 lb 2,190 lb 2,500 lb CSB0300xx 1,390 lb 1,970 lb 2,420 lb 2,710 lb 1,300 lb 1,790 lb 2,190 lb 2,500 lb CSB0400xx 1,390 lb 1,970 lb 2,420 lb 2,710 lb 1,300 lb 1,790 lb 2,190 lb 2,500 lb CSB0500xx 1,390 lb 1,970 lb 2,420 lb 2,710 lb 1,300 lb 1,790 lb 2,190 lb 2,500 lb CSB0600xx 1,460 lb 2,060 lb 2,520 lb 2,830 lb 1,410 lb 1,950 lb 2,350 lb 2,680 lb FM Loads Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from Vertical Lateral LongitudinalPart Number 30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90°30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90° FM Approved Lightwall, Sch 10 and Sch 40 Service Pipes 0.188" Wall and Sch 40 Service Pipes CSB0800xx 1,330 lb 1,880 lb 2,300 lb 2,580 lb 1,400 lb 1,920 lb 2,350 lb 2,640 lb CSB1000xx 1,330 lb 1,880 lb 2,300 lb 2,580 lb 1,400 lb 1,920 lb 2,350 lb 2,640 lb CSB1200xx 1,680 lb 2,370 lb 2,910 lb 3,260 lb 1,600 lb 1,860 lb 2,240 lb 2,590 lb FM® Specification Tested for 1-1/2" to 4" pipe sizes using no hub cast iron pipe. Load ratings for Sch 10 may also be applied to AS 1074 Medium, GB/T 3091, EN 10255 (Medium or Heavy), and JIS G3452 pipe. Load ratings for Sch 40 may also be applied to AS 1074 Heavy, GB/T 3091, EN 10255 (Heavy), and JIS G3454 pipe. Load ratings for FM approved lightwall may also be applied to AS 1074 Lightwall, EN 10255 L, EN 10220, and GB/T 8163 pipe. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Quick Grip Lateral Sway Brace The Quick Grip Lateral Brace, part of the nVent CADDY line of fire sprinkler bracing systems from nVent, is designed to help simplify installations when bracing service pipe for seismic or other catastrophic events. It features an innovative design for quick attachment of brace pipe to service pipe saving time and money. •Easy two-step installation eliminates extra trips between structure and service pipe •Works with 1" and 1 1/4" (25 mm and 32 mm) brace pipes to reduce inventory •Yellow tips provide a visual indicator that the bolts have been properly torqued •Easy installation with an impact wrench from the bottom side of the clamp •Meets NFPA®-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing •Meets CEN/TS 17551:2021 requirements for Seismic Sway Bracing W H Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Pipe Size Height H Width W CSBQG0250EG 2 1/2"5 7/16" – 5 7/8"6 3/4" CSBQG0300EG 3"6 1/8" – 6 1/2"7 1/2" CSBQG0400EG 4"7 1/8" – 7 1/2"8 3/4" CSBQG0600EG 6"9 1/4" – 9 5/8"11 3/4" CSBQG0800EG 8"11 3/8" – 11 13/16"13 7/8" UL Loads LateralPart Number Service Pipe Schedule 1" Brace Pipe 1 1/4" Brace Pipe Dyna-Flow®, Mega- Flow, Eddy Flow, Fire-Flo 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 10 2,015 lb 2,015 lbCSBQG0250EG 40 2,015 lb 2,015 lb Dyna-Flow®, Mega- Flow, Eddy Flow, Fire-Flo 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 10 2,015 lb 2,015 lbCSBQG0300EG 40 2,015 lb 2,015 lb UL Loads LateralPart Number Service Pipe Schedule 1" Brace Pipe 1 1/4" Brace Pipe Dyna-Flow®, Mega- Flow, Eddy Flow, Fire-Flo 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 10 2,015 lb 2,015 lbCSBQG0400EG 40 2,015 lb 2,015 lb Mega-Flow, Eddy Flow, Fire-Flo 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 10 2,015 lb 2,015 lbCSBQG0600EG 40 2,015 lb 2,015 lb 10 2,015 lb 2,015 lbCSBQG0800EG402,015 lb 2,015 lb FM Loads Lateral Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from VerticalPart Number Service Pipe Schedule 30° - 44°45° - 59°60° - 74°75° - 90° Lightwall 1,410 lb 2,000 lb 2,450 lb 2,740 lb 10 1,410 lb 2,000 lb 2,450 lb 2,740 lbCSBQG0250EG 40 1,410 lb 2,000 lb 2,450 lb 2,740 lb Lightwall 1,190 lb 1,680 lb 2,060 lb 2,300 lb 10 1,190 lb 1,680 lb 2,060 lb 2,300 lbCSBQG0300EG 40 1,190 lb 1,680 lb 2,060 lb 2,300 lb Lightwall 1,190 lb 1,680 lb 2,060 lb 2,300 lb 10 1,190 lb 1,680 lb 2,060 lb 2,300 lbCSBQG0400EG 40 1,190 lb 1,680 lb 2,060 lb 2,300 lb Lightwall 870 lb 1,230 lb 1,510 lb 1,690 lb 10 870 lb 1,230 lb 1,510 lb 1,690 lbCSBQG0600EG 40 970 lb 1,370 lb 1,680 lb 1,870 lb 0.188" (Wall Thickness)790 lb 1,110 lb 1,360 lb 1,520 lbCSBQG0800EG40790 lb 1,110 lb 1,360 lb 1,520 lb Dyna-Flow is a registered trademark of Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment •Accepts 3/8” or 1/2” (M10 or M12) threaded rod •Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod •Eliminates need to cut threaded rod to exact dimensions •Works with rough-cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe-side deburring •Can be installed with threaded rod above or below the service pipe •Shear-off head helps ensure correct torque and simplifies inspection L OD RS W H Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter OD Rod Size RS Height H Length L Width W CSBBRP0100EG 1"1.32"3/8", 1/2"6.67"1.63"0.88" CSBBRP0125EG 1 1/4"1.66"3/8", 1/2"7.56"1.97"0.88" CSBBRP0150EG 1 1/2"1.90"3/8", 1/2"8.20"2.21"0.88" CSBBRP0200EG 2"2.38"3/8", 1/2"9.45"2.69"0.88" FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Steel •Swivel barrel nut accepts 3/8” or 1/2” (M10 or M12) threaded rod •Attaches to steel members with self-drilling/tapping screw L RS FT H W Sc L Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Rod Size RS Flange Thickness FT Height H Length L Width W Screw Diameter Sc Screw Length L CSBBRS1EG 3/8", 1/2"0.105" – 0.500"1.11"1.59"1.06"#12 1 1/4" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.  WARNINGnVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.  © 2022 nVent  All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Valves & Accessories SECTION 4 PROJECT APPROVAL STAMP PROJECT:□ APPROVED ADDRESS:□ APPROVED AS NOTED ENGINEER:□ NOT APPROVED SUBMITTAL DATA:REMARKS: NOTES 1: NOTES 2: Revision: 4/2020 VALVE & MANUFACTURING FEATURES: BALL VALVE - FULL PORT SIZE (In)D W H L 1/2 0.50 2.12 1.45 3.23 3/4 .75 2.41 1.78 3.94 1 0.98 2.96 2.29 4.72 1-1/4 1.22 3.28 2.44 4.72 1-1/2 1.50 3.67 3.00 7.09 2-1/2 2.50 5.18 3.86 7.87 3 3.0 5.91 4.17 7.87 2”1.97 4.21 3.30 7.09 MATERIAL LIST NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 Body Forged Brass 2 End Cap Forged Brass 3 Ball Brass 4 Seat PTFE 5 Stem Brass (ASTM B16) 6 Thrust Washer PTFE 7 Packing PTFE 8 Gland Brass 9 Handle Carbon Steel Plated 10 Nut Carbon Steel Plated • Full-Port threaded ends (½” to 2” with CSA/UL/FM/NSF61 Approval -No Lead) • 2-Piece Forged Brass • Female NPT Inlet and Outlet • 600 WOG (2 ½” TO 4”: 400 WOG/600WOG Optional), 150 SWP • Valves conform to Federal Specifications WW-V-35, Type ll Class A, Style 3 and MSS SP-110 UL Approval •TrimandDrain(300psi) •CompressedGasShut-offValves(600psi) •FlammableLiquidShut-OffValves(600psi) •GasShut-OffValves(600psi) •LP-GasShut-OffValves(600psi) •ManualValves(600psi) FM Approval •600psirating L W (THREADED ENDS) H D 1 3 5 7 8 10 9 6 4 2 MODEL LVBV Product Description The Reliable Model BFG-300 Supervised Butterfly valves are cULus Listed and FM Approved for fire protection systems. Reliable Supervised Butterfly Valves valves have AWWA C606 grooved end connections. They are available in 2-1/2” (65mm), 3” (80mm), 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), and 8” (200mm) nominal sizes. The valves are listed for 300 psi (20.7 bar) working pressure. The maximum working temperature for the valves is 250°F (120°C). www.reliablesprinkler.com Model BFG-300 Supervised Butterfly Valve Grooved Bulletin 831 November 2021 cULus Listed, FM Approved 300 psi (20.7 bar) Maintenance The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system in proper operating condition. Any system maintenance or testing that involves placing a control valve out of service will eliminate the fire protection that is provided by the fire protection system. The Reliable Supervised Closed Butterfly valves and associated equipment shall periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 25, “Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems,” provides minimum maintenance requirements. Supervised Grooved Butterfly Valve - Supervised Open Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering: Model BFG-300 Butterfly Valve Supervision • Valve Supervised Open (yellow indicator) • Valve Supervised Closed (white indicator) Valve Size • 2-1/2” (65mm) • 3” (80mm) • 4” (100mm) • 6” (150mm) • 8” (200mm) Guarantee For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Reliable Supervised Butterfly Valve Wiring Diagram - Valve in Supervised Position Figure 1 Notes: Rated: 5A-1/6HP-125/250VAC 0.5A - 125VDC 0.25A - 250DC Supervised Grooved Butterfly Valve - Supervised Closed Reliable Supervised Butterfly Valve Specification and Dimensions Figure 2 Bulletin 831 November 2021 Page 2 of 2 www.reliablesprinkler.com Valve Size A B C D E F 2-1/2” (65)4-1/8 (105)3-5/8 (92)3-13/16 (96)5-1/3 (135)5-5/16 (135)5 (128) 3” (80)4-7/16 (112)3-11/16 (95)3-13/16 (96)5-5/8 (142)5-5/16 (135)5 (128) 4” (100)5-11/16 (145)4-1/4 (108)4-1/2 (115)6-15/16 (175)5-5/16 (135)5 (128) 6” (150)7 (179)5-11/16 (146)5-3/16 (132)8-1/4 (209)7-5/8 (193)8-5/8 (220) 8” (200)8 (204)6-11/16 (170)5-13/16 (147)9-1/4 (234)7-5/8 (193)8-5/8 (220) Dimensions - in. (mm)Table B Reliable Model BFG-300 Supervised Butterfly Valve Grooved Technical Specifications Pressure Rating: 300 psi (20.7 bar) Material Specifications Body: Ductile Iron ASTM A-536 Nylon-11 Coated Disc: ASTM A-536 EPDM Encapsulated Upper and Lower Stems: AISI 420-SS Housing: ASTM A-536 Hand Wheel: ASTM A-536 Flag Indicator: ASTM A-536 Shear Pin: ASTM A-510 Segment Gear: ASTM B-148 or B-584 Housing Gasket: EDPM Grade E O-Ring: EDPM Grade E Specifications Groove Inlet: AWWA C 606 Listings and Approvals cULus Listed FM Approved P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 5 8 8 Features • Grooved end connections. • Compact, lightweight design. • Non–slamming, spring loaded clapper to minimize water hammer. • Approved for horizontal and vertical installation. • Streamlined body design provides very low friction loss. Product Description Reliable Model G Swing Check Valves are low friction loss check valves approved for use in fire protection systems. Typical applica- tions include connections between public water supplies and pri- vate fire systems, at the discharge from fire pumps, at gravity tank connections and at fire department pumper connections. All Model G Check Valves are provided with ½” NPT (R½) supply side and discharge side connections (Item 12, Figure 1). Grooved end con- nections provide fast and easy installation using listed or approved mechanical grooved couplings. Rigid style grooved couplings can be used for positive clamping to resist flexural and torsional loads. Installation The Model G Check Valve shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” as well as the requirements of any authorities having jurisdic- tion. When installed vertically, the direction of flow shall be up through the valve (install with flow arrow pointed up). For hor- izontal installations, the hinge pin must be located to the top. Failure to follow installation instructions may void the warran- ty and listing of the valve. Verify compatibility of the Model G Check Valve materials with the water supply and the environ- ment where the valve will be installed prior to installation. Do not apply lubricants, sealants, or other chemicals to the clapper seal or seat. www.reliablesprinkler.com Note: Model G Check Valves may be damaged by excessively turbu- lent water flow. Model G Check Valves should be installed a reasonable distance from pipe transitions, such as pumps, elbows, expanders, re- ducers, or similar devices. Typical piping practices suggest a minimum distance of five times the pipe diameter for general use. Table ATechnical Data Valve Size Pressure Rating Face-to-Face Dimension Eq. Length C = 120 Eq. Length C = 100 Cv Factor Shipping Weight 1-1/2” (40 mm)300 psi (20.7 bar)6-1/4 “ (159 mm)6.7’ (2.0 m)4.8’ (1.5 m)36 5 lbs (2.3 kg) 2” (50 mm)6-1/2” (165 mm)9.6’ (2.9 m)6.8’ (2.1 m)67 6 lbs (2.7 kg) 2-1/2” (65 mm) 250 psi (17.2 bar) 7.12” (181 mm)6.0’ (1.8m)4.3’ (1.3m)212 9 lbs (4.1 kg) 76 mm 7.12” (181 mm)6.0’ (1.8m)4.3’ (1.3m)212 9 lbs. (4.1 kg) 3” (80 mm)7.62” (194 mm)5.3’ (1.6m)3.8’ (1.2m)376 11 lbs. (5.0 kg) 4” (100 mm)8.44” (214 mm)7.1’ (2.2m)5.0’ (1.5m)656 17 lbs. (7.7 kg) 6” (150 mm)10.25” (260 mm)13.7’ (4.2m)9.8’ (3.0m)1395 38 lbs. (17.2 kg) 165 mm 10.25” (260 mm)13.7’ (4.2m)9.8’ (3.0m)1395 38 lbs. (17.2 kg) 8” (200 mm)12.5” (318 mm)15.9’ (4.8m)11.3’ (3.4m)2818 63 lbs. (28.6 kg) 10” (250 mm)300 psi (20.7 bar)14.5” (368 mm)28.8’ (8.8m)20.6’ (6.3m)3928 102 lbs. (46.3 kg) cULus Listed, FM Approved Model G Swing Check Valve 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3”, 4”, 6”, 8”, & 10” Sizes Bulletin 807 May 2019 Reliable Model G Swing Check Valve (3”) Figure 1Model G Swing Check Valve Components Maintenance The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection sys- tem in proper operating condition. Any system maintenance or testing that involves placing a system out of service may elim- inate the fire protection that is provided by the fire protection system. Notify any required authorities having jurisdiction and implement appropriate precautions prior to proceeding. The Reliable Model G Check Valve shall periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 25, “Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems,” pro- vides minimum maintenance requirements. Inspect the interior of the valve and all components for corrosion, damage, and wear at least every five (5) years. Replace any components found to be corroded, damaged, or worn. Increase the fre- quency of inspections when the valve is exposed to corrosive conditions or chemicals that could impact the valve materials. Part Number 1-1/2” (40 mm) 2” (50 mm) 2½” (65 mm)76 mm 3” (80 mm) 4” (100 mm) 6” (150 mm)165 mm 8” (200 mm) 10” (250 mm) 6888000015 6888000020 6888040025 6888040025 6888040030 6888040040 6888040060 6888040060 6888040080 6888040090 Table CReplacement Seal Kit Part Numbers Item No.Part Name Material 1 Valve Body Gray Cast Iron Class 30 2 Seat Bronze C83600 or C93200 3 Clapper Stainless Steel 304 or 17-4 4 Facing Seal *EPDM Rubber 5 Clamping Ring Stainless Steel 304 6 Gasket *EPDM Rubber or PTFE 7 Spring Stainless Steel 302 8 Hinge Pin Stainless Steel 303 9 Bolt Stainless Steel 18-8 10 Locknut *Stainless Steel 18-8 11 Plug, 1/8” NPT Steel 12 Plug, ½” NPT Steel 13 Shoulder Eye Steel * Part of Replacement Seal Kit Table BValve Components (refer to Figure 1) Guarantee For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify: 1. Model G Check Valve. 2. Size. P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 0 7 1 Bulletin 807 May 2019 Page 2 of 2 www.reliablesprinkler.com Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Fire & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently sold. DeringerTM 30 Double Check Detector Assembly Sizes: 2"** – 8" Job Name –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Job Location –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Approval –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Engineer ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor’s P.O. No. ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Approval ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Representative ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– The DeringerTM 30 Double Check Detector Assembly (DCDA-II) prevents non-health hazard pollutants from entering a potable water supply system when backpressure and/or backsiphonage conditions occur. Used primarily on fire sprinkler systems when monitoring of unauthorized water use is required. Features • Integral shutoff valves indoor/outdoor application • 100% stainless steel housing • Tamper-resistant test cocks • Patented Dual-actionTM check modules - Poppet action at low flow - Swing action at high flow • Lead Free* Bronze bypass components • CuFt or gallons bypass meter • DCDA-II single check bypass • Silicone elastomer check discs • Prewired supervisory switches • Flange adapters available • IPS grooved ends Specifications The Deringer 30 Double Check Detector Assembly shall utilize two independent Dual-action check modules and two integral resiliently seated shut-off valves all of which shall be contained within a single rigid valve housing constructed entirely of 304 stainless steel. Both integral shutoff valves shall include pre-wired supervisory tamper switches contained within a weatherproof actuator housing approved for both indoor and outdoor use. Dual-action check modules shall operate as a “poppet style” check under low flow conditions, operate as a “swing style” check under high flow conditions and utilize replaceable silicone elastomer sealing discs. Assembly test cocks shall be handle-less and operate via a tamper resistant actuator. Assembly shall have a single full access service port and cover with an “inline” replaceable elastomer seal. The bypass assembly shall include a meter registering either gallons or cubic feet, a single check valve and required test cocks. Assembly shall be serviceable without special tools and approved for both horizontal and vertical applications. LEAD FREE* *The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installa- tion and safety information available or the experience of a trained product installer. You are required to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. NOTICE ES-A-Deringer 30 HORIZONTAL VE R T I C A L Approved for Fire Protection, Waterworks, Plumbing, and Irrigation Applications. Materials Valve Housing: 304 Stainless Steel Valve Cover: 304 Stainless Steel SOV Disks: EPDM/304SS SOV Shafts: 304 Stainless Steel Bypass Spring 302 Stainless Steel SOV Bearings: Teflon® fluoropolymer/Bronze Non-wetted Bolts: Grade 8 Zinc Plated Check Disks: Silicone (NSF) Wetted Fasteners: 18-8 Stainless Steel Bypass Components: Lead Free Bronze Check Springs: 17-7 Stainless Steel Check Pins: 17-7/18-8 Stainless Steel Check Seats: Noryl® Polymer (NSF) O-rings: Buna-N (NSF) Bypass Internals: ABS Polymer (NSF) Pressure — Temperature Temperature Range: 33°F – 140°F Working Pressure: 10 – 175psi Teflon® is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company. Noryl® is a registered trademark of SABIC Global Technologies B.V. Size Model Ht Hb L D H W Weight ES-A-Deringer 30 1951 © 2020 Watts USA: Backflow T: (978) 689-6066 • F: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves T: (713) 943-0688 • F: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: T: (905) 332-4090 • F: (905) 332-7068 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: T: (52) 55-4122-0138 • AmesFireWater.com Dimensions — Weights Flow Performance in.in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm in.mm lbs kg 2 (21⁄2)**30 7.1 180 2.9 74 22.3 566 0.0 0 10.0 254 11.0 279 52 24 21⁄2 30 7.1 180 2.9 74 18.7 475 0.0 0 10.0 254 11.0 279 47 21 3 30 7.4 188 2.9 74 18.7 475 0.0 0 10.3 262 11.0 279 49 22 4 30 7.9 201 3.1 79 18.7 475 0.2 5 11.0 279 11.0 279 51 23 6 30 10.1 257 4.5 114 25 726 1.0 25 14.6 370 16.9 429 99 45 8 30 10.4 264 5.4 137 31.0 787 1.8 46 15.8 401 13.8 351 150 68 Ht Hb D L H W Pr e s s u r e L o s s ( p s i d ) Pr e s s u r e L o s s ( p s i d ) * Specific orientation & agency flow characteristics available on website * Specific orientation & agency flow characteristics available on website Rate of Flow (gpm) Rate of Flow (gpm) Standards AWWA C510-07 Compliant NSF/ANSI 372, UL CERTIFIED LEAD FREE End Connections - IPS Groove for Steel Pipe: AWWA C606 - Flange Adapters: ANSI B16.1 Class 125 = Rated Flow = UL Tested = 15 fps 2½"/2"** **2" size utilizes a 2 ½" assembly with 2 ½" groove to 2" female NPT adapter and couplings. Adapter and couplings ship unassembled. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility Note: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to oPeN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. the valves are required to CLoSe at a pressure above 80% of that rating. the relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNot be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NeVeR have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. SS-M1011A_V001 · 06/13 TESTanDRAIN® is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1011ATESTanDRaIn® Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve Complies with NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R Requirements • Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve • Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses• 300 PSI rated.• Specifiable orifice sizes: ³⁄• 8" (2.8K), 7⁄16" (4.2K), ½" (5.6K), 17⁄32" (8.0K), 5⁄8" (11.2K, ELO), ¾" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes • Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing• Locking Kit Available• Repair kits are available for all TESTanDRaIn® valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. The AGF Model 1011A TESTanDRaIn® provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 1011A features a Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drain pipe. The Model 1011A is available in a full range of sizes (¾" to 2") with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (UL/FM) features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). Sizes: ¾"1"1¼"1½"2" Dimensions SIZE A B C D E F G H ¾"79⁄16" (191 mm) 11⁄2" (37.5 mm) 23⁄16" (57 mm) 35⁄8" (93 mm) 33⁄8" (86 mm) 113⁄16" (46 mm) 49⁄16" (117 mm) 63⁄8" (162.5 mm) 1"79⁄16" (191 mm) 11⁄2" (37.5 mm) 23⁄16" (57 mm) 35⁄8" (93 mm) 33⁄8" (86 mm) 113⁄16" (46 mm) 49⁄16" (117 mm) 63⁄8" (162.5 mm) 11⁄4"715⁄16" (201 mm) 111⁄16" (43 mm) 29⁄16" (65 mm) 41⁄4" (108 mm) 35⁄8" (91 mm) 115⁄16" (51 mm) 59⁄16" (141 mm) 71⁄2" (192 mm) 1½"815⁄16" (227 mm) 113⁄16" (45 mm) 31⁄4" (81.5 mm) 51⁄16" (127 mm) 37⁄8" (99 mm) 25⁄8" (67 mm) 81⁄4" (207 mm) 107⁄8" (274 mm) 2"815⁄16" (227 mm) 113⁄16" (45 mm) 31⁄4" (81.5 mm) 51⁄16" (127 mm) 37⁄8" (99 mm) 25⁄8" (67 mm) 81⁄4" (207 mm) 107⁄8" (274 mm) *Available on 1¼" to 2" size units only • **Available on 1½" and 2" size units only Approvals UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM Job Name:__________________________________ Architect: ___________________________________ Engineer: ___________________________________ Contractor: _________________________________ USA Patent # 4741361 and Other Patents Pending Materials Handle ................Steel Stem ...................Rod Brass Ball ......................C.P. Brass Body ...................Bronze Valve Seat ...........Impregnated Teflon® Indicator Plate ....Steel Relief Valve .........Bronze Bypass Fittings ...Brass Bypass Tubing ....Nylobraid Orifice Sizes 3⁄8", 7⁄16", ½", 17⁄32", 5⁄8" ELO*, ¾" ESFR*, and K25** AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com The Model 1011A provides the following… From the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) – & 8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow… using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler… Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location… downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler… Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection… with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A listed relief valve of not less than ½" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the system. Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve Model 1011ATESTanDRaIn® Model 1011A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other setting available TO DRAIN TO DRAIN H F G E A A INLET D B C Model 1011A - Front View Model 1011A - Plan View TO DRAIN TO DRAIN H F G E A A INLET D B C Product Description Reliable Streamline™ Drain Hoses are intended for making fire protection system drain connections, and are available in the following nominal sizes and end configurations: • 1” x 24” MNPT x FNPT Union • 1-1/4” x 24” MNPT x FNPT Union • 1-1/4” x 36” MNPT x FNPT Union • 1-1/4” x 48” MNPT x FNPT Union • 2” x 48” MNPT x AWWA C606 Groove The hoses are intended for use in fire protection system drains only, and are not for use in supply piping or pressurized parts of systems. Installation Connect one end of the Reliable Streamline™ Drain Hose to the system main drain valve, and the opposite end of the drain piping or manifold and tighten. Avoid kinking the hose. Installation practices should be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and other applicable standards. Maintenance The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system in proper operating condition. The Reliable Streamline™ Drain Hose shall periodically be given a thorough inspection. NFPA 25, “Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems,” provides minimum inspection and maintenance requirements. www.reliablesprinkler.com Component Material Union (1-1/4”)Carbon Steel FCMB Gasket (1-1/4”)Teflon Corrugated Tube STS304 Braid STS304 Sleeve STS304 Threaded or Grooved End Connection Carbon Steel SPP Materials Table A Streamline™ Drain Hoses Bulletin 442 August 2020 2” x 48” MNPT x Groove 1-1/4” x 48” MNPT x FNPT Union Note: Not all versions of the product are shown. P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 5 8 2 Guarantee For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify: Reliable Streamline™ Drain Hose • 1” x 24” MNPT x FNPT Union • 1-1/4” x 24” MNPT x FNPT Union • 1-1/4” x 36” MNPT x FNPT Union • 1-1/4” x 48” MNPT x FNPT Union • 2” x 48” MNPT x AWWA C606 Groove Features • Lightweight ductile iron body with compact trim • External reset reduces setup and commissioning time • Does not require priming water Product Description The Reliable Model FX Dry Pipe Valve is a differential-principle, externally resettable valve designed for use as a primary control valve in a dry pipe system. The valve clapper is held in the set position by pneumatic pressure acting on a larger surface area than that of the incoming water pressure. Release of pneumatic pressure from the system allows the dry pipe valve to open. The Model FX valve is available with grooved end, flanged end, or flange x grooved end connections (see Table A). When required, all sizes of the Model FX valve may be equipped with the Reliable Model B1 Accelerator (PN 650120001A; ordered separately). The accelerator is a normally closed valve that opens upon a predetermined rate of air or nitrogen pressure loss. When the accelerator opens, air or nitrogen pressure is directed to the intermediate chamber of the Model FX valve, hastening the valve trip time. Please refer to Reliable Technical Bulletin 323 for further information. www.reliablesprinkler.com Model FX Dry Pipe Valve 2” (50mm), 2-1/2” (65mm), 76mm, 3” (80mm), 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), 165mm cUlus Listed, FM Approved Bulletin 360 August 2022 Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Technical Data Valve Size End Connection Fully Assembled Weight (w/o Control Valve) lbs (kg) Approximate Shipping Weight for Valve Fully Assembled with Trim lbs (kg) Rated Pressure psi (bar) Listings and Approvals 2” (50mm)Groove/Groove 42 (19)82 (37)250 (17.2) cULus FM 2-1/2” (65mm)Groove/Groove 55 (25)115 (52) 300 (20.7) 76mm Groove/Groove 55 (25)120 (54) 3” (80mm)Groove/Groove 56 (25)120 (54) 4” (100mm) Groove/Groove 78 (35)155 (70) Flange/Groove 90 (41)167 (76) Flange/Flange 102 (46)179 (81) 6” (150mm) Groove/Groove 127 (58)234 (106) Flange/Groove 136 (62)252 (114) Flange/Flange 163 (74)270 (122) 165mm Groove/Groove 127 (58)234 (106) Table A Notes: 1. Grooved ends per ANSI/AWWA C606; flanged ends per ASME B16.5 Class 150, BS10 BS-E, or ISO 7005-2 PN16 (specify). 2. Valves are intended to be installed on systems where the pressure does not exceed the working capabilities of the end configurations. 3. Approximate shipping weight given for fully assembled valve and trim, including control valve and accelerator. Note: Pressure switches (low air and flow alarm) provided with fully assembled valves only. Order separately with loose and segmented trim. Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Technical Specifications Pressure Rating: See Table A Material Specifications Body & Cover: Ductile Iron, painted Clapper: Stainless Steel Seat: EPDM Rubber/Aluminum Trim: Galvanized Steel End Connections See Table A Installation Orientation Vertical (Up Through Valve) Approvals cULus Listed FM Approved Valve Size A B C D E F G H I J 2” (50mm)10 (254) 4-1/8 (105) 10 (254) 7 (178) 8-1/4 (210) 40 (1016) 3/4 (19) 7-1/4 (184) 9-5/8 (244) 21-3/8 (543) 2-1/2” (65mm), 3” (80mm), & 76mm 12-1/4 (311) 3-7/8 (98) 10-1/4 (260) 7-3/8 (187) 8-1/4 (210) 43-3/4 (1111) 5-7/8 (149) 8-1/4 (210) 10-1/8 (257) 22 (559) 4” (100mm)13-3/4 (349) 4-9/16 (116) 10-7/8 (276) 7-1/2 (191) 8-1/4 (210) 45-5/8 (1159) 4-7/8 (124) 9-5/8 (244) 10-3/4 (273) 24-1/2 (622) 6” (150mm), 165mm 16 (406) 5-7/8 (149) 12-1/2 (318) 7-1/2 (191) 8-1/4 (210) 47-1/2 (1207) 4 (102) 11-1/2 (292) 12 (305) 30-1/2 (775) Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Dimensions - in. (mm)Table B Bulletin 360 August 2022 Page 2 of 6 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Components and Dimensions Figure 1 F D C J H I A (FX) B (BFY) G E Notes: 1.Valve is shown with optional Model B1 Accelerator 2.Pressure switches (low air and flow alarm) provided with fully assembled valves only. Order separately with loose and segmented trim. 360FG01B Note: Dimension A (body take-out) is same for all end configurations. Dimension B (control valve) is not applicable to 76mm and 165mm valves as well as flanged valves. Bulletin 360 August 2022 Page 3 of 6 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Section View Figure 2 Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Components Figure 3 High/Low Supervisory Pressure Switch Optional Accelerator (See Bulletin #323) Alarm Test Valve (Normally closed) Main Control Valve Intermediate Chamber Ball Drip Valve Water Flow Alarm Pressure Switch 3/4" Outlet for Mechanical Alarm Main Drain Valve External Reset Air/Nitrogen Inlet & Control Valve Check Valve Alarm Line Ball Drip Valve System Air/Nitrogen Pressure Gauge Water Supply Pressure Gauge Accelerator Isolation Valves Notes: 1.Valve is shown with optional Model B1 Accelerator 2.Pressure switches (low air and flow alarm) provided with fully assembled valves only. Order separately with loose and segmented trim. Operation The Reliable Model FX Dry Pipe Valve is shown in both the closed and open position in Figure 2. The upper surface area of the clapper is approximately six times larger than the surface area of the bottom of the clapper that is exposed to the water supply in the set position. In the closed position, pneumatic pressure acts on the larger upper surface of the clapper while water pressure acts on the smaller lower surface area. Because of this surface area differential, one psi of pneumatic pressure can offset approximately six psi of water pressure. Table C provides the appropriate pneumatic pressure to water pressure ratio. When a sprinkler operates, the upward force of the water pressure acting beneath the clapper overcomes the reduced pneumatic pressure and allows the clapper to open. Water then flows through the Model FX Dry Pipe Valve into the system piping and into the alarm outlet activating the alarm device(s). Once the clapper has opened, the lever acts as a latch preventing the clapper from returning to the closed position until manually reset. Bulletin 360 August 2022 Page 4 of 6 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation The Model FX Dry Pipe Valve shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” as well as the requirements of any authorities having jurisdiction. The direction of flow shall be up through the assembly. Failure to follow installation instructions may void the warranty and/or listing of the valve. Verify compatibility of the Model FX Dry Pipe Valve materials with the water supply and the environment where the valve will be installed prior to installation. The Model FX Dry Pipe Valve must be installed in a readily visible and accessible location where a minimum temperature of 40°F (4°C) or above must be maintained. Heat tracing of the Model FX Dry Pipe Valve and trim is not permitted. Heat tracing can result in the formation of hardened mineral deposits that can prevent proper operation of the dry pipe valve. Water Pressure psi (bar) Pneumatic Pressure psi (bar) Maximum Not Less Than Not More Than 20 (1.37)10 (0.68)20 (1.37) 50 (3.45)15 (1.03)25 (1.72) 75 (5.17)20 (1.37)30 (2.06) 100 (6.89)25 (1.72)35 (2.41) 125 (8.62)30 (2.06)40 (2.75) 150 (10.34)35 (2.41)45 (3.10) 175 (12.07)40 (2.75)50 (3.45) 200 (13.79)45 (3.10)55 (3.79) 225 (15.51)50 (3.45)60 (4.14) 250 (17.24)55 (3.79)65 (4.48) 275 (18.96)60 (4.14)70 (4.83) 300 (20.68)65 (4.48)75 (5.17) Pneumatic Pressure Requirement Table C The valve and trim kit have been tested, approved and listed in accordance with UL and FM standards. Hydrostatically testing the valve and trim to pressures higher than their rating is limited to the hydrostatic test as referenced by NFPA 13. Normal operation and hydrostatic testing do not address the possibility of a water hammer which may damage the valve. A water hammer can create pressure more than the rated pressure of the equipment and should be avoided by all necessary means. Water hammer can occur from (but is not limited to) improper fire pump settings, underground construction work, or improper venting of trapped air in piping. Size C = 100 ft (m) C = 120 ft (m) Cv Value 2” (50mm)7.2 (2.2)10.0 (3.0)99 2-1/2” (65mm), 76mm 8.1 (2.5)11.4 (3.5)170 3” (80mm)9.5 (2.9)13.2 (4.0)262 4” (100mm)16.7 (5.1)23.5 (7.2)396 6” (150mm), 165mm 26.4 (8.0)37 (11.3)861 Friction Loss (Equivalent Length of Schedule 40 Pipe)Table D Model FX Dry Pipe Valve Set Up Procedure (Reference Figure 2) 1. Close the Main Control Valve and close the Air/Nitrogen Control Valve. 2. Open the Main Drain Valve and drain the system. 3. Open all drain valves and vents at low points throughout the system, closing them when flow of water has stopped. 4. Inspect and replace any necessary portions of the sprinkler system subjected to fire conditions. 5. Push in the plunger of the Intermediate Chamber Ball Drip Valve and the Alarm Line Ball Drip Valve to force the ball from its seat to drain any water in the lines. 6. When standing in front of the valve, locate the External Reset on the left side of the dry valve body. Push in on the plunger in the center of the External Reset until you hear a distinct clicking noise indicating that the clapper has closed. A tool, such as a screwdriver, may be needed to press the External Reset plunger. 7. Open the Air/Nitrogen Control Valve and rapidly apply compressed air or nitrogen into the Model FX Dry Pipe Valve system until the pressure conforms to the level indicated in Table C, as indicated on the System Pressure Gauge. Set the air or nitrogen supply to automatic operation. 8. Partially open the Main Drain Valve. 9. Slightly open the Main Control Valve until water begins to flow through the Main Drain Valve. 10. Once water begins to flow through the Main Drain Valve, slowly close the Main Drain Valve. 11. If installed, reset the Model B1 Accelerator per Reliable Tech- nical Bulletin 323 and open the Accelerator Isolation Valves. 12. Observe if water leaks through the Intermediate Chamber Ball Drip Valve into the closed drain. If no leak occurs, the dry pipe valve clapper is sealed. 13. Slowly open the Main Control Valve. Verify that the Main Control Valve is fully open and properly monitored. Bulletin 360 August 2022 Page 5 of 6 www.reliablesprinkler.com Alarm Test 1. Notify the owner and monitoring company that testing is being performed on the system. 2. Open the Alarm Test Valve. 3. Verify that pressure alarm switch has activated, and signal has been reported to the fire alarm system. 4. Close the Alarm Test Valve. 5. Push in the plunger of the Alarm Line Ball Drip Valve to force the ball from its seat to relieve pressure and drain any water in the line. When testing is complete, notify the owner and monitoring com- pany that the system has been returned to service. Maintenance The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system in proper operating condition. Any system maintenance or testing that involves placing a system out of service may eliminate the fire protection that is provided by the fire protection system. Notify any required authorities having jurisdiction and implement appropriate precautions prior to proceeding. The Reliable Model FX Dry Pipe Valve shall periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 25, “Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems,” provides minimum maintenance requirements. Replace any components found to be corroded, damaged, worn or non-operable. Increase the frequency of inspections when the valve is exposed to corrosive conditions or chemicals that could impact materials and/or operation of the assembly. Excess water may settle above the valve clapper following hydrostatic testing, system activation, or as a result of condensation. To remove excess water from the system: 1. Notify the owner and monitoring company that maintenance is being performed on the system. 2. Close the Main Control Valve and close the Air/Nitrogen Control Valve. 3. If an Accelerator is present, close the Accelerator Isolation Valves. 4. Open the Main Drain Valve. 5. Open the Condensate Drain Valve on the left rear of the dry pipe valve body until all water has drained. Close Condensate Drain Valve immediately when the flow of water has stopped. 6. Open the Air/Nitrogen Control Valve and allow pneumatic pressure to return to normal (refer to Table C). Set pneumatic supply to automatic operation. 7. If an Accelerator was isolated in step three, open the Accelerator Isolation Valves. 8. Open the Main Control Valve until water begins to flow through the Main Drain Valve. 9. Slowly close the Main Drain Valve. 10. Fully open the Main Control Valve. Verify that the Main Con- trol Valve is fully open and properly monitored. 11. Notify the owner and monitoring company that the system has been returned to service. Guarantee For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler, Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify: • Model FX Dry Pipe Valve • Size • End Connections • Trim* - Fully assembled with control valve - Fully assembled without control valve - Segmented trim (control valve not included) - Loose trim (control valve not included) • (Optional) Model B1 Accelerator (PN 650120001A) *Note: Low pressure switch (PN 6990006381) and alarm pressure switch (PN 6990006382) are included with fully assembled trims only. Order separately when selecting segmented or loose trim. Service Kits Service kits are available for routine servicing of the valve (refer- ence assembly drawings on website). Service kits for the Model FX Dry Pipe Valve include the following components: • Seal Assembly (item 4) • Cover Gasket (item 5) • Grease (item 17) Note: Seat and seal is an integral unit. Replacement requires the appropriate Seat Installation Wrench. • 2” Model FX Seat Wrench: PN 6881702000 • 2-1/2” and 3” Model FX Seat Wrench: PN 6881703000 • 4” Model FX Seat Wrench: PN 6881704000 • 6” Model FX Seat Wrench: PN 6881706000 Bulletin 360 August 2022 Page 6 of 6 www.reliablesprinkler.com P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 5 5 9 65080 X Y Z 00 Model FX Fully Assembled Part Number Figure 4 Valve Size X End Connection Y Trim Z 2 = 2” (50mm)*7 = Groove/Groove 0 = W/O Control Valve, W/O Accelerator 1 = 2-1/2” (65mm)*8 = Flange/Groove, Class 150 1 = W/ Control Valve, W/O Accelerator* 7 = 76mm*9 = Flange/Groove, BS-E 2 = W/ 2 Control Valves, W/O Accelerator* 3 = 3” (80mm)*A = Flange/Groove, PN16 3 = W/O Control Valve, W/ Accelerator 4 = 4” (100mm)B = Flange/Flange, Class 150 4 = W/ Control Valve, W/ Accelerator* 6 = 6” (150mm)C = Flange/Flange, BS-E 5 = W/ 2 Control Valves, W/ Accelerator* 5 = 165mm*E = Flange/Flange, PN 16 61010 XX 60 Y Model FX Valve Only (No Trim) Part Number Figure 5 Valve Size XX End Connection Y 20 = 2” (50mm)*7 = Groove/Groove 25 = 2-1/2” (65mm)*8 = Flange/Groove, Class 150 76 = 76mm*9 = Flange/Groove, BS-E 30 = 3” (80mm)*A = Flange/Groove, PN16 40 = 4” (100mm)B = Flange/Flange, Class 150 60 = 6” (150mm)C = Flange/Flange, BS-E 65 = 165mm*E = Flange/Flange, PN 16 Valve Size Trim Part Numbers Loose Segmentally Assembled 2” (50mm)6508000001 65080000011 2-1/2” (65mm), 76mm, & 3” (80mm)6508000002 65080000012 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), 165mm 6508000003 65080000013 Model FX Trim Only Part Number Figure 7 *Note: Available only with Groove/Groove connections *Note: Available only with Groove/Groove connections Size End Connection lbs (kg) GRV/GRV FLG/GRV FLG/FLG 2” (50mm)22 (10)N/A N/A 2-1/2” (65mm) & 76 mm 34 (16)N/A N/A 3” (80mm)35 (15)N/A N/A 4” (100mm)52 (24)64 (29)76 (35) 6” (150mm) 101 (46)119 (54)137 (62) 165mm 101 (46)N/A N/A Weight (Valve Only)Figure 6 Size Loose Trim lbs (kg) Segementally Assembled Trim lbs (kg) 2” (50mm)20 (9)23 (10) 2-1/2” (65mm), 76mm, & 3” (80mm)21 (10)25 (11) 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), & 165mm 26 (12)30 (14) Weight (Trim Only)Figure 8 AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE MODEL D-2 TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Form No. F_041989 18.10.11 Rev P65 Page 1 of 4 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device is a pressure regulator that au- tomatically reduces the supply air pressure to a preset requirement when connected to a constantly maintained air supply. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS UL listed: VIOT ULc Listed: VIOTC FM Approved: Pressure Maintenance Devices New York City Board of Standards and Appeals: Calendar No. 219-76-SA VdS Approved 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: A. Replaceable air filter. B. Ball check to prevent backflow. C. Restriction 1/16” (1.59 mm) to prevent rapid repressurization of a system. D. 1/4” (8 mm) tapped inlet and outlet. E. Minimum Recommended Ambient Temperature: 40 °F (4 °C) Material Standards: Refer to Figure 2. Ordering Information: Shipping weight: 3 pounds, 8 ounces (1.59 kg). Available preassembled with bypass trim. Order Viking Part Number 07459 (includes Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device, Part Number 02280C). See Figure 1. 4. INSTALLATION The Viking Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device regulates and restricts air flow. 1. The air or nitrogen supply provided to the Viking Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device must be continuous, clean, dry, and oil free. 2. Install the Viking Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device in the air or nitrogen supply piping between two valves to allow isolation of the device for maintenance and adjustment. A union should be installed between the outlet of the air pressure maintenance device and the downstream isolation valve for servicing. 3. Bypass piping may be provided to allow initial pressurization of system piping more rapidly than the restricted airflow through the air pressure maintenance device will allow. Bypass trim must include a valve which must be closed for the air pressure maintenance device to function. See Product Note above. 4. The air pressure maintenance device must be located in an area where the minimum ambient temperature is 40 °F (4 °C) or higher, and not subject to mechanical damage. 5. Determine the appropriate pressure to be maintained in the system. Refer to System Data and Technical Data for the system and components used. 6. If adjustment is necessary, refer to paragraph 6-A RESETTING. 5. OPERATION Air pressure setting is factory set at 40 psi (2.8 bar) [inlet pressure to 175 psi (12 bar)]. Outlet pressure setting range is 5 to 75 psi (0.34 to 5.2 bar) ±2 psi (0.14 bar). Air pressure setting may be readjusted after installation. See paragraph 6-A, RESETTING. Refer to System Data and Technical Data for the system and components used. 6. INSPECTION, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE The Viking Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device should be checked for correct pressure regulation after installation or repair by noting the air pressure reading within the system. If adjustment is necessary, refer to paragraph 6-A RESETTING. The filter should also be inspected and replaced or cleaned as required. Replaces page 127a-d, dated November 25, 2013. (Added P65 Warning.) Product Note: The Viking Model D-2 Air Pressure Maintenance Device, preassembled with bypass trim (Viking Part Number 07459), provides the necessary isolation valves, union, and bypass trim valve. Refer to Figure 1. Scan with smart phone to access technical and troubleshooting resources.  AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE MODEL D-2 TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Form No. F_041989 18.10.11 Rev P65 Page 2 of 4 A. RESETTING (Refer to Figure 2.) On installation or after repair, adjustment may be necessary. 1. Turn the air supply on and check the downstream pressure for desired reading. 2. If adjustment of the downstream pressure is necessary: a. Turn off the air supply. Relieve air pressure on the system side of the air pressure maintenance device. b. Loosen the lock nut (3). c. Turn the adjusting screw (1) clockwise to increase pressure or counter-clockwise to decrease pressure. d. Tighten the lock nut (3). B. DISASSEMBLY (Refer to Figure 2.) WARNING: DO NOT DISCONNECT OR DISASSEMBLE THE AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE WITHOUT CLOS- ING THE INLET AND OUTLET ISOLATION VALVES. (REFER TO FIGURE 1.) CAUTION: SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE WILL BE TRAPPED BETWEEN THE OUTLET OF THE AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE AND THE DOWNSTREAM CONTROL VALVE. RELIEVE PRESSURE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH DISASSEMBLY. 1. Carefully loosen the union between the outlet of the air pressure maintenance device (AMD) and the downstream control valve to relieve pressure. 2. To prevent accidental tripping of the system, manually maintain system air pressure at a constant level while the AMD is out of service. 3. Place the AMD in the upright position and remove the six cover screws (6) using a Phillips head screwdriver. 4. Separate the cover (4) from the body (9). 5. Remove the spring (11), the spring retainer (5), and diaphragm assembly (7) from the body (9). 6. The Schrader valve assembly (8) is now visible inside the body (9). C. INSTALLATION OF NEW PARTS AND REASSEMBLY (Refer to Figure 2.) To Replace the Schrader Valve Assembly (8) only: 1. Use a socket wrench with a 7/16” socket to unthread it from the body (9). Install the new Schrader valve assembly (8) and tighten with a 7/16” socket. If this is the only part to be replaced, the AMD can now be reassembled. a. Install the diaphragm assembly (7). b. Place the spring retainer (5) in the center of the diaphragm assembly (7). c. Remove the adjustment screw (1) from the cover (4). d. Place the cover (4) onto the body (9). e. Install the six cover screws (6) using a Phillips head screwdriver. f. Place the spring (11) in the center of the cover (4). g. Reinstall the adjustment screw (1). The AMD is now ready to be tested and installed into the valve trim. Note: When placing system in operation, open the INLET globe valve first! To Replace the Parts Included in the Repair Kit: 1. Remove the six cover screws (6) from the cover (4) of the AMD using a Phillips head screwdriver. 2. Separate the cover (4) from the body (9). 3. Remove the spring (2), the spring retainer (5), and the diaphragm assembly (7). 4. Rotate the AMD upside down to access the filter cap (18). Remove the filter cap (18) from the valve housing (10) using a socket wrench with a 1-1/4” socket. 5. With the filter (17) exposed, remove the filter seal (16) using a small flathead screwdriver. The filter (17) should now fall easily out of the filter cap (18). 6. Remove the valve housing (10) from the body (9) using a socket wrench with a 1-1/4” socket. 7. Install the new valve housing (10) into the body (9). 8. While holding the filter cap (18), insert the new filter (17) and new filter cap (18) onto the body (9) and tighten with the 1-1/4” socket. 9. Rotate the AMD back into the upright position. Place the new diaphragm assembly (7) into the body (9). 10. Set the spring retainer (5) in the center of the diaphragm assembly (7). 11. Unthread the adjustment screw (1) from the cover (4) by hand. 12. Place the cover (4) onto the body (9). 13. Install the six cover screws (6) using a Phillips head screwdriver. 14. Place the spring (11) in the center of the cover (4). 15. Reinstall the adjustment screw (1). The AMD is now ready to be tested and installed into the valve trim. Note: When placing system in operation, open the INLET globe valve first! AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE MODEL D-2 TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Form No. F_041989 18.10.11 Rev P65 Page 3 of 4 Figure 1 Air Maintenance Device and Preassembled Trim with Bypass (Viking Part Number 07459) 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking Air Pressure Maintenance Device is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See the Viking Corp. Web site for closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEES For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE MODEL D-2 TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Form No. F_041989 18.10.11 Rev P65 Page 4 of 4 A = 4-13/16” (122 mm) ± 1/4” (6.4 mm) depending on pressure setting B = 2-5/32” (54.8 mm) Figure 2 Air Maintenance Device (Viking Part Number 02280C) ITEM NO. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL NO. REQ’D 1 02273A Adjustment Screw Brass UNS-C36000 1 2 01791A Spring Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 1 3 02275A Lock Nut Brass UNS-C36000 1 4 --Cover Brass UNS-C83600 1 5 02276A Spring Retainer Brass UNS-C36000 1 6 04505A Screw, R.H.P.D. #10-24 x 5/8 Lg. Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 6 7 01792A Diaphragm Assembly Neoprene ASTM D2000 1 8 06418A Schrader Valve Assembly Brass UNS-C26000, Brass UNS-C36000, Stainless Steel UNS-30200 1 9 --Body Brass UNS-C83600 1 10 06425B Valve Housing Brass UNS-C36000 1 11 02509A Spring Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 1 12 01803A Ball Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 1 13 01802A O-Ring Nitrile (Buna-N)1 14 01801A Retainer Plate Brass UNS-C26000 1 15 01307A Retainer, Orifice Plate Brass UNS-C26000 1 16 02181A Filter Seal Copper UNS-C11000 1 17 02257A Filter Sintered Bronze 1 18 02271B Filter Cap Brass UNS-C36000 1 -- Indicates replacement part is not available. SUB-ASSEMBLY 6-8, 10-17 12504 Repair Kit Replaces page 127a-d, dated November 25, 2013. (Added P65 Warning.) Complete Dry Sprinkler System Filling Solutions • ASME Pressure Safety Valve • Bubble Tight Air Check Valve • Pre-Wired & Pre-Tested • Lifetime Technical Support • UL 1450-VDUR Listed • Oil-Less Piston Compressor • UL Listed, Pre-Set Pressure Switch • Fully Automatic, Direct Drive Oil-Less, Riser Mount Air Compressors for Dry Pipe & Pre-Action Sprinkler Systems generalairproducts.com 800-345-8207 When Ordering a Motor Starter you must specify HP, Voltage & Phase. The AMD-1 regulates the volume of air being delivered to the sprinkler system by the air compressor. Per NFPA 13 - An Air Maintenance Device is required on every dry system unless the air compressor has a capacity less than 5.5 ft3/min at 10 PSI. * System Capacity based on 30min fill at 40 PSIG and 70°F system temperature. ** CFM is based on the average free air delivery as the system fills from 0 to 40 PSIG. + Compressor has a capacity above 5.5 CFM at 10 PSIG. Air Maintenence Device required per NFPA 13. Note: All information is subject to change without notice. Consult factory for most up-to-date product details. System Capacity * (gal) @ 40 PSI Model Number Average CFM ** Motor HP Voltage (volts) Amperage (amps) Recommended Wire Size (gage)Unit Weight (lbs)FLA Start Up 25’ Run 50’ Run 100’ Run 120 OLR12016AC 1.46 ⅙115 4.0 28 12 12 12 18208-230 2.0 14 12 12 12 250 OLR25033AC 3.03 ⅓115 6.8 47.6 12 12 10 21208-230 3.4 23.8 12 12 12 400 OLR40050AC 4.85 ½115 15 105 12 10 6 40208-230 7.5 52.5 12 12 12 500 OLR50075AC +6.06 ¾115 15 105 12 10 6 40208-230 7.5 52.5 12 12 12 600 OLR600100AC +7.28 1 115 15 105 12 10 6 40208-230 7.5 52.5 12 12 12 915 OLR915150AC +11.10 1½115 16.6 116.2 12 12 6 60208-230 8.3 58.1 12 12 12 1225 OLR1225200AC +14.85 2 208-230 11.6 81.2 12 12 10 70 SINGLE PHASE MOTOR LINE STARTERS 115V 208/230V Size Model MA X H P ⅓ HP 1 HP 00 MG00A 1 HP 2 HP 0 MGX0A 2 HP 3 HP 1 MG01A 3 HP 5 HP 1P MG15A • Includes Riser Mounting Bracket, 30” Stainless Steel Flex Hose & Union Air Maintenance Device - Part # AMD-1 Fire Protection Air Compressor Accessories Motor Line Starter - Thermal Overload Protection General Air Products newly improved OL Plus Series Oil Less Riser Mount Fire Protection Air Compressors are UL 1450-VDUR Listed and specifically designed to fill dry pipe and pre-action fire sprinkler systems to 40 PSI within 30 minutes per NFPA 13. OL Plus Series - Riser Mount Fire Protection Air Compressors Complete Dry Sprinkler System Filling Solutions generalairproducts.com 800-345-8207 Models: OLR40050AC | OLR50075AC | OLR600100AC Models: OLR915150AC | OLR1225200AC Model: OLR12016AC Model: OLR25033AC Alarms & Supervisory Devices SECTION 5 MechanicalPressure Measurement R Bourdon Tube Pressure GaugesStandard SeriesType 111.10SP Page 1 of 2WIKA Datasheet 110.10SP · 3/2019 WIKA Datasheet 111.10SP Bourdon Tube Pressure Gauge Type 111.10SP Applications  Fire sprinkler systems  Suitable for all media that will not obstruct the pressure system or attack copper alloy parts Product Features  UL-listed (UL-393), United States and Canada  Factory Mutual (FM) approved  Reliable and economical Specifications Design EN 837-1 & ASME B40.100 Sizes 4” (100 mm) Accuracy class ± 3/2/3% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade B) Ranges0/80 psi (5,5 bar), retard to 250 psi (17 bar), air0/300 psi (20 bar), water 0/400 psi (28 bar), water0/600 psi (40 bar), water Working pressureSteady: 3/4 of full scale valueFluctuating: 2/3 of full scale value Short time: full scale value Operating temperatureAmbient: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)Media: 140°F (+60°C) maximum Temperature errorAdditional error when temperature changes from reference temperature of 68°F (20°C) +0.4% of span for every 18°F (10°K) rising or falling. Bourdon tubeMaterial: copper alloyC-shape Pressure connection Material: copper alloy1/4“ NPT lower mount (LM) MovementCopper alloy DialWhite aluminum with stop pin; black and red lettering PointerBlack aluminum CaseBlack polycarbonate WindowSnap-in clear polycarbonate ApprovalsUL listed (UL-393)Factory Mutual WIKA Instrument Corporation 1000 Wiegand Boulevard Lawrenceville, GA 30043-5868 Tel: 888-WIKA-USA • 770-513-8200 Fax: 770-338-5118 E-Mail: info@wika.com www.wika.com R WIKA Datasheet 111.10SP · 3/2019Page 2 of 2 DimensionsOptional Extras (not all options are UL or FM approved)  Brass restrictor  Black-painted steel case  Custom dial layout  Other dual scales in combination with psi are available: bar, kPa, MPa, kg/cm2 Size A B C E L T W Weight 4” mm 100 71 30 11.5 3.75 14 in 4.0 2.79 1.18 0.45 0.15 1/4” 0.55 0.35 lb. Ordering informationPressure gauge model / Nominal size / Scale range / Size of connection / Optional extras requiredSpecifications and dimensions given in this leaflet represent the state of engineering at the time of printing.Modifications may take place and materials specified may be replaced by others without prior notice. PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCB Approved, For CE Marked (EN12259-5) / VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM (15-38 LPM) - UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min. at 24VDC Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL • Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. Ordering Information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2"DN50 VSR-2 1144402 2 1/2"DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 3"DN80 VSR-3 1144403 3 1/2"-VSR-3 1/2 1144435 4"DN100 VSR-4 1144404 5"-VSR-5 1144405 6"DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8"DN200 VSR-8 1144408 Specifications subject to change without notice. Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard times. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com General Information The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed for use on a steel pipe; schedules 5 through 40, sizes 2" - 6" and is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering Information chart. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Enclosure The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR waterflow switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 PAGE 2 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow. Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. ADAPTER USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE DN50 ONLY ADAPTER 50mm 20mm ±2mm MAX. DWG# 1146-1F Fig. 1 NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Retard Adjustment The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from 0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at the minimum required to prevent false alarms (Flowing water activates device in one direction only.) DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOWDIRECTION OF WATERFLOW Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered. Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts TorqueLightwallSchedule 10 (UL)Schedule 40 (UL)BS-1387 (LPC)DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 .065 1.651 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25 + .125/- .062 33.0 ± 2.0 20 27 VSR-2 1/2 2.5 -2.875 73.0 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 ---- VSR-2 1/2 -DN65 3.000 76.1 ------0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 .083 2.108 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 2.00 ± .125 50.8 ± 2.0 VSR-3 1/2 3.5 -4.000 101.6 --0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 ---- VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 -5.563 141.3 --0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 ---- VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 .115 2.921 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 --0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm. If an alarm is not desired, a qualified technician should disable the alarm system. PRINTED IN USA PAGE 3 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at inside edge of knockouts, not in the center. DWG 1146-4 Fig. 2 Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. 3 Break out thin section of cover when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector’s test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig. 6 Mounting Dimensions DWG. 1146-14 3.50 in (89.0 mm) 2.34 in (59.4 mm) PIPE DIA. + 5.25 in (+ 133.4 mm) 5.56 in (141.2 mm)2.00 in (50.8 mm) U-BOLT NUT U-BOLT WASHER PIPE SADDLE PIPE PLASTIC PADDLE U-BOLT NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR DN 50 – DN 65 2–2.5 in NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in (+54.0 MM) FOR DN 80 – DN 200 3–8 in DWG 1146-15 GREEN GROUND SCREWS Fig. 7 An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. Notes: 1. The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. 2. For supervised circuits, see “Switch Terminal Connections” drawing and warning note (Fig. 4). Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections LO AD TO B E L L NEUTRAL FROM BELL CONNECTOR EOL (End Of Line Resistor) BELLNEUTRAL FROM BREAKER BREAKER LINE FROM BREAKER NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use the panel’s resistor value for circuit supervision. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 PAGE 4 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Removal of Waterflow Switch • To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. Fig. 8 Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 8) The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re-install the (2) original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble-free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 8). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. DWG# 1146-10 BREAK OUT THIN SECTION OF COVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. DO NOT REMOVE (2) RETARD HOUSING SCREWS REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS (2) LOCATING PINS (2) LOCATING PIN BOSSES IN BASE BASE PS10 Series Pressure Switch 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 1 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com This document contains important information on the installation and operation of PS10 pressure switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. Installation The Potter PS10 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed for the detection of a waterflow condition in automatic fire sprinkler systems of particular designs such as wet pipe systems with alarm check valves, dry pipe, preaction, or deluge valves. The PS10 is also suitable to provide a low pressure supervisory signal; adjustable between 4 and 15 psi (0,27 and 1,03 bar). 1. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. (Do not use pipe dope) 2. Device should be mounted in the upright position (threaded connection down). 3. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. Wiring Instructions 1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. 2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig 9. 3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector to the device. NEMA 4 rated conduit and fittings are required for outdoor use. 4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the service intended. See Figures 2,4,5, and 6. See Fig. 7 for two switch, one conduit wiring. Technical Specifications Conduit Entrances Two knockouts for 1/2” conduit provided. Individual switch compartments and ground screw suitable for dissimilar voltages Contact Ratings SPDT (Form C) 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30VDC One SPDT in PS10-1, Two SPDT in PS10-2 Cover Tamper Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. Differential 2 psi (0,13 bar) typical Dimensions 3.78”(9,6cm)Wx3.20”(8,1cm)Dx4.22”(10,7cm)H Enclosure Cover: Weather/UV/Flame Resistant High Impact Composite Base: Die Cast All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Environmental Limitations -40º F to 140ºF (-40ºC to 60ºC) NEMA 4/IP66 Rated Enclosure indoor or outdoor when used with NEMA 4 conduit fittings Factory Adjustment 4 - 8 psi (0,27 - 0,55 bar) Maximum System Pressure 300 psi (20,68 bar) Pressure Connection Nylon 1/2” NPT male Pressure Range 4-15 psi (0,27 - 1,03 bar) Service Use NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, 72 *Specifications subject to change without notice. Features • One or two switch models available • Independent switch adjustment on two switch models, no tools needed • Two 1/2” conduit/cable entrances • Separate isolated wiring chambers • Non-corrosive pressure connection • VdS version available • Non-Conductive enclosure 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 2 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com PS10 Series Pressure Switch Testing and Adjustment Wet System Wet System With Excess Pressure Dry System Dimensions Switch Clamping Plate Terminal NOTE: Testing the PS10 may activate other system connected devices. The operation of the pressure alarm switch should be tested upon completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). There should be no need to adjust the PS10 when it is used as a pressure type waterflow indicator. It is factory set to comply with UL and FM standards. Method 1: When using PS10 and control unit with retard - connect PS10 into alarm port piping on the input side of retard chamber and electrically connect PS10 to control unit that provides a retard to compensate for surges. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm check valve and PS10. Method 2: When using the PS10 for local bell application or with a control that does not provide a retard feature - the PS10 must be installed on the alarm outlet side of the retard chamber of the sprinkler system. Testing: Accomplished by opening the inspector’s end-of-line test valve. Allow time to compensate for system or control retard. NOTE: Method 2 is not applicable for remote station service use, if there is an unsupervised shut-off valve between the alarm check valve and the PS10. Connect PS10 into alarm port piping extending from alarm check valve. Retard provisions are not required. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS10. Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve or the inspector’s end-of-line test valve. When using end-of-line test, allow time for excess pressure to bleed off. Connect PS10 into alarm port piping that extends from the intermediate chamber of the alarm check valve. Install on the outlet side of the in-line check valve of the alarm port piping. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS10. Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve. NOTE: The above tests may also activate any other circuit closer or water motor gongs that are present on the system. Fig 1 Fig 2 An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. 2.87 [72.97] 4.22 [107.19] 2.48 [62.87] 3.78 [95.89] 3.20 [81.28] 1.60 [40.64] GROUNDSCREWS DWG# 930-1 Outgoi n g Incom i n g 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 3 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com PS10 Series Pressure Switch Typical Sprinkler Applications One Conduit Wiring Switch Operation Low Pressure Signal Connection Waterflow Signal Connection Local Bell For Waterflow Connection Fig 3 Fig 7 Fig 8 Fig 4 Fig 5 Fig 6 CAUTION Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PS10 will render the PS10 inoperative. To comply with NFPA-72 any such valve shall be electrically supervised with a supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS. WET SYSTEM WITH EXCESS PRESSURE WATER MOTOR GONG PS10 RBVSWET SYSTEM ALARM CHECK VALVE OS & Y VALVE WATER BY-PASS VALVE WET SYSTEM WITHOUT EXCESS PRESSURE WATER MOTOR GONG WET SYSTEM ALARM CHECK VALVE OS & Y VALVE RBVS WATER BY-PASS VALVE RETARD PS10 DRY SYSTEM ALARM CHECK VALVE OS & Y VALVE WATER BY-PASS VALVE CHECK VALVE RBVS DRY SYSTEM PS10 WATER MOTOR GONG DWG. #923-2AA EOLR TO FIRE ALARM PANEL DWG# 928-1 EOLR L DWG# 928-2 POSITIVE DC OR HOT AC BELL LINE LOAD DWG# 928-3 Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. DWG# 928-4 W/ PRESSURE APPLIED W/O PRESSURE APPLIED C C 1 2 C C 1 2 TerminalC: Common1: Closed when installed under normal system pressure.2: Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on pressure drop. Use for low pressure supervision. Terminal 1: Open with no pressure supplied. Closes upon detection of pressure. Use for waterflow indication. 2: Closed with no pressure applied. 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 4 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com PS10 Series Pressure Switch CAUTION •Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching flats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to equipment and property. •To seal threads, apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment. •Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply. Pressure type waterflow switches; shall be a Model PS10 as manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St Louis MO., and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or specified herein. Switches shall be provided with a ½” NPT male pressure connection and shall be connected to the alarm port outlet of; Wet Pipe Alarm Valves, Dry Pipe Valves, Pre-Action Valves, or Deluge Valves. The pressure switch shall be actuated when the alarm line pressure reaches 4 - 8 psi (0,27 - 0,55 bar). Pressure type waterflow switches shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 300 psi (20,68 bar) and shall be factory adjusted to operate on a pressure increase of 4 - 8 psi (0,27 - 0,55 bar) Pressure switch shall have one or two form C contacts, switch contact rating 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC. Pressure type waterflow switches shall have two conduit entrances one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. The cover of the pressure type waterflow switch shall be Weather/UV/ Flame Resistant High Impact Composite with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The Pressure type waterflow switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service with a NEMA 4/IP66 rating. The pressure type waterflow switch shall be UL Ulc and CSFM listed, FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. Removing Knockouts Ordering Information Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Model Description Part Number PS10-1 Pressure switch with one set SPDT contacts 1340103 PS10-2 Pressure switch with two sets SPDT contacts 1340104 Hex Key 5250062 Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 DWG#928-5 Fig 9 •Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. •Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. •Read all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could result in improper operation of device resulting in serious injury or death. •Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. Tamper Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. For optional cover tamper switch kit, order Stock No. 0090200. See bulletin #5401200 PSCTSK. Pressure switches have a normal service life of 10-15 years. However, the service life may be significantly reduced by local environmental conditions. PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Switch 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 1 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com This document contains important information on the installation and operation of PS40 pressure switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. Installation The Potter PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Actuated Switches are designed primarily to detect an increase and/or decrease from normal system pressure in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Typical applications are: air/nitrogen supervision in dry pipe and pre-action systems, pressure tanks, air supplies, and water supplies. The PS40-1 has one switch and is factory set to activate at approximately 30 psi (2,1 bar) on a decrease in pressure. The PS40-2 has two switches. The Low switch is factory set to activate at approximately 30 psi (2,1 bar) on a decrease in pressure. The High switch is factory set to activate at approximately 50 psi (3,5 bar) on an increase in pressure. NFPA 72 requires a supervisory signal if the pressure increases or decreases by 10 psi from normal. The PS40 is factory set for a normal air pressure of 40 psi. See section heading Adjustments and Testing if other than factory set point is required. 1. Connect the PS40 to the system side of any shutoff or check valve. 2. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. (Do not use pipe dope) 3. Device should be mounted in the upright position. (Threaded connection down) 4. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. Technical Specifications Conduit Entrances Two knockouts for 1/2” conduit provided. Individual switch compartments and ground screw suitable for dissimilar voltages Contact Ratings SPDT (Form C) 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC One SPDT in PS40-1, Two SPDT in PS40-2 Cover Tamper Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. Differential Typical 1 lb. at 10 psi (,07 at ,7 bar) 4 lbs at 60 psi (,28 at 4,1 bar) Dimensions 3.78”(9,6cm)Wx3.20”(8,1cm)Dx4.22”(10,7cm)H Enclosure Cover: Weather/UV/Flame Resistant High Impact Composite Base: Die Cast All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Environmental Limitations -40º F to 140ºF (-40ºC to 60ºC) NEMA 4/IP66 Rated Enclosure indoor or outdoor when used with NEMA 4 conduit fittings Factory Adjustment PS40-1 operates on decrease at 30 psi (2,1 bar) PS40-2 operates on increase at 50 psi (3,5 bar) and on decrease at 30 psi (2,1 bar) Maximum System Pressure 300 psi (20,68 bar) Pressure Connection Nylon 1/2” NPT male Pressure Range 10-60 psi (,7-4,1 bar) Service Use NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, 72 *Specifications subject to change without notice. Features • One or two switch models available • Independent switch adjustment on two switch models, no tools needed • Two 1/2” conduit/cable entrances • Separate isolated wiring chambers • Non-corrosive pressure connection • Non-Conductive Enclosure • Vds version available D 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 2 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Switch Wiring Instructions 1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. 2. If it is necessary to remove the sealed knockouts, carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig. 9. 3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector to the device. A NEMA-4 rated conduit fitting is required for outdoor use. 4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the service intended. See Figures 2,4,5 and 6. See Fig. 7 for two switch one conduit wiring. Fig 1 NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. 2.87 [72.97] 4.22 [107.19] 2.48 [62.87] 3.78 [95.89] 3.20 [81.28] 1.60 [40.64] GROUND SCREWS DWG# 930-1 Outgoi n g Incom i n g Switch Clamping Plate Terminal Fig 2 Typical Sprinkler Applications Fig 3 GONG MOTOR WATER TEST BY-PASS WATER VALVE OS & Y VALVE ALARM PRESSURE SWITCH PS10 CHECK VALVE VALVE CHECK BVL VALVE TEST BLEEDERE DWG. #924-1A RBVS DRY PIPE VALVE Adjustment and Testing NOTE: Testing the PS40 may activate other system connected devices. The operation of the pressure supervisory switch should be tested upon completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable local, national and NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). The use of a Potter BVL (see product bulletin 5400799 for details) is recommended to facilitate setting and testing of the PS40 pressure switch. When a BVL (bleeder valve) is used, the pressure to the switch can be isolated and bled from the exhaust port on the BVL without affecting the supervisory pressure of the entire system. See Fig. 3. The operation point of the PS40 Pressure Switch can be adjusted to any point between 10 and 60 psi (0,7 - 4,11 bar) by turning the adjustment knob(s) clockwise to raise the actuation point and counter clockwise to lower the actuation point. In the case of the PS40-2, both switches operate independent of each other. Each switch may be independently adjusted to actuate at any point across the switch adjustment range. If the pressure needs to be adjusted from the factory settings, adjust the system pressure to the desired trip point. Use an ohmmeter on the appropriate contact (COM and 2 for pressure decrease and COM and 1 for pressure increase). Adjust the knurled knob until the meter changes state. At that point the switch is set for that particular pressure. Final adjustments should be verified with a pressure gauge. The position of the top of the adjustment knob across to the printed scale on the switch bracket can be used to provide an approximate visual reference of the pressure switch setting. Dimensions An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PS10 will render the PS10 inoperative. To comply with IBC, IFC, and NFPA-13, any such valve shall be electrically su- pervised with a supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS. CAUTION 1 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 3 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Switch Typical Electrical Connections Fig 4 Low Pressure Signal Connection Fig 5 EOLR TO FIRE ALARM PANEL DWG# 928-1 High Pressure Signal Connection Fig 6 EOLR TO FIRE ALARM PANEL DWG# 928-2 One Conduit Wiring Fig 7 DWG# 928-4 Changing Pressure Fig 8 C C C 1 2 C 1 2 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH DWG# 930-3 C C C 1 2 C 1 2 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH DWG# 930-3 Terminal C: Common 1. Closed when installed under normal system Pressure. 2. Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on pressure drop. Use for low air signal. Terminal 1. Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on increase in pressure. Use for high air signal. 2. Closed under normal system pressure. Low Pressure Switch High Pressure Switch Removing Knockouts DWG#928-5 Fig 9 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL EOLR COM12 21COM HIGH AIR LOW AIR WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRESSURE APPLIED LOW -TERMINAL 2 CLOSES ON PRESSURE DROP. WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRESSURE APPLIED HIGH - TERMINAL 1 WILL CLOSE ON PRESSURE INCREASE. D 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 4 OF 4 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Switch Pressure type supervisory switches; shall be a Model PS40 as manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St. Louis, MO., and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or specified herein. Switches shall be provided with a 1/2" NPT male pressure connection to be connected into the air supply line on the system side of any shut- off valve. A Model BVL bleeder valve as supplied by Potter Electric Signal Company of St. Louis, MO., or equivalent shall be connected in line with the PS40 to provide a means of testing the operation of the supervisory switch. (See Fig. 3) The switch unit shall contain SPDT (Form C) switch(es). One switch shall be set to operate at 30 psi (2,1 bar) on a pressure decrease. If two switches are provided, the second switch shall be set to operate at a 50 psi (3,5 bar) on a pressure increase. Switch contacts shall be rated at 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC and 2.0 Amps at 30VDC. The units shall have a maximum pressure rating of 300 psi (20,68 bar) and shall be adjustable from 10 to 60 psi (0,7 to 4,1 bar). Pressure switches shall have two conduit entrances, one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. The cover of the pressure switch shall be Weather/UV/Flame Resistant High Impact Composite with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The pressure switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service with a NEMA-4/IP66 rating. The pressure switch shall be UL, ULC, and CSFM listed, FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Model Description Stock No. PS40-1 Pressure Switch with one set SPDT contacts 1340403 PS40-2 Pressure Switch with two sets SPDT contacts 1340404 Hex Key 5250062 BVL Bleeder Valve 1000018 Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 Ordering Information •Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances.•Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result.•Read all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could result in improper operation of device resulting in serious injury or death.•Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. •Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching flats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to equipment and property.•To seal threads, apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment.•Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply.•Do not apply any lubricant to any component of the pressure switch. CAUTION Pressure switches have a normal service life of 10-15 years. However, the service life may be significantly reduced by local environmental conditions. 5401525 - REV G • 6/19 page 1 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Description The OSYSU is used to monitor the open position of an OS&Y (outside screw and yoke) type gate valve. This device is available in two models; the OSYSU-1, containing one set of SpDT (Form C) contacts and the OSYSU-2, containing two sets of SpDT (Form C) contacts. These switches mount conveniently to most OS&Y valves ranging in size from 2” to 12” (50mm to 300mm). They will mount on some valves as small as ½” (12,5mm). The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device. Testing The operation of the OSYSU and its associated protective monitoring system shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with all applicable local and national codes and standards and/or the authority Having Jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). a minimum test shall consist of turning the valve wheel towards the closed position. The OSYSU shall operate within the first two revolutions of the wheel. Fully close the valve and ensure that the OSYSU does not restore. Fully open the valve and ensure that the OSYSU restores to normal only when the valve is fully opened. Technical Specifications Dimensions See Fig 8 Weight 1.6 lbs (0,73 kg) enclosure Cover: Die Cast Finish: Red powder Coat Base: Die Cast Finish: Black powder Coat All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Cover Tamper Tamper Resistant Screws Optional Cover Tamper Switch available Contact Ratings OSYSU-1: One Set of SpDT (Form C) OSYSU-2: Two Sets of SpDT (Form C) 10.0 amps at 125/250 VaC 2.0 amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mamps minimum at 24 VDC environmental Limitations -40º F to 140ºF (-40ºC to 60ºC) NeMa 4X (Ip 65) and NeMa 6p (Ip 67) enclosure (Use suitably rated conduit and connector) Indoor or Outdoor Use (See OSYSU-eX Bulletin 5400705 for Hazardous locations) Conduit entrances Two Knockouts for 1/2” conduit provided (See Notice on page 6 and Fig. 9 on page 5) Service Use NFpa 13, 13D, 13R, 72 Features • NeMa 4X* (Ip 65) and 6p (Ip 67) *Enclosure is 4X. For additional corrosion protection of mounting hardware, use model OSYSU-2 CRH • -40º to 140º (-40ºC to 60ºC) operating temperature range • Visual switch indicators • Two conduit entrances • adjustable length trip rod • accomodates up to 12aWg wire • Three position switch detects tampering and valve closure • Knurled mounting bracket prevents slipping • Fine adjustment feature for fast, easy installation • RoHS compliant • One or two SpDT contact models (-1,-2) Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of OS&Y valve supervisory switches. please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. a copy of this document is required by NFpa 72 to be maintained on site. Specifications subject to change without notice Close the valve fully to determine that the stem threads do not activate the switch. The switch being activated by the stem threads could result in a false valve open indication. Before any work is done on the fire sprinkler or fire alarm system, the building owner or their authorized representative shall be notified. Before opening any closed valve, ensure that opening the valve will not cause any damage from water flow due to open or missing sprinklers, piping, etc. CAUTION 5401525 - REV G • 6/19 page 2 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Theory of Operation The OSYSU is a 3 position switch. The center position is the normal installation position. Normal is when the switch is installed on the OS&Y valve, the valve is fully open and the trip rod of the OSYSU is in the groove of the valve stem. Closing the valve causes the trip rod to ride up out of the groove and activates the switches. Removing the OSYSU from the valve causes the spring to pull the trip rod in the other direction and activates the switches. Visual Switch Status Indication There are 3 visual indicators to determine the status of the switches. Fig 1; the actuator button of the micro switches are on the raised section of the switch actuator. Fig 2; the trip rod is perpendicular to the base and lined up with the alignment mark on the mounting bracket. Fig 3; the white visual indicator is visible through the window on the back of the switch actuator. A final test is to meter the contacts marked COM and N.O. to ensure they are an open circuit when the valve is open and that they close and have continuity within 2 revolutions of turning the valve handwheel towards the closed position and the contacts remain closed as the valve is completely closed and until the valve is completely opened when the trip rod drops back into the groove in the valve stem. Fig 1 Fig 2 Fig 3 Trip Rod Locking Screw Fig 4 Fig 5 Micro-adjustment Feature 5401525 - REV G • 6/19 page 3 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Small Valve Installation NOTE: If the valve stem is pre-grooved at 1/8” minimum depth; proceed to step 7. 1. Remove and discard "e" ring and roller from the trip rod. 2. With the valve in the FULL OpeN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland so that the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU is pulled against the non threaded portion of the valve stem. position the OSYSU with the bracket near the handwheel as shown in Fig. 6 if possible to avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and the OSYSU. 3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 5). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to 5 in-lbs minimum to hold the trip rod in place and properly seal the enclosure. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 10). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. 4. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. On valves with limited clearance use J-hooks supplied instead of the carriage bolts and clamp bar to mount the OSYSU. 5. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. 6. Remove the OSYSU. Utilizing a 3/16” or 1/4” diameter straight file, file a 1/8” minimum depth groove centered on the mark on the valve stem. Deburr and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. NOTE: a groove depth of up to approximately 3/16” can make it easier to install the OSYSU so that it does not restore as it rolls over by the threads of the valve stem. 7. Mount the OSYSU on the valve yoke with the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU pulled against the valve stem and centered in the groove of the stem. If possible, position the OSYSU with the flat side of the bracket toward the hand wheel, as shown in Fig. 6, to help avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and OSYSU. When in this preferred mounting position, it is usually best to use the white indicator visible through the window, as illustrated in Fig. 3, to aid in initially locating the OSYSU in the correct position on the yoke. If the unit must be installed inverted with the white indicator no longer easily visible, use the visual indicators of the actuator buttons on the micro-switches, as illustrated in Fig. 1, or the trip rod alignment mark on the bracket, as illustrated in Fig. 2 , to aid in initially locating the OSYSU. 8. Final adjustment can be made by slightly loosening the two screws on the bracket and using the fine adjustment feature (see Fig. 5). The adjustment is correct when the plungers on the switches are depressed by the actuator and there is no continuity between the COM and NO terminals on the switches. 9. Tighten the adjustment screws and all mounting hardware securely (20 in-lbs minimum). Check to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches activate within two turns when the valve is operated from the FULL OpeN towards the CLOSeD position. 10. Reinstall the cover and tighten the cover screws to 15 in-lbs minimum to properly seal the enclosure. Small Valve Installation - 1/2” Through 2 1/2” SizesFig 6 MOUNTING BRACKET B CEN ROLLER SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO MOUNTING BRACKET DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 1 Slotted mounting holes and micro-adjustment feature may be used for fine adjustment of switch assembly to mounting bracket. Re-tighten screws to 20 in-lbs minimum. Close the valve fully to determine that the stem threads do not activate the switch. The switch being activated by the stem threads could result in a false valve open indication. CAUTION 5401525 - REV G • 6/19 page 4 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Close the valve fully to determine that the stem threads do not activate the switch. The switch being activated by the stem threads could result in a false valve open indication. CAUTION MOUNTING BRACKET B CEN ROLLER SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO MOUNTING BRACKET DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 1 Large Valve Installation NOTE: If the valve stem is pre-grooved at 1/8” minimum depth; proceed to step 6. 1. With the valve in the FULL OpeN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far from the valve gland as possible so that the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU is pulled against the non threaded portion of the valve stem. position the OSYSU with the bracket near the handwheel as shown in Fig. 7 if possible to avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and the OSYSU. 2. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. 3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 5). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to 5 in-lbs minimum to hold the trip rod in place and properly seal the enclosure. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 10). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. 4. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. 5. Remove the OSYSU. Utilizing a 3/8” or ½” diameter straight file, file a 1/8” minimum depth groove centered on the mark on the valve stem. Deburr and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. NOTE: a groove depth of up to approximately 3/16” can make it easier to install the OSYSU so that it does not restore as it rolls over by the threads of the valve stem. 6. Mount the OSYSU on the valve yoke with the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU pulled against the valve stem and centered in the groove of the stem. If possible, position the OSYSU with the flat side of the bracket toward the hand wheel, as shown in Fig. 7, to help avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and OSYSU. When in this preferred mounting position, it is usually best to use the white indicator visible through the window, as illustrated in Fig. 3, to aid in initially locating the OSYSU in the correct position on the yoke. If the unit must be installed inverted with the white indicator no longer easily visible, use the visual indicators of the actuator buttons on the micro-switches, as illustrated in Fig. 1, or the trip rod alignment mark on the bracket, as illustrated in Fig. 2 , to aid in initially locating the OSYSU. 7. Final adjustment can be made by slightly loosening the two screws on the bracket and using the fine adjustment feature (see Fig. 5). The adjustment is correct when the plungers on the switches are depressed by the actuator and there is no continuity between the COM and NO terminals on the switches. 8. Tighten the adjustment screws and mounting hardware securely (minimum 20 in-lbs). Check to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches activate within two turns when the valve is operated from the FULL OpeN towards the CLOSeD position. 9. Reinstall the cover and tighten the cover screws to 15 in-lbs minimum to properly seal the enclosure. Fig 7 Slotted mounting holes and micro- adjustment feature may be used for fine adjustment of switch assembly to mounting bracket. Re-tighten screws to 20 in-lbs minimum. Large Valve Installation - 3” Through 12” Sizes 5401525 - REV G • 6/19 page 5 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch 3.67 93.26 5.69 144.42 2.79 70.87 3.20 81.26 4.00 101.60 6.19 157.23 1.17 29.72 2.25 57.13 3.05 77.47 2.10 53.34 .XX = ENGLISH[XX.XX] = METRIC DIMENSIONS APPEARING IN PARENTHESIS [ ]REPRESENTS EQUVALENT IN MILLIMETERS ALL DIMENSIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 345678 8 7 6 5 4 Dimensions Fig 8 Fig 9 3.67 93.26 5.69 144.42 2.79 70.87 3.20 81.26 4.00 101.60 6.19 157.23 1.17 29.72 2.25 57.13 3.05 77.47 2.10 53.34 .XX = ENGLISH[XX.XX] = METRIC DIMENSIONS APPEARING IN PARENTHESIS [ ]REPRESENTS EQUVALENT IN MILLIMETERS ALL DIMENSIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY A B C D 45678 8 7 6 5 4 E F Rod fully extended Rod retracted and breakaway section removed D C B 4 3 2 1 E F Cover Tamper Switch (Optional) ground Screw 1/4”-20 Mounting Hardware Trip Rod (2) ø.886 Knockouts For 1/2” electrical Conduit Connections Clamp Bar Cover Removed Knockout Removal To remove knockouts: place screwdriver at inside edge of knockouts, not in the center. NOTE: Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. 5401525 - REV G • 6/19 page 6 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Breaking Excessive Rod Length Typical Electrical Connections Model Description Stock No. OSYSU-1 Outside Screw & Yoke Supervisory Switch (Single switch) 1010102 OSYSU-2 Outside Screw & Yoke Supervisory Switch (Double switch) 1010202 OSYSU-2 CRH Outside Screw & Yoke Supervisory Switch (Double Switch). Corrosion resistant hardware of 316 stainless steel 1010210 Cover Screw 5490424 Hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation adjustments 5250062 Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 Ordering Information Engineering Specifications: OS&Y Valves UL, CUL Listed / FM approved and Ce Marked valve supervisory switches shall be furnished and installed on all OS&Y type valves that can be used to shut off the flow of water to any portion of the fire sprinkler system, where indicated on the drawings and plans and as required by applicable local and national codes and standards. The supervisory switch shall be NeMa 4X and 6p rated and capable of being mounted in any position indoors or out and be completely submerged without allowing water to enter the enclosure.. The enclosure shall be held captive by tamper resistant screws. The device shall contain two ½” conduit entrances and one or two Single pole Double Throw (SpDT) switches. There shall be a visual indicator to display the status of the switches. To aid in installation, it shall be possible to make fine adjustments to the position of the switch on the valve without loosening the mounting bracket from the valve. The device shall contain an adjustable length trip rod and roller, the trip rod shall be held captive by a set screw accessible upon removal of the cover. The switch contacts shall be rated at 10a, 125/250VaC and 2a, 30VDC. OS&Y Valve supervisory switch shall be model OSYSU-1 for the single switch model and OSYSU-2 for the two switch model manufactured by potter electric Signal Company LLC COM NC NO NO NC COM EOLR TO FIRE ALARM PANEL Fig 10 Fig 11 Fig 12 Outgoi n g Incom i n g Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal all conduit and connectors selected for the installation of this product shall be suitable for the environment for which it is to be used and shall be installed to the manufacturer’s installation instructions. For NeMa 4, 4X, 6, 6p installations, the cover screws are recommended to be tightened to 15 in- lbs minimum and the trip rod locking screw tightened to 5 in-lbs minimum to properly seal the enclosure. an uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. Supervisory switches have a normal service life of 10-15 years. However, the service life may be significantly reduced by local environmental conditions. BELLS PBA-AC & PDC-DC 5400777 - REV A • 12/20 PAGE 1 OF 2 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com Description These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4” (101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 or HC-BB weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK- 1 or HC-BB, Stock No. 1500001. Notes 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C) 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to PDC-DC bells. Technical Specifications Dimensions 6” (150mm), 8” (200mm) and 10” (250mm) Enclosure Cover: Steel Finish: Red Powder Coat Base: non-corrosive composite material All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Model BBK-1 or HC-BB weatherproof backbox (optional) Voltages Available 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Environmental Limitations Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - 18 AWG stranded wire Service Use NFPA 13, 72, local AHJ *Specifications subject to change without notice. Features • Listed for indoor and outdoor use • Outdoor use requires BBK-1 or HC-BB weatherproof back box • Indoor use mounts directly to standard 4” box • Low current draw • High dB output • AC and DC models • DC models are motor driven, polarized, and have built in transient protection for supervised alarm circuits • Available in 6”, 8” and 10” sizes In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or HC-BB. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. R * ULC on PDC-DC Only Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6 (150)12VDC PDC-6-12 1750500 200mA 96 76 8 (200)12VDC PDC-8-12 1750502 .200mA 96 77 10 (250)12VDC PDC-10-12 1750504 .200mA 96 78 6 (150)24VDC PDC-6-24 1750501 .20mA 95 77 8 (200)24VDC PDC-8-24 1750503 20mA 83 79 10 (250)24VDC PDC-10-24 1750505 20mA 85 80 6 (150)24VAC PBA246 1806024*.17A 91 78 8 (200)24VAC PBA248 1808024*.17A 94 77 10 (250)24VAC PBA2410 1810024*.17A 94 78 6 (150)120VAC PBA1206 1806120*.05A 92 83 8 (200)120VAC PBA1208 1808120*.05A 99 84 10 (250)120VAC PBA12010 1810120*.05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. *** ** FM on PBA-AC Only 5400777 - REV A • 12/20 PAGE 2 OF 2 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com BELLS PBA-AC & PDC-DC Wiring Rear View Installation Bell Dimension Inches (mm) Fig 1 Fig 3 2 11/16” (68 mm)DWG# 776-1 10” (250 mm)8” (200 mm)6” (150 mm) 5 3/4” (146 mm) 1 5/8” (41 mm) DWG# 776-2 3 3/8” (86 mm) 4 1/4” (108 mm) 3 3/8” (86 mm) 5” (127 mm) Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig 2 The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90” AFF and not less than 6” below the ceiling. 1. Remove the gong. 2. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). 3. Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). 4. Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). 5. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). MODEL BBK-1 OR HC-BBFailure to install striker down will prevent bell from ringing. NOTES: 1. OBSERVE POLARITY TO RING D.C. BELLS.2. RED WIRES POSITIVE (+).3. BLACK WIRES NEGATIVE (-). NOTES: AFTER LAST BELL. Fire Sprinklers SECTION 6 Model F1FR56 UprightModel F1FR56 Pendent Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Model F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall Note: Not all versions of the product are shown. F1FR Series Sprinklers Summary Sprinkler Model K-Factor gpm/psi1/2 (lpm/bar1/2)Orientation Listings & Approvals Max. Working Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) F1FR56 5.6 (80) Upright Intermediate Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1425 Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1414 Concealed Pendent cULus, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1414 Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1435 Vertical Sidewall cULus, FM, LPCB 175 (12)RA1485 Table A Note: This bulletin may contain information on New and Legacy sprinklers that reflects a dimensional change only. Sprinkler Iden- tification Number (SIN), application, performance, and listings/ approval are not otherwise affected. Sprinklers with New frames will include the suffix “N” in the order. Features • Standard coverage quick-response sprinklers • Upright, pendent, horizontal sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors • Low profile, compact design • Available in a wide variety of finishes Product Description Reliable Model F1FR56 series sprinklers are quick-response standard spray automatic fire sprinklers utilizing a sensitive 3.0 mm glass bulb thermal element. Pendent and horizontal sidewall sprinklers may be installed exposed or surface mounted using escutcheons such as the Reliable Models B, C, or HB (reference Technical Bulletin 204). When installed recessed or concealed, the Model F1FR56 series sprinklers are specifically listed with and may only be installed with listed Reliable escutcheons and cover plates. Refer to the technical information on the following pages for specific listings for recessed and concealed installations and refer to Figures 5 and 6 for dimensional information. When fitted with an approved water shield, these sprinklers may considered intermediate sprinklers for use in racks, below grated walkways, and other areas where intermediate level sprinklers are required. Table A provides a summary of the approvals and availability of specific Model F1FR series sprinkler configurations. Additional technical information for each sprinkler model is provided on the following pages. www.reliablesprinkler.com K-factor 5.6 (80) F1FR56 Series Quick Response Sprinklers Bulletin 074 October 2022 Model F1FR56 Upright Sprinkler SIN RA1425 Technical Specifications Style: Upright, Intermediate Upright Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) Factory Water Shield (cULus, FM) F-1 Guard (cULus, FM) F-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) Guards and Shields (Legacy Frames) Factory Water Shield C-1 Guard (FM) C-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) D-1 Guard (cULus) D-3 Guard with Shield (cULus) Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM Model F1FR56 Upright Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 1 Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Threads 1 3/8" [33mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] Cap/Seal Assembly Load Screw 2 1/4" [58mm] F1FR_HALF_UPR_INT Shown with Optional Factory Installed Water Shield ( Intermediate Upright) Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 2 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler SIN RA1414 Technical Specifications Style: Pendent Recessed Pendent Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings(1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons Model F1 (cULus, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Model F2 (cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Model FP (cULus, VdS, CE, WM) Cover Plate Model CCP (cULus, VdS(2), CE(2)) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-1 Guard (FM) F-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) F-8 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus) S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames)(3) C-1 Guard (FM) C-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) D-1 Guard (cULus, FM) D-4 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) D-5 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus, FM) S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (pendent) Model W4 (recessed or concealed) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals(4) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed or concealed use. 2. VdS and CE approval for CCP concealed use is for 155°C (68°C) sprinkler ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed or concealed pendent installations. 4. When used surface mounted or exposed. See Recessed Escutcheon and Cover Plate section for specific approvals when installed recessed or concealed. Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 2 F1FR_HALF_PEND_INT Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Threads 3 1/4" [83mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1" [25mm]Load Screw Cap/Seal Assembly Shown with Optional S-1 Water Shield (Ordered Separately) Note: Please refer to Figure 8 for recessed and concealed installation. Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 3 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler SIN RA1435 Technical Specifications Style: Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons(2) Model F1 (cULus) Model F2 (cULus, FM) Model FP (cULus) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-4 Guard (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames)(3) C1 Guard (FM) D1 Guard (cULus) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (non-recessed) Model W4 (recessed) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed(4) FM Approved(5) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed use. 2. FM approved recessed installation when used with Model F2 escutcheon ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed horizontal sidewall installations. 4. cULus Listed for Light and Ordinary Hazard when installed exposed or surface mounted. Listed for Light Hazard ONLY when installed recessed. 5. FM Approved for Light Hazard ONLY. Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 3 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 4 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com F1FR_HALF_HSW 2 3/4" [70mm] 1 1/8" [28mm] Threads Cap/Seal Assembly Load ScrewDeflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Frame Note: Please refer to Figure 9 for recessed installation. Model F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler SIN RA1485 Technical Specifications Style: Upright Vertical Sidewall Pendent Vertical Sidewall Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) F-2 Guard (FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames) C1 Guard (FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals(1) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB(2) Notes: 1. Listed and approved for Light Hazard ONLY. 2. LPCB approved for use in pendent position ONLY. Model F1FR56 Vertical Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 4 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 5 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com F1FR_HALF_VSW 2 1/4" [57mm] 1 1/2" [38mm] Threads Cap/Seal Assembly Load ScrewDeflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Frame Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. 1-3/4" (44 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1" (25 mm) Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/8" (29 mm) at Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at Min. Recess Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment 1" (25 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1/2" (12 mm) 3-3/16" (78 mm) Dia. Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. 1-3/4" (44 mm) Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1-1/4" (32 mm) Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 7/8" (22 mm) at Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at Min. Recess 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Model F1FR56 CCP Conical Concealed Sprinkler 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment (Nominal Cover Plate Projection is 1" (25 mm)) 1" (25 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1/2" (12 mm) 3-5/16" (84 mm) Dia. Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling F1_REC_PEND_CCP Reducing Fitting Note: Model CCP concealed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model CCP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Recessed and Concealed Installation: Pendent Sprinklers Figure 5 FP EscutcheonF1 Escutcheon (F2 Similar) CCP Cover Plate Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 6 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole 1-15/16" (49 mm) DIA. 2-7/8" (73 mm) Dia. 2-7/8" (73 mm) Dia. 2-1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess 1-5/8" (42 mm) Maximum Recess 2 1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess 1-3/8" (35 mm) Maximum Recess 2-5/8" (67 mm) Dia Hole. 2-5/16" (58 mm) Dia. 3-1/4" (83 mm) Dia. 1-1/4" (32 mm) +/-1/4" (6 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 1-3/8" (35 mm) Minimum Recess 7/8" (22 mm) Maximum Recess 3/8" (16 mm) +/-1/4" (6 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 1/2" (12 mm) +/- 3/8" (10 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling F1FR_REC_HSW Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting 9/16" [14mm] Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment F2 Recessed escutcheon 1/2" (13 mm) Adjustment F1 Recessed escutcheon 3/4" (19 mm) Adjustment 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 9/16" [14mm] 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 9/16" [14mm] Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space behind the sprinkler is positive with respect to the space in the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Recessed Installation: Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Figure 6 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 7 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed in accordance with NFPA13 and the requirements of all applicable authorities having jurisdiction. Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this Bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. The Models W2 and W4 wrenches have two sets of jaws. Use the smallest set of jaws that fit on the wrench flats of the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N.m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or protective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2)Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2) Bronze Brass Chrome Electroless Nickel PTFE(3)(4)Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Chrome White Paint Bright Brass(5)Satin Chrome Satin Chrome White Polyester(3)White Polyester Satin Chrome Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Paint Custom Color Polyester(3) Notes: 1. Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 2. Model FP escutcheons and Model CCP sprinklers utilize a galvanized steel cup with a finished trim ring or cover plate. 3. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 5. For 200°F (93°C) maximum temperature rated sprinklers only. Finishes(1)Table B Maintenance Reliable Model F1FR series sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming without touching the sprinkler. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied). A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent operation or non-operation during a fire event. Wrenches Model W2 (upright, pendent) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed, similar but with zinc finish)Model W4 (recessed, concealed pendent) Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 8 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 6 2 3 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 9 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Guarantee For the guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www. reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering: Model • F1FR56 Deflector/Orientation • Upright • Intermediate Upright • Pendent • CCP Concealed Pendent • Horizontal Sidewall • Vertical Sidewall Temperature Rating • See sprinkler technical specifications Sprinkler Finish • See Table B Recessed Escutcheon(1)(2) • F1 • F2 • FP Escutcheon Finish • See Table B CCP Cover Plate Temperature Rating • 135°F (57°C) [For use with 135°F (57°C) and 155°F (68°C) sprinklers.] • 165°F (74°C) [For use with 175°F (79°C) and 200°F (93°C) sprinklers.] CCP Cover Plate Finish • See Table B Sprinkler Wrench • Model W2 • Model W4 (recessed, concealed) • Model J (New frame with guard installed) • Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) sprinklers are not listed to be used recessed or concealed. 2. For FM, recessed sprinklers must use the Model F2 escutcheon. Model F1FR56 UprightModel F1FR56 Pendent Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Model F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall Note: Not all versions of the product are shown. F1FR Series Sprinklers Summary Sprinkler Model K-Factor gpm/psi1/2 (lpm/bar1/2)Orientation Listings & Approvals Max. Working Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) F1FR56 5.6 (80) Upright Intermediate Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1425 Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1414 Concealed Pendent cULus, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1414 Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1435 Vertical Sidewall cULus, FM, LPCB 175 (12)RA1485 Table A Note: This bulletin may contain information on New and Legacy sprinklers that reflects a dimensional change only. Sprinkler Iden- tification Number (SIN), application, performance, and listings/ approval are not otherwise affected. Sprinklers with New frames will include the suffix “N” in the order. Features • Standard coverage quick-response sprinklers • Upright, pendent, horizontal sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors • Low profile, compact design • Available in a wide variety of finishes Product Description Reliable Model F1FR56 series sprinklers are quick-response standard spray automatic fire sprinklers utilizing a sensitive 3.0 mm glass bulb thermal element. Pendent and horizontal sidewall sprinklers may be installed exposed or surface mounted using escutcheons such as the Reliable Models B, C, or HB (reference Technical Bulletin 204). When installed recessed or concealed, the Model F1FR56 series sprinklers are specifically listed with and may only be installed with listed Reliable escutcheons and cover plates. Refer to the technical information on the following pages for specific listings for recessed and concealed installations and refer to Figures 5 and 6 for dimensional information. When fitted with an approved water shield, these sprinklers may considered intermediate sprinklers for use in racks, below grated walkways, and other areas where intermediate level sprinklers are required. Table A provides a summary of the approvals and availability of specific Model F1FR series sprinkler configurations. Additional technical information for each sprinkler model is provided on the following pages. www.reliablesprinkler.com K-factor 5.6 (80) F1FR56 Series Quick Response Sprinklers Bulletin 074 October 2022 Model F1FR56 Upright Sprinkler SIN RA1425 Technical Specifications Style: Upright, Intermediate Upright Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) Factory Water Shield (cULus, FM) F-1 Guard (cULus, FM) F-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) Guards and Shields (Legacy Frames) Factory Water Shield C-1 Guard (FM) C-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) D-1 Guard (cULus) D-3 Guard with Shield (cULus) Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM Model F1FR56 Upright Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 1 Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Threads 1 3/8" [33mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] Cap/Seal Assembly Load Screw 2 1/4" [58mm] F1FR_HALF_UPR_INT Shown with Optional Factory Installed Water Shield ( Intermediate Upright) Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 2 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler SIN RA1414 Technical Specifications Style: Pendent Recessed Pendent Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings(1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons Model F1 (cULus, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Model F2 (cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Model FP (cULus, VdS, CE, WM) Cover Plate Model CCP (cULus, VdS(2), CE(2)) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-1 Guard (FM) F-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) F-8 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus) S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames)(3) C-1 Guard (FM) C-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) D-1 Guard (cULus, FM) D-4 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) D-5 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus, FM) S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (pendent) Model W4 (recessed or concealed) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals(4) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed or concealed use. 2. VdS and CE approval for CCP concealed use is for 155°C (68°C) sprinkler ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed or concealed pendent installations. 4. When used surface mounted or exposed. See Recessed Escutcheon and Cover Plate section for specific approvals when installed recessed or concealed. Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 2 F1FR_HALF_PEND_INT Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Threads 3 1/4" [83mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1" [25mm]Load Screw Cap/Seal Assembly Shown with Optional S-1 Water Shield (Ordered Separately) Note: Please refer to Figure 8 for recessed and concealed installation. Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 3 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler SIN RA1435 Technical Specifications Style: Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons(2) Model F1 (cULus) Model F2 (cULus, FM) Model FP (cULus) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-4 Guard (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames)(3) C1 Guard (FM) D1 Guard (cULus) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (non-recessed) Model W4 (recessed) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed(4) FM Approved(5) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed use. 2. FM approved recessed installation when used with Model F2 escutcheon ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed horizontal sidewall installations. 4. cULus Listed for Light and Ordinary Hazard when installed exposed or surface mounted. Listed for Light Hazard ONLY when installed recessed. 5. FM Approved for Light Hazard ONLY. Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 3 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 4 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com F1FR_HALF_HSW 2 3/4" [70mm] 1 1/8" [28mm] Threads Cap/Seal Assembly Load ScrewDeflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Frame Note: Please refer to Figure 9 for recessed installation. Model F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler SIN RA1485 Technical Specifications Style: Upright Vertical Sidewall Pendent Vertical Sidewall Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) F-2 Guard (FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames) C1 Guard (FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals(1) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB(2) Notes: 1. Listed and approved for Light Hazard ONLY. 2. LPCB approved for use in pendent position ONLY. Model F1FR56 Vertical Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 4 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 5 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com F1FR_HALF_VSW 2 1/4" [57mm] 1 1/2" [38mm] Threads Cap/Seal Assembly Load ScrewDeflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Frame Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. 1-3/4" (44 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1" (25 mm) Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/8" (29 mm) at Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at Min. Recess Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment 1" (25 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1/2" (12 mm) 3-3/16" (78 mm) Dia. Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. 1-3/4" (44 mm) Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1-1/4" (32 mm) Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 7/8" (22 mm) at Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at Min. Recess 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Model F1FR56 CCP Conical Concealed Sprinkler 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment (Nominal Cover Plate Projection is 1" (25 mm)) 1" (25 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1/2" (12 mm) 3-5/16" (84 mm) Dia. Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling F1_REC_PEND_CCP Reducing Fitting Note: Model CCP concealed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model CCP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Recessed and Concealed Installation: Pendent Sprinklers Figure 5 FP EscutcheonF1 Escutcheon (F2 Similar) CCP Cover Plate Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 6 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole 1-15/16" (49 mm) DIA. 2-7/8" (73 mm) Dia. 2-7/8" (73 mm) Dia. 2-1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess 1-5/8" (42 mm) Maximum Recess 2 1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess 1-3/8" (35 mm) Maximum Recess 2-5/8" (67 mm) Dia Hole. 2-5/16" (58 mm) Dia. 3-1/4" (83 mm) Dia. 1-1/4" (32 mm) +/-1/4" (6 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 1-3/8" (35 mm) Minimum Recess 7/8" (22 mm) Maximum Recess 3/8" (16 mm) +/-1/4" (6 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 1/2" (12 mm) +/- 3/8" (10 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling F1FR_REC_HSW Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting 9/16" [14mm] Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment F2 Recessed escutcheon 1/2" (13 mm) Adjustment F1 Recessed escutcheon 3/4" (19 mm) Adjustment 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 9/16" [14mm] 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 9/16" [14mm] Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space behind the sprinkler is positive with respect to the space in the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Recessed Installation: Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Figure 6 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 7 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed in accordance with NFPA13 and the requirements of all applicable authorities having jurisdiction. Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this Bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. The Models W2 and W4 wrenches have two sets of jaws. Use the smallest set of jaws that fit on the wrench flats of the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N.m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or protective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2)Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2) Bronze Brass Chrome Electroless Nickel PTFE(3)(4)Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Chrome White Paint Bright Brass(5)Satin Chrome Satin Chrome White Polyester(3)White Polyester Satin Chrome Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Paint Custom Color Polyester(3) Notes: 1. Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 2. Model FP escutcheons and Model CCP sprinklers utilize a galvanized steel cup with a finished trim ring or cover plate. 3. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 5. For 200°F (93°C) maximum temperature rated sprinklers only. Finishes(1)Table B Maintenance Reliable Model F1FR series sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming without touching the sprinkler. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied). A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent operation or non-operation during a fire event. Wrenches Model W2 (upright, pendent) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed, similar but with zinc finish)Model W4 (recessed, concealed pendent) Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 8 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 6 2 3 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 9 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Guarantee For the guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www. reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering: Model • F1FR56 Deflector/Orientation • Upright • Intermediate Upright • Pendent • CCP Concealed Pendent • Horizontal Sidewall • Vertical Sidewall Temperature Rating • See sprinkler technical specifications Sprinkler Finish • See Table B Recessed Escutcheon(1)(2) • F1 • F2 • FP Escutcheon Finish • See Table B CCP Cover Plate Temperature Rating • 135°F (57°C) [For use with 135°F (57°C) and 155°F (68°C) sprinklers.] • 165°F (74°C) [For use with 175°F (79°C) and 200°F (93°C) sprinklers.] CCP Cover Plate Finish • See Table B Sprinkler Wrench • Model W2 • Model W4 (recessed, concealed) • Model J (New frame with guard installed) • Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) sprinklers are not listed to be used recessed or concealed. 2. For FM, recessed sprinklers must use the Model F2 escutcheon. Model F1FR56 UprightModel F1FR56 Pendent Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Model F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall Note: Not all versions of the product are shown. F1FR Series Sprinklers Summary Sprinkler Model K-Factor gpm/psi1/2 (lpm/bar1/2)Orientation Listings & Approvals Max. Working Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) F1FR56 5.6 (80) Upright Intermediate Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1425 Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1414 Concealed Pendent cULus, VdS, EC, WM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1414 Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM 175 (12) 250 (17) (cULus only)RA1435 Vertical Sidewall cULus, FM, LPCB 175 (12)RA1485 Table A Note: This bulletin may contain information on New and Legacy sprinklers that reflects a dimensional change only. Sprinkler Iden- tification Number (SIN), application, performance, and listings/ approval are not otherwise affected. Sprinklers with New frames will include the suffix “N” in the order. Features • Standard coverage quick-response sprinklers • Upright, pendent, horizontal sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors • Low profile, compact design • Available in a wide variety of finishes Product Description Reliable Model F1FR56 series sprinklers are quick-response standard spray automatic fire sprinklers utilizing a sensitive 3.0 mm glass bulb thermal element. Pendent and horizontal sidewall sprinklers may be installed exposed or surface mounted using escutcheons such as the Reliable Models B, C, or HB (reference Technical Bulletin 204). When installed recessed or concealed, the Model F1FR56 series sprinklers are specifically listed with and may only be installed with listed Reliable escutcheons and cover plates. Refer to the technical information on the following pages for specific listings for recessed and concealed installations and refer to Figures 5 and 6 for dimensional information. When fitted with an approved water shield, these sprinklers may considered intermediate sprinklers for use in racks, below grated walkways, and other areas where intermediate level sprinklers are required. Table A provides a summary of the approvals and availability of specific Model F1FR series sprinkler configurations. Additional technical information for each sprinkler model is provided on the following pages. www.reliablesprinkler.com K-factor 5.6 (80) F1FR56 Series Quick Response Sprinklers Bulletin 074 October 2022 Model F1FR56 Upright Sprinkler SIN RA1425 Technical Specifications Style: Upright, Intermediate Upright Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) Factory Water Shield (cULus, FM) F-1 Guard (cULus, FM) F-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) Guards and Shields (Legacy Frames) Factory Water Shield C-1 Guard (FM) C-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) D-1 Guard (cULus) D-3 Guard with Shield (cULus) Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM Model F1FR56 Upright Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 1 Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Threads 1 3/8" [33mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] Cap/Seal Assembly Load Screw 2 1/4" [58mm] F1FR_HALF_UPR_INT Shown with Optional Factory Installed Water Shield ( Intermediate Upright) Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 2 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler SIN RA1414 Technical Specifications Style: Pendent Recessed Pendent Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings(1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons Model F1 (cULus, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Model F2 (cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Model FP (cULus, VdS, CE, WM) Cover Plate Model CCP (cULus, VdS(2), CE(2)) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-1 Guard (FM) F-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) F-8 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus) S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames)(3) C-1 Guard (FM) C-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) D-1 Guard (cULus, FM) D-4 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) D-5 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus, FM) S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (pendent) Model W4 (recessed or concealed) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals(4) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed or concealed use. 2. VdS and CE approval for CCP concealed use is for 155°C (68°C) sprinkler ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed or concealed pendent installations. 4. When used surface mounted or exposed. See Recessed Escutcheon and Cover Plate section for specific approvals when installed recessed or concealed. Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 2 F1FR_HALF_PEND_INT Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Threads 3 1/4" [83mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1" [25mm]Load Screw Cap/Seal Assembly Shown with Optional S-1 Water Shield (Ordered Separately) Note: Please refer to Figure 8 for recessed and concealed installation. Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 3 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler SIN RA1435 Technical Specifications Style: Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons(2) Model F1 (cULus) Model F2 (cULus, FM) Model FP (cULus) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-4 Guard (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames)(3) C1 Guard (FM) D1 Guard (cULus) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (non-recessed) Model W4 (recessed) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed(4) FM Approved(5) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed use. 2. FM approved recessed installation when used with Model F2 escutcheon ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed horizontal sidewall installations. 4. cULus Listed for Light and Ordinary Hazard when installed exposed or surface mounted. Listed for Light Hazard ONLY when installed recessed. 5. FM Approved for Light Hazard ONLY. Model F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 3 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 4 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com F1FR_HALF_HSW 2 3/4" [70mm] 1 1/8" [28mm] Threads Cap/Seal Assembly Load ScrewDeflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Frame Note: Please refer to Figure 9 for recessed installation. Model F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler SIN RA1485 Technical Specifications Style: Upright Vertical Sidewall Pendent Vertical Sidewall Threads: 1/2” NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) F-2 Guard (FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames) C1 Guard (FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals(1) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB(2) Notes: 1. Listed and approved for Light Hazard ONLY. 2. LPCB approved for use in pendent position ONLY. Model F1FR56 Vertical Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 4 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 5 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com F1FR_HALF_VSW 2 1/4" [57mm] 1 1/2" [38mm] Threads Cap/Seal Assembly Load ScrewDeflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Frame Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. 1-3/4" (44 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1" (25 mm) Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/8" (29 mm) at Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at Min. Recess Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment 1" (25 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1/2" (12 mm) 3-3/16" (78 mm) Dia. Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. 1-3/4" (44 mm) Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1-1/4" (32 mm) Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 7/8" (22 mm) at Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at Min. Recess 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling Models F1 & F1FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Model F1FR56 CCP Conical Concealed Sprinkler 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment (Nominal Cover Plate Projection is 1" (25 mm)) 1" (25 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Minimum Recess Maximum Recess 1/2" (12 mm) 3-5/16" (84 mm) Dia. Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling F1_REC_PEND_CCP Reducing Fitting Note: Model CCP concealed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model CCP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Recessed and Concealed Installation: Pendent Sprinklers Figure 5 FP EscutcheonF1 Escutcheon (F2 Similar) CCP Cover Plate Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 6 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. Hole 1-15/16" (49 mm) DIA. 2-7/8" (73 mm) Dia. 2-7/8" (73 mm) Dia. 2-1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess 1-5/8" (42 mm) Maximum Recess 2 1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess 1-3/8" (35 mm) Maximum Recess 2-5/8" (67 mm) Dia Hole. 2-5/16" (58 mm) Dia. 3-1/4" (83 mm) Dia. 1-1/4" (32 mm) +/-1/4" (6 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 1-3/8" (35 mm) Minimum Recess 7/8" (22 mm) Maximum Recess 3/8" (16 mm) +/-1/4" (6 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 1/2" (12 mm) +/- 3/8" (10 mm) Face of fitting to face of wall 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling F1FR_REC_HSW Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting Reducing Fitting 9/16" [14mm] Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Model F1FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment F2 Recessed escutcheon 1/2" (13 mm) Adjustment F1 Recessed escutcheon 3/4" (19 mm) Adjustment 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 9/16" [14mm] 4" - 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 9/16" [14mm] Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space behind the sprinkler is positive with respect to the space in the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Vented Cup Recessed Installation: Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Figure 6 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 7 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed in accordance with NFPA13 and the requirements of all applicable authorities having jurisdiction. Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this Bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. The Models W2 and W4 wrenches have two sets of jaws. Use the smallest set of jaws that fit on the wrench flats of the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N.m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or protective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2)Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2) Bronze Brass Chrome Electroless Nickel PTFE(3)(4)Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Chrome White Paint Bright Brass(5)Satin Chrome Satin Chrome White Polyester(3)White Polyester Satin Chrome Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Paint Custom Color Polyester(3) Notes: 1. Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 2. Model FP escutcheons and Model CCP sprinklers utilize a galvanized steel cup with a finished trim ring or cover plate. 3. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 5. For 200°F (93°C) maximum temperature rated sprinklers only. Finishes(1)Table B Maintenance Reliable Model F1FR series sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming without touching the sprinkler. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied). A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent operation or non-operation during a fire event. Wrenches Model W2 (upright, pendent) Model J (New frame with guard installed) Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed, similar but with zinc finish)Model W4 (recessed, concealed pendent) Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 8 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com P/ N 9 9 9 9 9 7 0 6 2 3 Bulletin 074 October 2022 Page 9 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Guarantee For the guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www. reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering: Model • F1FR56 Deflector/Orientation • Upright • Intermediate Upright • Pendent • CCP Concealed Pendent • Horizontal Sidewall • Vertical Sidewall Temperature Rating • See sprinkler technical specifications Sprinkler Finish • See Table B Recessed Escutcheon(1)(2) • F1 • F2 • FP Escutcheon Finish • See Table B CCP Cover Plate Temperature Rating • 135°F (57°C) [For use with 135°F (57°C) and 155°F (68°C) sprinklers.] • 165°F (74°C) [For use with 175°F (79°C) and 200°F (93°C) sprinklers.] CCP Cover Plate Finish • See Table B Sprinkler Wrench • Model W2 • Model W4 (recessed, concealed) • Model J (New frame with guard installed) • Model JD (Legacy frame with guard installed) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) sprinklers are not listed to be used recessed or concealed. 2. For FM, recessed sprinklers must use the Model F2 escutcheon. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Model F3QR56 Dry K5.6 (80 metric) Quick-Response, Standard Spray Sprinklers Bu l l e t i n 1 5 7 N o v e m b e r 2 0 2 2 Bulletin 157 November 2022 Features 1. Available in the following configurations: • Pendent with standard escutcheon • Pendent with Model HB extended escutcheon • Pendent with Model FP recessed escutcheon • Pendent with Model F1 recessed escutcheon • Concealed Pendent with Model CCP cover plate • Horizontal Sidewall with Standard escutcheon • Horizontal Sidewall with Model HB extended escutch- eon • Horizontal Sidewall with Model FP recessed escutch- eon (FM Standard Response) • Horizontal Sidewall with Model F1 recessed escutch- eon (FM Standard Response) • Upright 2. Available with 1” NPT, ISO7-1R1, 3/4” NPT, or ISO7- 1R3/4 inlet fitting. 3. 3/4” NPT inlet fittings permit replacement of older 3/4” inlet dry sprinklers without changing to a larger sprinkler fitting. 4. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and cover plates are available in a wide variety of standard and special application fin- ishes. 5. White polyester, black polyester, and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) finish sprinklers are cULus Listed as Corro- sion Resistant. 6. Available with cULus Listed 250 psi (17.2 bar) pressure rating for Dry Pendent and select HSW configurations. FM Approved for 175 psi (12 bar). Product Description Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers are quick-response, standard coverage sprinklers with a nominal K-Factor of 5.6 (80 metric). Available in Dry Pendent, Dry Horizontal Sidewall, and Dry Up- right configurations, Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers all use a 3 mm glass bulb operating element. See the Temperature Rat- ings table in this Bulletin for available temperature ratings. Mod- el F3QR56 Dry sprinklers are intended for installation on wet- pipe, dry-pipe, or preaction sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13, FM Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets, and other applicable installation standards. Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent and Sidewall sprinklers are avail- able with a variety of escutcheon options as illustrated in Figs. 1 through 3 and Figs. 5 through 9. In addition, Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent sprinklers are also available with the Model CCP conical concealed cover plate as illustrated in Fig. 4. Available sprinkler, escutcheon, and cover plate finishes are identified in the Finishes table in this Bulletin. The Model F1 escutcheon, Model FP escutcheon, and Model CCP cover plate are the only recessed escutcheons and cover plate listed for use with Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers; the use of any other recessed escutch- eon or cover plate with Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers will void all guarantees, warranties, listings and approvals. Concealed (See Fig. 4) Recessed FP Pendent (See Fig. 3) Recessed F1 Horizontal Sidewall (See Fig. 9) Horizontal Sidewall (See Fig. 6) Pendent (See Fig. 1) Recessed F1 Pendent (See Fig. 5) Recessed FP Horizontal Sidewall (See Fig. 8) Pendent / HB (See Fig. 2) Horizontal Sidewall / HB (See Fig. 7) Upright (See Fig. 10) Inlet fittings are available with 1” NPT, ISO 7-1R1, 3/4” NPT, or ISO7-1R3/4 threads. Sprinklers with 3/4” NPT and ISO7-1R3/4 inlet fittings are intended primarily for replacement of existing 3/4” or ISO7-1R3/4 inlet dry sprinklers, but may also be used in new installations. 2. See the Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals table in this Bulletin for further information on Model F3QR56 Dry sprinklers. Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals Sprinkler Model Escutcheon or Cover Plate Available Length (See Figs. 1-9) Listings and Approvals(1) Inlet Threads Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) F3QR56 Dry Pendent Standard Escutcheon 2” to 36” (50 to 900 mm) cULus, NYC 3/4” NPT or ISO7-1R3/4 R5714 HB Extended Escutcheon 3-1/2” to 36” (90 to 900 mm) F1 Recessed Escutcheon FP Recessed Escutcheon CCP Cover Plate Standard Escutcheon 2” to 48” (50 to 1200 mm) cULus, FM, NYC 1” NPT or ISO7-1R1 HB Extended Escutcheon 3-1/2” to 48” (90 to 1200 mm) F1 Recessed Escutcheon FP Recessed Escutcheon CCP Cover Plate F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Standard Escutcheon 2” to 48” (50 to 1200 mm) cULus(2), NYC(2)3/4” NPT or ISO7-1R3/4 R5734 HB Extended Escutcheon 3-1/2” to 48” (90 to 1200 mm) F1 Recessed Escutcheon FP Recessed Escutcheon Standard Escutcheon 2” to 48” (50 to 1200 mm)cULus(2), FM(3), NYC(2) 1” NPT or ISO7-1R1 HB Extended Escutcheon 3-1/2” to 48” (90 to 1200 mm) F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3-1/2” to 48” (90 to 1200 mm) cULus(2), FM(3)(4), NYC(2)FP Recessed Escutcheon F3QR56 Dry Upright N/A 5” to 48” (127 to 1200 mm)cULus(2)1” NPT or ISO7-1R1 R5724 (1) For available temperature ratings and finishes see the Temperature Ratings and Finishes tables, respectively, in this Bulletin. (2) cULus Listing and NYC for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard only. (3) FM Approved for Light Hazard only. (4) Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall with Model F1 or Model FP recessed escutcheon are FM Approved as Standard Response. Listing and Approval Agencies See the Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals table in this Bulletin for listings and approvals applicable to each available configuration. 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL Certified for Canada (cULus) 2. Certified by FM Approvals (FM) 3. Permitted in New York City based on UL Listing per Local Law 33/2007 (NYC) Technical Data Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 gpm/psi1/2 (80 L/min/bar1/2) Sprinkler Listing or Approval Deflector to Ceiling Distance Maximum Working Pressure F3QR56 Dry Pendent cULus, NYC See note below 250 psi (17.2 bar) FM See note below 175 psi (12 bar) F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall cULus, NYC 4” to 6 “250 psi (17.2 bar) 4” to 12”175 psi (12 bar) FM See note below 175 psi (12 bar) F3QR56 Dry Upright cULus See note below 175 psi (12 bar) Note: Deflector distance to be in accordance with applicable NFPA, FM, or other agency requirements. Information is provided only when additional clarification is necessary. Temperature Classification Glass Bulb Color Sprinkler Temperature Rating Cover Plate Temperature Rating Maximum Ceiling Temperature Listings and Approvals(1) Ordinary Orange 135°F (57°C)135°F (57°C)100°F (38°C)cULus, FM, NYCRed155°F (68°C) Intermediate Yellow 175°F (79°C)165°F (74°C)150°F (66°C)cULus, NYC Intermediate Green 200°F (93°C)165°F (74°C)150°F (66°C)cULus, FM, NYC High Blue 286°F (141°C)None 225°F (107°C)cULus, FM(2), NYC 165°F (74°C)150°F (66°C)cULus, NYC (1) For listed and approved sprinkler, escutcheon, and inlet configurations see the Available Configurations, Listings, and Approvals table in this Bulletin. (2) High temperature classification is FM Approved with Standard and Model HB escutcheons only. 3. Finish Notes 1. Finishes vary with type of trim selected. See table provided with each sprinkler detail for finish combinations. 2. Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 3. Other finishes and colors may be available on special order. Consult your Reliable sales representative for details. 4. For Standard, Model HB, and Model F1 trims, both components of escutcheon are finished. 5. For Model FP and CCP trims, only the trim ring and cover plate are finished. The threaded sprinkler cup is unfinished. 4. COMDRYDET1-A System Fitting Inlet Fitting 1-5/8" [41mm] 3" [76mm] DIA. 2-1/8" [54mm] Dia. Hole in Ceiling 1/2" [12mm] Nominal Protrusion "A" Dimension Sprinkler Can Escutcheon Ceiling 1" [25mm] Escutcheon Adjustment 1/2" [12mm] Escutcheon Adjustment Nominal Escutcheon Position 1/2" [12mm] Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1/2” (12mm) when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -1/2” (12mm) to +1” (25mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 1 Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Standard Escutcheon (SIN R5714) “A” Dim.2” to 48” (51mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 2” to 36” (51mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Sprinkler Guard: Model C2 Finish Combinations: Standard Escutcheon Sprinkler Escutcheon(2)(3) Bronze Polished Stainless Bronze Laquered Brass Chrome Polished Stainless White Polyester(1)White Polyester Black Polyester(1)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(1)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(4)Polished Stainless Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is 316 stainless steel unless noted. 4. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model HB Extended Escutcheon (SIN R5714) “A” Dim.3½” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -½” (-12.7mm) to +½” (+12.7mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 2 5. Sprinkler Guard: Model C2 Finish Combinations: HB Escutcheon Sprinkler Escutcheon(2)(3) Bronze Chrome Chrome Chrome White Polyester(1)White Polyester Black Polyester(1)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(1)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(1)(4)Stainless Steel Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. 4. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. Note: Do not install the Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent sprinkler with the Model FP escutcheon in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. Fig. 3 6. Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5714) “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Finish Combinations: FP Recessed Escutcheon Sprinkler(1)Escutcheon(3)(4) Bronze Chrome Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome White Polyester(2)White Polyester Black Polyester(2)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(2)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(2)(5)Stainless Steel Notes: 1. Cup for FP Recessed is unfinished galvanized steel except electroless nickel PTFE sprinkler uses a stainless steel cup. 2. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 3. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 4. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. 5. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model CCP Cover Plate (SIN R5714) “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Note: Do not install the Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent sprinkler with the Model CCP cover plate in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. Fig. 4 7. Finish Combinations: CCP Conical Cover Plate Sprinkler Cover Plate(2) Bronze White Polyester Chrome Bright Chrome Dull Bright Brass Unfinished Bronze Custom Color Notes: 1. Cup for CCP Concealed in unfinished galvanized steel. 2. Cover plates do not carry corrosion resistant listings. Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5714) “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections. Fig. 5 8. Finish Combinations: F1 Recessed Escutcheon Sprinkler Escutcheon(2)(3) Bronze Chrome Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome White Polyester(1)White Polyester Black Polyester(1)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(1)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(1)(4)Stainless Steel Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. 4. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1/2” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -1/2” (-12mm) to +1” (25mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. System Fitting 3" [76mm] Wa l l 1" [25mm] Escutcheon Adjustment 2-3/32" [53mm] Ceiling 1/2" [12mm] Escutcheon Adjustment 2-1/8" [54mm] Dia. Hole in Wall 4" [100mm] Min. 12" [300mm] Max. COMDRYDET6-A Inlet Fitting "A" Dimension 5/8" [16mm] Nominal Escutcheon Position Sprinkler Can 1/2" [12mm] 1/2" [12mm] Nominal Protrusion Escutcheon Fig. 6 9. Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Standard Escutcheon (SIN R5734) “A” Dim.2” to 48” (51mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 2” to 36” (51mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Finish Combinations: Standard Escutcheon Sprinkler Escutcheon(2)(3) Bronze Polished Stainless Bronze Laquered Brass Chrome Polished Stainless White Polyester(1)White Polyester Black Polyester(1)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(1)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(1)(4)Polished Stainless Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is 316 stainless steel unless noted. 4. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. 10. Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model HB Escutcheon (SIN R5734) “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -½” (-12.7mm) to +½” (+12.7mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 7 Finish Combinations: HB Escutcheon Sprinkler Escutcheon(2)(3) Bronze Chrome Chrome Chrome White Polyester(1)White Polyester Black Polyester(1)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(1)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(1)(4)Stainless Steel Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. 4. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. 11. Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5734) “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Note: Do not install the Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler with the Model FP escutcheon in walls which are positively pres- surized with respect to the protected space. Fig. 8 Finish Combinations: FP Recessed Escutcheon Sprinkler(1)Escutcheon(3)(4) Bronze Chrome Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome White Polyester(2)White Polyester Black Polyester(2)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(2)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(2)(5)Stainless Steel Notes: 1. Cup for FP Recessed is unfinished galvanized steel except electroless nickel PTFE sprinkler uses a stainless steel cup. 2. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 3. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 4. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. 5. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. 12. Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon (SIN R5734) “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 1” connections or 3½” to 36” (89mm to 914mm) in 1/4” (6mm) increments for 3/4” connections Fig. 9 Finish Combinations: F1 Recessed Escutcheon Sprinkler Escutcheon(2)(3) Bronze Chrome Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome White Polyester(1)White Polyester Black Polyester(1)Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester(1)Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(1)(4)Stainless Steel Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. 4. FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant. 13. Model F3QR56 Dry Upright (SIN 5724) Order Dimensions 5” to 48” (127 mm to 1219 mm) Fig. 10 Finish Combinations: Upright Sprinkler Escutcheon Bronze NA Electroless Nickel PTFE(1)NA Notes: 1. UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant. 2. Escutcheons do not carry corrosion resistant listings. 3. Base material is cold rolled steel unless noted. Fig. 11 14. Fig. 12 15. Fig. 15 17. Installation Instructions When used on wet pipe systems, Reliable Model F3QR56 dry sprinklers may be installed in ductile or malleable cast iron threaded tees, or CPVC tees and adapters upon verification that the sprinkler inlet fitting does not interfere with the interior of the fitting (see Figure 12). When used on dry pipe systems, Reliable Model F3QR56 dry pendent sprinklers MUST ONLY BE installed in the outlets of ductile or malleable cast iron threaded tees on horizontal pipe such that the inlet of the sprinkler protrudes above the bottom level of the pipe. When used on dry pipe systems, Reliable Model F3QR56 dry sidewall and dry upright sprinklers may be installed in duc- tile or malleable cast iron threaded tees, or CPVC tees and adapters upon verification that the sprinkler inlet fitting does not interfere with the interior of the fitting (see Figure 12). DO NOT install Reliable dry sprinklers into elbows or cou- plings, welded outlets, mechanical tees, or gasket sealed CPVC fittings. Dry sprinklers connected to wet pipe systems must be in- stalled as indicated in Figure 11 and as required by NFPA 13 with the Exposed Minimum Barrel Length located in a heated area. An orange protective clip is factory installed on the sprinkler to protect the glass bulb thermal element from damage. The clip should remain in place during installation of the sprinkler and be removed when the sprinkler system is placed in service. Sprinklers with 3/4” NPT and ISO7-1R3/4 inlets are supplied with a protective cap on the inlet that must be removed before installation. Use the following steps for installation: 1. Cut a hole in the wall or ceiling directly in-line with the outlet of the fitting. See the Installation Data table for the recommended hole diameter based on the escutcheon or cover plate option selected. 2. Apply pipe joint compound or PTFE tape to the male threads of the sprinkler’s inlet fitting. 3. Install the sprinkler in the fitting using the installation wrench specified in the Installation Data table. The Mod- el F3R wrench is designed to be inserted into the groves in the sprinkler’s wrench boss as shown in Fig. 13. The Model XLO2 wrench is designed to fit into the cup and engage the wrench boss as shown in Fig. 14. Do NOT wrench any part of the sprinkler assembly other than the wrench boss. When inserting or removing the wrench from the sprinkler, care should be taken to prevent dam- age to the sprinkler. The sprinkler is then tightened into the pipe fitting to achieve a leak free connection. The recommended minimum to maximum installation torque is 22 - 30 lb-ft (30 – 40 N-m) for 1” NPT and ISO7-1R1 sprinklers, and 14 - 20 lb-ft (19 – 27 N-m) for 3/4” NPT and ISO7-1R3/4 sprinklers. 3a. Alternatively, where access to the outer tube of the sprinkler is available, the Model F3QR56 Dry sprin- kler may be installed using a pipe wrench. The pipe wrench shall only be permitted to interface with the galvanized steel outer tube portion of the sprinkler (Item #8 in Fig. 15). Do NOT wrench any other por- tion of the sprinkler assembly. A pipe wrench can in- stall the sprinkler into the fitting with a large amount of torque; consideration should be given to the need for future removal of the sprinkler because the instal- lation torque will have to be matched or exceeded to remove the sprinkler. The recommended minimum to maximum installation torque is 22 - 30 lb-ft (30 – 40 N-m) for 1” NPT and ISO7-1R1 sprinklers, and 14 - 20 lb-ft (19 – 27 N-m) for 3/4” NPT and ISO7-1R3/4 sprinklers. 4. Standard and Model HB escutcheons can be installed by slipping the escutcheon over the can until the es - cutcheon is seated against the ceiling or wall. Model F1 escutcheons are installed by pressing the escutcheon onto the collar until the escutcheon is seated against the ceiling or wall. The Model FP escutcheon is installed by pressing or threading the escutcheon into the cup by hand; the escutcheon can be tightened against the ceiling or wall by turning the escutcheon in a clockwise direction and removed by turning the escutcheon in a counter-clockwise direction. To install the Model CCP cover plate, first remove the protective clip. Install the Model CCP cover plate on the sprinkler by pressing or threading the cover plate into the cup by hand; the cov- er plate can be tightened against the ceiling by turning the cover plate in a clockwise direction and removed by turning the cover plate in a counter-clockwise direction. 5. Remove the orange protective clip when placing the sprinkler system in service. 18. 4. Inlet Fitting: [Long – Standard Inlet Fitting][Short “PL” – Wet Pipe Systems only] 5. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: See Temperature Ratings Table 6. Sprinkler Finish: See Finish Combinations Table 7. Escutcheon/Cover Plate Finish: See Finish Combinations Table 8. Length: *For dry pendents and dry sidewalls: “A” Dimension is from face of tee to face of finished ceiling or wall in 1/4” (6mm) increments. See Fig. 1 through Fig. 9. *For dry uprights: Order dimension is from face of tee to top of deflector in 1/4” (6mm) increments. See Fig. 10. Notes: 1. For Dry Upright, customer is responsible for determining the correct deflector distance from structure above. 2. Length is based on normally gauged pipe thread “make-up” of .600” (15mm) per ANSI B2.1 (approximately 7-1/2 threads). Installation Wrench Model F3R Sprinkler Wrench (Standard and HB escutcheons) Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench (FP Recessed and CCP Concealed) Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by Recycled Paper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 11/22 P/N 9999970175 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years. Installation Data Sprinkler Model Escutcheon or Cover Plate Suggested Hole Diameter in Wall or Ceiling Installation Wrench Required Centerline of Sprinkler Tube/Inlet to Finished Ceiling Vertical Dimension* F3QR56 Dry Pendent Standard Escutcheon 2-1/8” (54 mm)F3R Not Applicable HB Extended Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)F3R F1 Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/4” (57 mm)XLO2 FP Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)XLO2 CCP Cover Plate XLO2 F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall Standard Escutcheon 2-1/8” (54 mm)F3R 4-5/8” to 12-5/8” (118 mm to 321 mm)HB Extended Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)F3R F1 Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/4” (57 mm)XLO2 cULus, NYC 4-5/8” to 6-5/8” (118 mm to 168 mm)FP Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)XLO2 F1 Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/4” (57 mm)XLO2 FM 4-5/8” to 12-5/8” (118 mm to 321 mm)FP Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/2” (64 mm)XLO2 F3QR56 Dry Upright N/A 1-1/2” (38mm)F3R Not Applicable *Note: Based on 5/8” (16 mm) centerline of sprinkler tube/inlet to defector vertical distance. Maintenance The Model F3QR56 Dry Sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not remove the factory applied thermally sensitive wax fillet between the bulb supporting cup and the wrenching boss. Do not replace this wax with a substitute substance. An Alternate substance may interfere with proper operation of the sprinkler. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gently vacuuming. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non-operation. Ordering Information Specify: 1. Sprinkler: [Model F3QR56 Dry Pendent SIN R5714] [Model F3QR56 Dry Horizontal Sidewall SIN R5734] [Model F2QR Dry Upright SIN R5724] 2. Escutcheon/Cover Plate: [None][Standard escutcheon] [Model HB extended escutcheon][Model F1 recessed escutcheon][Model FP recessed escutcheon][Model CCP cover plate – pendent only] 3. Inlet Threads: [1” NPT][ISO7-1R1][3/4” NPT][ISO7- 1R3/4] Miscellaneous SECTION 7 •For all industrial applications. •Made from 100% virgin PTFE. •No pigments, no additives. •Exceeds MILSpec T-27730A. •Temperature range of -450F to +550F. •VOC’s (Volatile Organic Compounds): Minimal. 1.5% or less •May be used on all applicationsincluding water, oil, chemical, medical, and food processing where non-contamination standards are high. Meets MIL Spec T-27730A PTFE THREAD SEAL TAPE (INDUSTRIAL) 60-10-260 60-10-262 60-10-264 60-10-262 60-10-267 60-10-269 60-10-270 60-10-271 60-10-272 1/2” x 260” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1/2” x 520” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1/2” x 1296” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 3/4” x 260” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 3/4” x 520” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 3/4” x 1296” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1” x 260” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1” x 520” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1” x 1296” STANDARD 0.4 DENSITY INDUSTRIAL GRADE System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date ARGCO.com Updated 9/10/2018 © ARGCO FBC™ System Compatible indicates that this product has been tested, and is monitored on an ongoing basis, to assure its chemical compatibility with FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster® and Corzan® piping systems and products made with TempRite® Technology.” “The FBC System Compatible Logo, FBC™, FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster®, Corzan®, and TempRite® are trademarks of Lubrizol Advanced Materials, Inc. or its affiliates. VOC Content: Zero Grams per Liter Tuf-Glide is listed under the Uniform Plumbing Code (IAPMO), File No. 1282. Conforms to Federal Specification TT-S-1732 and the require- ments of British Standard 6920: Parts 1 & 2. TFW is recommended for Plumbing, HVAC, Industrial Piping, Chemical Processing Plants, Manufacturing Plants, Gas Utilities and Fire Sprinkler Piping. Meets U.S. Federal Specification TT-S-1732. Service Rating: -35° F (-37° C) to 500° F (260° C) Pressures: to 10,000 psi for liquids, 2,000 psi for gases Shelf Life: Indefinite V.O.C. Content: None Fluid Type: Synthetic Color/Appearance: White Grainy Paste Dropping Point: (ASTM D-566) Not Applicable Specific Gravity: 1.20 Density (lb/gal): 10.0 Oil Separation: <5.0 WT. % LOSS @ 212°F (100°C) Flash Point: (ASTM D-92) >350°F (177°C) Nonvolatile Content: 100% Viscosity, Brookfield (ASTM D-2196) #7 Spindle, 5 rpm @ 77°F (25°C) 160,000-260,000 cps Brushable To: 0°F (-18°C) Copper Strip Corrosion: 1A (ASTM D-4048) Tuf-Glide is recommended for threaded pipe carrying: Acids, Dilute Air Ammonia Aliphatic Solvents Brine CO2 Caustic, Dilute Cold Tar Naphtha Cutting Oils Fatty Acids Heating Oils Freon Helium Gases Hydraulic OIl Inert Gases Kerosene LP Gases Mineral Oils Natural Gas Nitrogen, Gaseous Petroleum Solvents Steam Vegetable Oils Water Tuf-Glide® is the #1 selling PTFE paste in the fire sprinkler industry. It has replaced it’s competitors as the pipefitters choice. APPLICATIONS: Tuf-Glide may be used on steel, aluminum, brass, copper, iron, reinforced fiberglass, CPVC, PVC and ABS threaded connections. Not for use with Stainless Steel Pipe. Tuf-Glide thread sealant is a non hardening, safe to use sealant containing PTFE for sealing and protecting threaded connections. Its low coefficient of friction allows tight makeup with low torque and breaks out easily without damaging threads. Tuf-Glide contains no lead or other harmful metals and is perfectly safe for use on potable water lines. Contains no silicone. NOT FOR USE ON OXYGEN LINES. System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date ARGCO.com Updated 1/3/2022 TUF-GLIDE Thread Sealant with PTFE ITEM # 1010005 1010006 1010007 1010008 1010009 1010010 1010011 DESCRIPTION 1/2 PINT with BRUSHTOP 1 PINT with BRUSHTOP 1 QUART FLAT TOP 1 QUART with BRUSHTOP 1 GALLON PAIL 5 GALLON PAIL 55 GALLON DRUM California Proposition 65 requirements are that any material produced after October 31st be labeled with the statement below. The only product considered hazardous in ARGCO TUF-GLIDE is Titanium dioxide which is still food grade allowable. Additionally titanium dioxide is only a respirable cancer substance when in a submicron size. Since it is encapsulated in a paste and greater than 1 micron particle size for the largest percentage it is debatable it even needs to be reported as there is no exposure mode. WARNING: This product can expose you to Titanium dioxide, which is known to the State of California to cause cancer. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. Below is the formula chemical list for ARGCO TUFGLIDE with CAS Numbers. INGREDIENT CAS # Polybutenes 9003-29-6 Calcium sulfonate 61789-86-4 Potassium aluminum silicate 12001-26-2 Kaolin Clay 1332-58-7 Polyethylene 9002-88-4 Talc 14807-96-6 PTFE 9002-84-0 Titanium dioxide (1.2%) 13463-67-7 Organophyllic clay 68953-58-2 System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date ARGCO.com Updated 7/29/2020 TUF-GLIDE Thread Sealant with PTFE Specifications Appearance: Clear amber liquid. Packaging: 1 gl. (6/case) 5 gl. Pail 55-gl drum 275-gl tote CAUTION: Skin contact: wash thoroughly with soap and water. Eye contact: flush eyes with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Ingestion: consult a physician immediately. Inhalation: move affected person(s) to fresh air and seek medical attention. See SDS for first aid instructions. Spill or Leak: Soak up with an oil absorbent compound. Follow all state, local, Federal regulations for disposal. Don’t pollute. Conserve our resources-Please recycle this container. See Safety Data Sheet for additional safety and disposal information at www.fppi.com This product is registered with CHEMTREC, a 24-hour emergency hotline. They may be reached at 1 800 424-9300. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1 760 599-1168 + 1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1 800 344-3775 © 2015 Fire Protection Products, Inc. FPPI®, ThreadFit® are registered trademarks of Fire Protection Products, Inc. Description ThreadFit® CLEAR Thread Cutting Oil for Sprinkler Pipe is an excellent heavy duty, light colored cutting oil for all types of ferrous metal. It’s special combination of anti-wear and anti-weld additives provides all the necessary lubricity and cooling modern pipe threading operations require. This balanced combination of additives will help improve die life and thread quality over other cutting oils and is Chlorine free. ThreadFit Clear’s low smoke/ low odor formulation makes it ideal for use in high speed threading applications. Features • Heavy Duty Cutting Oil • Excellent Tool Life • Chlorine Free • All types of ferrous metal or pipe • Improved Surface Finish • Low Odor • Low Smoke Installation ThreadFit® can be used in automatic and hand held applicators. Fill oil reservoir according to equipment manufacturers specifications. Mixing of different types of threading oils is not recommended. DO NOT ALTER THE CONSISTENCY OF THIS PRODUCT. Use as is directly from the container. Change oil regularly for optimum performance. Contains petroleum oil. Avoid breathing mists or vapors. Avoid eye contact and prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Wear safety glasses or goggles. Use good personal hygeine. Dispose of used oil in accordance with all local, State and Federal ordinances and regulations. Consult Material Safety Data Sheets for additional safety and handling information. DO NOT MIX WITH OTHER THREAD CUTTING OILS OR CONTAMINANTS. WWW.FPPI.COM ThreadFit® CLEAR Thread Cutting Oil Spears® Compatible indicates that ThreadFit® CLEAR Thread Cutting Oil has been tested by Spears® Manufacturing to be compatible with Flameguard® pipe and fittings. FBC™ System Compatible indicates that this product has been tested, and is monitored on an ongoing basis, to assure its chemical compatibility with FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster® and Corzan® pipe and fittings. FBC™, FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster® and Corzan® are licensed trademarks of The Lubrizol Corporation or its affiliates. Specifications Appearance: Dense, paste like consistency and is light brown or tan in color. Contains: Potassium Oleate, Propylene Glycol and Mica. Contains NO PETROLEUM. LubeFit® is not manufactured with silicone in its formula. Packaging: 2lb (1-quart approx.) 55-gl drum (400 lbs. approx.) See Safety Data Sheet for additional safety and disposal information at www.fppi.com CAUTION: Eye irritant. Avoid contact with eyes. Wash thoroughly after use. Description LubeFit® is a vegetable fiber based lubricant for all gasketed fittings, including grooved couplings for fire sprinkler systems and all grades of EDPM gaskets. It is non staining* and does not support bacterial growth. LubeFit® can be easily applied in temperatures from -10°F to 150°F. LubeFit® is non-toxic and water soluble. Under normal conditions, LubeFit® is not harmful to the skin. Design Criteria/Data • Water dispersible • Applies equally well to wet or dry surfaces • Suitable for all types of pipe lines, including potable water • Excellent working range -10° to 150° • Will not support bacteria • Will not deteriorate natural or Synthetic rubber, plastic gaskets or caston iron pipe • Certified to NSF/ANS/Std 61-G Application LubeFit® should be applied in an even and thin amount over the parts to be lubricated. Avoid applying excessive amounts. The best applicaion is achieved when applying by hand. Clean all dirt, burrs and foreign matter from the joint surfaces. Make certain the gasket is properly located. Apply an even coating of lubricant to all fitting surfaces and gasket. Assemble the joint according to the pipe fitting manufacturer’s directions. Disclaimer DO NOT ALTER THE CONSISTENCY OF THIS PRODUCT. Use as is directly from the container. Keep away from your mouth and eyes. If eye contact occurs, flush with water for 5 minutes. If discomfort persists get medical attention. *Will stain untreated porous surfaces such as concrete if not cleaned from the surface immediately. The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance and information purposes only. FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control. It is the user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of, methods of use, preparation prior to use, and appropriate installation for all products purchased from FPPI. It is the user’s sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. WWW.FPPI.COM LubeFit® Gasket Lubricant FBC™ System Compatible indicates that this product has been tested, and is monitored on an ongoing basis, to assure its chemical compatibility with FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster® and Corzan® pipe and fittings. FBC™, FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster® and Corzan® are licensed trademarks of The Lubrizol Corporation or its affiliates. SMITH COOPER COMMERCE, CA 90040 + 1 (800) 766-0076 + 1 (323) 890-4456 FAX © 2018 Fire Protection Products, Inc. FPPI®, LubeFit® are registered trademarks of Fire Protection Products, Inc. Product information Hilti, Inc. (USA) 1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca Hilti. Outperform. Outlast. High-performance intumescent firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX Applications ■For effectively sealing most common through penetrations in a variety of base materials ■For use on concrete, masonry and drywall ■Mixed and multiple penetrations ■Metal pipe penetrations: copper, steel and EMT ■Insulated metal pipe penetrations: steel and copper ■Plastic pipe penetrations: closed or vented Advantages ■US-produced: “Buy American” compliant ■One product for a variety of common through penetrations ■Cost-effective, easy-to-use solution ■Water-based and paintable ■Industry-leading VOC results ■Ethylene glycol-free 12 / 1 6 D B S Order Designation Package Content Item number FS-ONE MAX 20oz foil (3 case + disp)1x Foil pack dispenser manual CS 270-P1, 75x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 20 oz foil 3530252 FS-ONE MAX 10oz tube (1 case)12x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 10 oz cartridge 3530249 FS-ONE MAX 5 gallon (18 pails)18x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 5 gallon pail 3530263 FS-ONE MAX 20oz foil (1 case)25x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 20 oz foil 3530250 FS-ONE MAX 20oz foil (3 cases)75x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 20 oz foil 3530251 FS-ONE MAX 20oz Foil-Pallet 600x FSONE-MAX 20 oz foil, 290x Bulk Shipping Condition 3534713 FS-ONE MAX 10 oz cartridge 2101531 FS-ONE MAX 5 gallon pail 2101533 Technical data Chemical basis Water-based acrylic dispersion Approx. Density 84.3 lb/ft³ Color Red Application temperature range 41 - 104 °F Approx. cure time1)4 mm/3 days Temperature resistance range -4 to 212 °F Mold and mildew performance Class 0 (ASTM G21-96) Mold and mildew resistance Yes Surface burning characteristics UL 723 (ASTM E84) Flame spread: 0 Smoke development: 10 Tested in accordance with UL 1479, ASTM E814, ASTM E84, CAN/ ULC-S115, ASTM G21, ASTM E90 California State fire marshal approval CSFM Listing 4485-1200:0108 for FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant Expansion ratio (unrestricted, up to)1:5 1) at 75°F/24°C, 50% relative humidity Mold and mildew resistant Chemical resistant FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL FOR USE IN THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 66Y7 7.25"2.5" 3.5" 5" 14" 4" 5" 3.325" 14"2.5" 3.325" 5" FIRE SPRINKLER SPARE HEAD BOXES 12 Head Box 6 Head 3 Head Box 6 Large Head Box •Heavy duty 20 gauge steel construction •Red powder coated finish •Knockouts and shelf to accommodate any 1/2” or 3/4” sprinkler head •Shelf is positioned to allow for a typical sprinkler head wrench •All-welded construction and full length hinge •Slotted for easy mounting with screws, rivets or strapping (6510152)(6510150) (6510151A) (6510151) System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date ARGCO.com Updated 10/15/2020 © ARGCO (Not intended for exposed or harsh environments) Specifi cations Description: Headguard, 1-pc, 2-hk Finishes: Red, Chrome Plated Item Numbers: 02-600-00 (Red) 02-605-00 (Chrome Plated) Material: Steel Wire - .12” WWW.FPPI.COM Headguard The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance and information purposes only. FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and quali cations are outside and beyond our control. It is the user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of, methods of use, preparation prior to use, and appropriate installation for all products purchased from FPPI. It is the user’s sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. Description The 1-pc head guards are designed to provide protection against low level impacts to the sprinkler head. Featuring a dual hook attaching system, the head guards allow for installation on most ½” and ¾” IPS sprinkler heads. They can also be provided with a water shield for in-rack sprinkler heads. Available in either red or chrome  nish. Head guards will not protect sprinkler heads from severe abuse or impact. © 2017 Fire Protection Products, Inc. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 + 1 (760) 599-1168 + 1 (800) 344-1822 + 1 (800) 344-3775 FAX 1-pc 2-hk 62.75 mm / 2.47 inch 62.75 mm / 2.47 inch 22 mm / 0.87 inch 62.46 mm / 2.46 inch Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: Office.cad Calculation Date: 12/22/2022 for Type of System: WET N/A 12/22/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:40AM1 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 01 / 2 0 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:42AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (1) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 1 Sprinkler 110 20.22 16.33 5.6 13.035 Sprinkler 111 18.34 16.33 5.6 10.724 Sprinkler 112 17.84 16.33 5.6 10.151 Sprinkler 113 17.64 16.33 5.6 9.920 Sprinkler 114 17.60 16.33 5.6 9.872 Sprinkler 115 17.63 16.33 5.6 9.906 Sprinkler 116 16.33 16.33 5.6 Sprinkler 117 17.91 16.33 5.6 10.225 Sprinkler 118 17.05 16.33 5.6 9.265 Sprinkler 119 18.83 16.33 5.6 11.312 Sprinkler 120 23.57 16.33 5.6 17.712 Sprinkler 824 20.51 16.33 5.6 13.408 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:44AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Date: 12/22/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 85.0001 73.987323.451185.00 98.642100.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 223.4573.987Supply1 10-0 20.2213.035Sprinkler110 10-0 18.3410.724Sprinkler111 10-0 17.8410.151Sprinkler112 10-0 17.649.920Sprinkler113 10-0 17.609.872Sprinkler114 10-0 17.639.906Sprinkler115 12-0 16.338.507Sprinkler116 10-0 17.9110.225Sprinkler117 12-0 17.059.265Sprinkler118 10-0 18.8311.312Sprinkler119 9-0 23.5717.712Sprinkler120 10-0 20.5113.408Sprinkler824 -3-6 73.9212 0-6 72.0753 3-6½70.718100 11-6 60.595150 11-6 42.344153 11-6 20.264154 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:47AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Date: 12/22/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 11-7 16.199155 11-8½14.879156 11-9 13.179157 11-9 12.447158 11-9 12.152159 11-9 12.091160 11-9 12.134161 11-9 12.252162 11-9 12.542163 11-9 13.312164 11-9 13.930165 11-6 20.131166 11-6 22.329264 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:47AM Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 31-0 11-9 40-8 0.108 3.637 12-0 9-8116 162 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 8.50716.33 0.089467 Sprinkler, 16.33 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 11-9 5-10½0.289 11-9 5-10½162 163 1½ 1.6820 12.25224.69 0.049321 Flow (q) from Route 3 41.03 120 11-9 8-0 0.771 11-9 8-0163 164 1½ 1.6820 12.54217.91 0.096390 Flow (q) from Route 7 58.93 120 11-9 4-0 0.618 11-9 4-0164 165 1½ 1.6820 13.31217.05 0.154225 Flow (q) from Route 2 75.98 120 14-10 11-6 26-2½ 0.108 6.093 11-9 11-4½165 166 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 13.93018.83 0.232317 Flow (q) from Route 9 94.81 E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 11-6 1-11 0.133 11-6 1-11166 154 2 2.1570 20.131 0.06918494.81 120 11-6 7-6 2.065 11-6 7-6154 264 2 2.1570 20.264105.07 0.274938 Flow (q) from Route 5 199.88 120 12-3½ 11-6 59-3 20.015 11-6 46-11264 153 2 (See Notes) 2.1570 22.32923.57 0.337899 Flow (q) from Route 12 223.45 PO(12-3½) 120 8-3 11-6 143-2 18.251 11-6 134-11153 150 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 42.344 0.127478223.45 E(8-3) 120 80-7½ 3-6½147-7 3.450 6.672 11-6 66-11150 100 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 60.595 0.045213223.45 5E(9-5), BV(13-5½), PO(20-2) 120 17-7 0-6 22-6½ 1.319 0.039 3-6½4-11½100 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 70.718 0.001749223.45 E(17-7), BFP 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:50AM1 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.111 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 72.075 0.001395223.45 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.067 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 73.921 0.000340223.45 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 323.45 Route 1Total(Pt) 73.987 31-0 11-9 40-8 0.108 3.938 12-0 9-8118 164 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.26517.05 0.096823 Sprinkler, 17.05 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 13.312 Total(Pt)Route 2 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 2.977 10-0 0-0114 160 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.87217.60 0.102671 Sprinkler, 17.60 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 4-11½ 11-9 22-7½0.043 11-9 17-8160 161 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 12.091 0.0019057.07 E(4-11½) 120 11-9 6-1½0.118 11-9 6-1½161 162 1½ 1.6820 12.13417.63 0.019281 Flow (q) from Route 4 24.69 120 12.252 Total(Pt)Route 3 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 2.987 10-0 0-0115 161 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.90617.63 0.102995 Sprinkler, 17.63 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12.134 Total(Pt)Route 4 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 2.991 10-0 0-0113 159 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.92017.64 0.103134 Sprinkler, 17.64 5.6 Z, PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 11-9 12-0 0.295 11-9 12-0159 158 1½ 1.6820 12.15210.53 0.024596 Flow (q) from Route 13 28.17 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:50AM1 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 11-9 12-0 0.732 11-9 12-0158 157 1½ 1.6820 12.44717.84 0.060970 Flow (q) from Route 6 46.01 120 4-11½ 11-8½14-10 0.017 1.683 11-9 9-10½157 156 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 13.17918.34 0.113407 Flow (q) from Route 8 64.35 E(4-11½) 120 11-7 6-8 0.055 1.265 11-8½6-8156 155 1½ 1.6820 14.87920.51 0.189190 Flow (q) from Route 11 84.85 120 9-11 11-6 14-4 0.037 4.028 11-7 4-5½155 154 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 16.19920.22 0.280941 Flow (q) from Route 10 105.07 PO(9-11) 120 20.264 Total(Pt)Route 5 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.055 10-0 0-0112 158 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.15117.84 0.105352 Sprinkler, 17.84 5.6 Z, PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12.447 Total(Pt)Route 6 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.076 10-0 0-0117 163 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.22517.91 0.106058 Sprinkler, 17.91 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12.542 Total(Pt)Route 7 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.214 10-0 0-0111 157 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.72418.34 0.110837 Sprinkler, 18.34 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 13.179 Total(Pt)Route 8 29-0 11-9 29-0 -0.759 3.377 10-0 0-0119 165 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 11.31218.83 0.116448 Sprinkler, 18.83 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 13.930 Total(Pt)Route 9 29-0 11-7 29-0 -0.687 3.850 10-0 0-0110 155 1 • • • • • Route 10 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.03520.22 0.132774 Sprinkler, 20.22 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 16.199 Total(Pt)Route 10 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:50AM1 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 9-0 11-8½16-2 -0.733 2.204 10-0 7-2824 156 1 • • • • • Route 11 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.40820.51 0.136283 Sprinkler, 20.51 5.6 2E(2-0), PO(5-0) 120 14.879 Total(Pt)Route 11 29-0 11-6 32-4 -1.084 5.701 9-0 3-4120 264 1 • • • • • Route 12 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 17.71223.57 0.176308 Sprinkler, 23.57 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 22.329 Total(Pt)Route 12 4-11½ 11-9 15-5½0.062 11-9 10-6160 159 1½• • • • • Route 13 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.6820 12.0917.07 0.003983 Flow (q) from Route 3 10.53 E(4-11½) 120 12.152 Total(Pt)Route 13 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:50AM1 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 1 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 10AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:41:50AM1 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: Office.cad Calculation Date: 12/22/2022 for Type of System: WET N/A 12/22/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:43:56AM2 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 01 / 2 0 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:43:58AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (2) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 2 Sprinkler 210 33.34 19.60 5.6 35.446 Sprinkler 211 29.08 19.60 5.6 26.966 Sprinkler 212 26.09 19.60 5.6 21.705 Sprinkler 213 21.08 19.60 5.6 14.172 Sprinkler 214 20.17 19.60 5.6 12.975 Sprinkler 215 20.45 19.60 5.6 13.336 Sprinkler 216 20.51 19.60 5.6 13.413 Sprinkler 217 19.63 19.60 5.6 12.292 Sprinkler 218 19.60 19.60 5.6 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:00AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Date: 12/22/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 85.0001 71.959309.961185.00 98.745100.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 209.9671.959Supply1 10-0 33.3435.446Sprinkler210 10-0 29.0826.966Sprinkler211 10-0 26.0921.705Sprinkler212 12-0 21.0814.172Sprinkler213 12-0 20.1712.975Sprinkler214 10-0 20.4513.336Sprinkler215 12-0 20.5113.413Sprinkler216 12-0 19.6312.292Sprinkler217 10-0 19.6012.250Sprinkler218 -3-6 71.9002 0-6 70.0673 3-6½68.713100 11-6 59.317150 11-6 45.975151 11-6 44.816152 12-6 44.837250 11-6 33.859251 11-6 27.226252 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:03AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Date: 12/22/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 11-6 27.042253 12-6 18.115254 12-6 16.592255 12-6 17.150256 12-6 15.722257 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:03AM Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 28-0 12-6 36-4 -1.084 4.555 10-0 8-4218 257 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.25019.60 0.125357 Sprinkler, 19.60 5.6 2E(2-0), fd(24-0) 120 12-6 12-0 1.429 12-6 12-0257 256 1¼ 1.3800 15.72219.63 0.119043 Flow (q) from Route 2 39.23 120 15-0 11-6 36-6 0.434 9.459 12-6 21-6256 253 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 17.15020.51 0.259161 Flow (q) from Route 5 59.74 3E(3-0), PO(6-0) 120 11-6 0-6 0.184 11-6 0-6253 252 1½ 1.6820 27.04261.70 0.367275 Flow (q) from Route 3 121.45 120 11-6 12-7 6.633 11-6 12-7252 251 1½ 1.6820 27.22626.09 0.526433 Flow (q) from Route 7 147.54 120 9-11 11-6 14-11 10.958 11-6 5-0½251 152 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 33.85929.08 0.734324 Flow (q) from Route 8 176.62 PO(9-11) 120 11-6 14-0½1.158 11-6 14-0½152 151 2½ 2.6350 44.816 0.082501176.62 120 8-3 11-6 117-5½13.342 11-6 109-2½151 150 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 45.97533.34 0.113604 Flow (q) from Route 9 209.96 E(8-3) 120 80-7½ 3-6½147-7 3.450 5.946 11-6 66-11150 100 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 59.317 0.040293209.96 5E(9-5), BV(13-5½), PO(20-2) 120 17-7 0-6 22-6½ 1.319 0.035 3-6½4-11½100 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 68.713 0.001559209.96 E(17-7), BFP 120 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.099 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 70.067 0.001244209.96 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:06AM2 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.059 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 71.900 0.000303209.96 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 309.96 Route 1Total(Pt) 71.959 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 3.647 12-0 0-0217 257 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.29219.63 0.125751 Sprinkler, 19.63 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 15.722 Total(Pt)Route 2 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 3.834 12-0 0-0214 255 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.97520.17 0.132203 Sprinkler, 20.17 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 12-6 12-0 1.523 12-6 12-0255 254 1¼ 1.3800 16.59220.45 0.126955 Flow (q) from Route 4 40.62 120 15-0 11-6 30-10½ 0.434 8.493 12-6 15-10½254 253 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 18.11521.08 0.275116 Flow (q) from Route 6 61.70 3E(3-0), PO(6-0) 120 27.042 Total(Pt)Route 3 26-0 12-6 32-0 -1.084 4.339 10-0 6-0215 255 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.33620.45 0.135606 Sprinkler, 20.45 5.6 E(2-0), fd(24-0) 120 16.592 Total(Pt)Route 4 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 3.954 12-0 0-0216 256 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.41320.51 0.136331 Sprinkler, 20.51 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 17.150 Total(Pt)Route 5 29-0 12-6 29-0 -0.217 4.160 12-0 0-0213 254 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.17221.08 0.143449 Sprinkler, 21.08 5.6 T(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 18.115 Total(Pt)Route 6 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:06AM2 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 29-0 11-6 29-0 -0.650 6.171 10-0 0-0212 252 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 21.70526.09 0.212789 Sprinkler, 26.09 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 27.226 Total(Pt)Route 7 29-0 11-6 29-0 -0.650 7.543 10-0 0-0211 251 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 26.96629.08 0.260094 Sprinkler, 29.08 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 33.859 Total(Pt)Route 8 29-0 12-6 31-3½ -1.084 10.474 10-0 2-3½210 250 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 35.44633.34 0.334948 Sprinkler, 33.34 5.6 PO(5-0), fd(24-0) 120 14-10 11-6 20-11½ 0.434 0.705 12-6 6-1½250 151 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 44.837 0.03360333.34 E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 45.975 Total(Pt)Route 9 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:06AM2 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 2 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:44:06AM2 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: Office.cad Calculation Date: 12/22/2022 for Type of System: DRY 48.46 gal 12/22/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:37AM3 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 01 / 2 0 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:39AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (3) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 3 Sprinkler 310 16.12 12.60 5.6 8.286 Sprinkler 311 16.99 12.60 5.6 9.203 Sprinkler 312 14.82 12.60 5.6 Sprinkler 313 15.66 12.60 5.6 7.819 Sprinkler 314 17.25 12.60 5.6 9.486 Sprinkler 315 17.25 12.60 5.6 9.487 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:41AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Date: 12/22/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 85.0001 75.566198.081185.00 99.452100.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 98.0875.566Supply1 12-0½16.128.286Sprinkler310 11-5 16.999.203Sprinkler311 12-0½14.827.000Sprinkler312 11-5 15.667.819Sprinkler313 12-0½17.259.486Sprinkler314 12-0 17.259.487Sprinkler315 -3-6 75.5522 0-6 73.7933 12-3 9.983320 12-3 8.439321 3-6½72.468350 5-5 70.899352 DPV 11-0 68.266353 11-2 56.142354 11-4½16.476355 11-5 14.036356 11-9½12.638357 11-10 12.415358 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:44AM Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 5-0 12-3 14-7½ -0.091 1.530 12-0½9-7½312 321 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 7.00014.82 0.104671 Sprinkler, 14.82 5.6 T(3-7), E(1-5) 100 6-5 11-5 13-2 0.361 5.236 12-3 6-9321 356 1 (See Notes) 1.0490 8.43915.66 0.397425 Flow (q) from Route 2 30.47 2E(1-5), PO(3-7) 100 11-4½15-0 0.014 2.427 11-5 15-0356 355 1½ 1.6820 14.03634.50 0.161769 Flow (q) from Route 5 64.97 100 7-0½ 11-2 114-2 0.096 39.569 11-4½107-1½355 354 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 16.47633.11 0.346565 Flow (q) from Route 3 98.08 2E(3-6½) 100 21-11 11-0 116-9½ 0.071 12.054 11-2 94-10½354 353 2 (See Notes) 2.1570 56.142 0.10320698.08 5E(4-4½) 100 5-5 5-7 2.416 0.217 11-0 5-7353 352 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 68.266 0.03893698.08 DPV 100 26-1 3-6½27-3 0.811 0.758 5-5 1-2352 350 2½(See Notes) 2.6350 70.899 0.02778998.08 BV(9-7½), PO(16-5½) 120 17-7 0-6 19-0½ 1.319 0.007 3-6½1-5½350 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 72.468 0.00038198.08 E(17-7), BFP 120 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.024 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 73.793 0.00030498.08 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.015 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 75.552 0.00007498.08 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 198.08 Route 1Total(Pt) 75.566 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:47AM3 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 7-1½ 12-3 8-5½ -0.361 0.981 11-5 1-4313 321 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 7.81915.66 0.115947 Sprinkler, 15.66 5.6 2T(3-7) 100 8.439 Total(Pt)Route 2 5-0 12-3 14-7½ -0.091 1.788 12-0½9-7½310 320 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 8.28616.12 0.122343 Sprinkler, 16.12 5.6 T(3-7), E(1-5) 100 6-5 11-4½13-2½ 0.375 6.118 12-3 6-9½320 355 1 (See Notes) 1.0490 9.98316.99 0.463287 Flow (q) from Route 4 33.11 2E(1-5), PO(3-7) 100 16.476 Total(Pt)Route 3 7-1½ 12-3 8-5½ -0.361 1.141 11-5 1-4311 320 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.20316.99 0.134821 Sprinkler, 16.99 5.6 2T(3-7) 100 9.983 Total(Pt)Route 4 11-5 11-9½22-0½ 0.097 3.054 12-0½10-7½314 357 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.48617.25 0.138648 Sprinkler, 17.25 5.6 T(3-7), 3E(1-5), PO(3-7) 100 7-0½ 11-5 24-5½ 0.173 1.225 11-9½17-4½357 356 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 12.63817.25 0.050146 Flow (q) from Route 6 34.50 2E(3-6½) 100 14.036 Total(Pt)Route 5 11-5 11-10 20-7½ 0.068 2.860 12-0 9-2½315 358 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.48717.25 0.138656 Sprinkler, 17.25 5.6 T(3-7), 3E(1-5), PO(3-7) 100 11-9½15-0½ 0.014 0.210 11-10 15-0½358 357 1½ 1.6820 12.415 0.01391117.25 100 12.638 Total(Pt)Route 6 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:47AM3 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 3 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:45:47AM3 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 17601 59TH AVE NE, , ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Project Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Drawing Name: Office.cad Calculation Date: 12/22/2022 for Type of System: WET N/A 12/22/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:14AM4 Travis Clifton Kinne 0835-1021-C Level 3 Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC REDHAHF901QP 01 / 2 0 / 2 0 2 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:16AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (4) Job Number: 60181 - REMOTE AREA 4 Sprinkler 410 34.99 17.21 5.6 39.034 Sprinkler 411 34.76 17.21 5.6 38.526 Sprinkler 412 24.90 17.21 5.6 19.764 Sprinkler 413 22.75 17.21 5.6 16.505 Sprinkler 414 19.43 17.21 5.6 12.034 Sprinkler 415 17.84 17.21 5.6 10.143 Sprinkler 416 17.21 17.21 5.6 Sprinkler 417 17.71 17.21 5.6 9.997 Sprinkler 418 28.27 17.21 5.6 25.482 Sprinkler 419 27.03 17.21 5.6 23.303 Sprinkler 420 25.72 17.21 5.6 21.093 Sprinkler 421 23.60 17.21 5.6 17.756 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:18AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Date: 12/22/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 85.0001 78.529394.191185.00 98.042100.000Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3-6 294.1978.529Supply1 27-10 34.9939.034Sprinkler410 27-10 34.7638.526Sprinkler411 28-10½24.9019.764Sprinkler412 28-10½22.7516.505Sprinkler413 28-10½19.4312.034Sprinkler414 28-4 17.8410.143Sprinkler415 28-4 17.219.443Sprinkler416 28-11½17.719.997Sprinkler417 29-10½28.2725.482Sprinkler418 29-10½27.0323.303Sprinkler419 29-10½25.7221.093Sprinkler420 30-0½23.6017.756Sprinkler421 -3-6 78.4182 0-6 76.4993 3-6½75.120400 12-8½68.505450 26-0 58.265451 26-4 50.185452 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:21AM Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Date: 12/22/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 27-4½48.989453 28-4½48.363454 28-10½11.861455 28-4 10.901456 29-10½21.054457 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:21AM Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 5-0 28-4 14-9½1.458 28-4 9-9½416 456 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.44317.21 0.098536 Sprinkler, 17.21 5.6 T(5-0) 120 6-0 28-10½12-3½ -0.226 1.185 28-4 6-3½456 455 1¼(See Notes) 1.3800 10.90117.84 0.096597 Flow (q) from Route 3 35.04 PO(6-0) 120 28-10½2-2½ 0.000 0.173 28-10½2-2½455 414 1½ 1.6820 11.86117.71 0.078521 Flow (q) from Route 2 52.75 120 19-9½ 28-10½31-10½4.471 28-10½12-1414 413 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 12.03419.43 0.140251 Sprinkler, 72.18 5.6 4E(4-11½) 120 28-10½14-0 3.260 28-10½14-0413 412 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 16.50522.75 0.232834 Sprinkler 94.93 5.6 120 24-9 27-4½79-9 0.650 28.574 28-10½55-0412 453 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 19.76424.90 0.358240 Sprinkler, 119.82 5.6 T(9-11), E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 26-4 12-3½ 0.443 0.753 27-4½12-3½453 452 3 3.0680 48.989104.62 0.061264 Flow (q) from Route 4 224.44 120 43-0 26-0 78-6 0.145 7.935 26-4 35-6452 451 3 (See Notes) 3.0680 50.18569.75 0.101069 Flow (q) from Route 5 294.19 4E(7-0), T(15-0) 120 37-7½ 12-8½59-7 5.758 4.482 26-0 21-11½451 450 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 58.265 0.075203294.19 4E(9-5) 120 94-9½ 3-6½129-0 3.978 2.636 12-8½34-2½450 400 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 68.505 0.020435294.19 4E(13-2), 2f(-0.000), BV(15-9 ½), PO(26-4) 120 17-7 0-6 21-0½ 1.319 0.061 3-6½3-5½400 3 6 (See Notes) 6.3570 75.120 0.002909294.19 E(17-7), BFP 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:24AM4 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 55-2 -3-6 79-9½ 1.734 0.185 0-6 24-83 2 6 (See Notes) 6.2800 76.499 0.002321294.19 2E(22-1), EE(11-0½) 140 67-10½ -3-6 195-9½0.111 -3-6 127-112 1 8 (See Notes) 8.3900 78.418 0.000566294.19 2E(30-6½), GV(6-9½), S 140 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 394.19 Route 1Total(Pt) 78.529 7-0 28-10½17-6 0.047 1.817 28-11½10-6417 455 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 9.99717.71 0.103874 Sprinkler, 17.71 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0) 120 11.861 Total(Pt)Route 2 5-0 28-4 7-2½0.758 28-4 2-2½415 456 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.14317.84 0.105278 Sprinkler, 17.84 5.6 T(5-0) 120 10.901 Total(Pt)Route 3 7-0 29-10½18-3 0.074 3.223 30-0½11-3421 457 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 17.75623.60 0.176716 Sprinkler, 23.60 5.6 E(2-0), PO(5-0) 120 29-10½2-2½0.039 29-10½2-2½457 420 1½ 1.6820 21.054 0.01772923.60 120 19-9½ 29-10½31-10½2.210 29-10½12-1420 419 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 21.09325.72 0.069329 Sprinkler, 49.32 5.6 4E(4-11½) 120 29-10½14-0 2.179 29-10½14-0419 418 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 23.30327.03 0.155623 Sprinkler 76.35 5.6 120 24-9 28-4½79-9 0.650 22.231 29-10½55-0418 454 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 25.48228.27 0.278710 Sprinkler, 104.62 5.6 T(9-11), E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:24AM4 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 27-4½12-3½ 0.443 0.183 28-4½12-3½454 453 3 3.0680 48.363 0.014926104.62 120 48.989 Total(Pt)Route 4 27-10 14-0 -0.000 0.508 27-10 14-0411 410 1½• • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.6820 38.52634.76 0.036295 Sprinkler 34.76 5.6 120 24-9 26-4 79-9 0.650 10.500 27-10 55-0410 452 1½(See Notes) 1.6820 39.03434.99 0.131642 Sprinkler, 69.75 5.6 T(9-11), E(4-11½), PO(9-11) 120 50.185 Total(Pt)Route 5 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:24AM4 Date: 12/22/2022 Job Name: SNOPUD PWC-NCCO Remote Area Number: 4 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.12/22/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2022 v17.1.17.0 9:46:23AM4 NFPA 13 2016 Seismic Bracing Calculations Project Name:Snohomish PUD PWC-NCCO Brace Design:4 Long I-Beam (WH) Address:17601 59th Ave NE Contractor Name:Red hawk City, State, Zip:Arlington, WA 98223, WA 98223 Address:801 Valley Ave NW Prepared By:KInne, Travis City, State, Zip:Puyallup, WA 98371 Date: 22-Dec-2022 Fax: Phone: 253-604-7309 Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)Seismic Brace Attachments Structure Attachment Fitting: Universal Structural Bracket, EG, 9/16" Hole Make: CADDY Model: CSBU1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2045 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1446 Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter, EG, 1/4"–3/4" Flange Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 1885 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1332 Sway Brace Fitting: 4" Single Pipe/Conduit Rigid Universal Sway Brace, electrogalvanized Make: CADDY Model: CSB0400 Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6" Brace Length (ft): 1.94 Size of Brace (in): 1" - Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 80.00 Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421 kl/r Value:* 100 Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2600 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1838 Fastener Information Fastener Orientation: B Structure: Steel ( I-Beam, C Purlin or Z Purlin) Fastener Qty: n/a Fastener Type: n/a Fastener Size: n/a Fastener Embedment: n/a Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a Brace Orientation: Longitudinal Brace I.D. (on plan): 4 Lat I-Beam (WH) (copy) CSBS1 45-59 Degrees CSB0400 CSBU1 Steel (I-Beam shown, C Purlin and Z Purlin Similar) Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI) Load Calculation(Fpw = Cp x Wp) Pipe Size Pipe Description Wt/ft (lbs) 15% for Fittings Total Wt/ft Length (ft)Total Wt 4"EDDY Flow 11.29 1.69 12.98 80.00 1,038.68 Cp = 0.51 per NFPA 13 2016 2018 IBC Sway Brace Attached to 4" Eddy_Flow Pipe Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings 0.00 Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight ( Wp )1,038.68 Horizontal Earthquake Load Fpw = Cp x Wp Fpw = 0.51 x 1,038.68 Fpw = 530.00 lbs *Excludes tension-only bracing systems NFPA 13 2016 Seismic Bracing Calculations Project Name:Snohomish PUD PWC-NCCO Brace Design:6 Lat I-Beam (WH) Address:17601 59th Ave NE Contractor Name:Red hawk City, State, Zip:Arlington, WA 98223, WA 98223 Address:801 Valley Ave NW Prepared By:KInne, Travis City, State, Zip:Puyallup, WA 98371 Date: 22-Dec-2022 Fax: Phone: 253-604-7309 Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)Seismic Brace Attachments Structure Attachment Fitting: Universal Structural Bracket, EG, 9/16" Hole Make: CADDY Model: CSBU1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2045 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1446 Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter, EG, 1/4"–3/4" Flange Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 1885 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1332 Sway Brace Fitting: 6" Pipe/Conduit Rigid Quick Grip Lateral Sway Brace, electrogalvanized Make: CADDY Model: CSBQG0600EG Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6" Brace Length (ft): 1.94 Size of Brace (in): 1" - Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 30.00 Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421 kl/r Value:* 100 Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2015 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1425 Fastener Information Fastener Orientation: B Structure: Steel ( I-Beam, C Purlin or Z Purlin) Fastener Qty: n/a Fastener Type: n/a Fastener Size: n/a Fastener Embedment: n/a Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a Brace Orientation: Lateral Brace I.D. (on plan): 4 Lat I-Beam (WH) CSBS1 45-59 Degrees CSBQG0600EG CSBU1 Steel (I-Beam shown, C Purlin and Z Purlin Similar) Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI) Load Calculation(Fpw = Cp x Wp) Pipe Size Pipe Description Wt/ft (lbs) 15% for Fittings Total Wt/ft Length (ft)Total Wt 6"Sch 10 23.03 3.45 26.48 30.00 794.54 2 1/2"EDDY Flow 5.30 0.80 6.10 150.00 914.25 Cp = 0.51 per NFPA 13 2016 2018 IBC 1"Sch 40 2.05 0.31 2.36 40.00 94.30 Sway Brace Attached to 6" Sch10 Pipe Max Fpw Based on 6" Sch10 Pipe Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings 0.00 Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight ( Wp )1,803.09 Max Fpw per NFPA 13 2016, Section 9.3.5.5.2 including Section 9.3.5.5.2.4 2647 lbs Horizontal Earthquake Load Fpw = Cp x Wp Fpw = 0.51 x 1,803.09 Fpw = 920.00 lbs *Excludes tension-only bracing systems NFPA 13 2016 Seismic Bracing Calculations Project Name:Snohomish PUD PWC-NCCO Brace Design:6 Long I-Beam (WH) Address:17601 59th Ave NE Contractor Name:Red hawk City, State, Zip:Arlington, WA 98223, WA 98223 Address:801 Valley Ave NW Prepared By:KInne, Travis City, State, Zip:Puyallup, WA 98371 Date: 22-Dec-2022 Fax: Phone: 253-604-7309 Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)Seismic Brace Attachments Structure Attachment Fitting: Universal Structural Bracket, EG, 9/16" Hole Make: CADDY Model: CSBU1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2045 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1446 Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter, EG, 1/4"–3/4" Flange Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 1885 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1332 Sway Brace Fitting: 6" Single Pipe/Conduit Rigid Universal Sway Brace, electrogalvanized Make: CADDY Model: CSB0600 Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6" Brace Length (ft): 1.94 Size of Brace (in): 1" - Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 80.00 Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421 kl/r Value:* 100 Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2600 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1838 Fastener Information Fastener Orientation: B Structure: Steel ( I-Beam, C Purlin or Z Purlin) Fastener Qty: n/a Fastener Type: n/a Fastener Size: n/a Fastener Embedment: n/a Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a Brace Orientation: Longitudinal Brace I.D. (on plan): 6 Lat I-Beam (WH) (copy) CSBS1 45-59 Degrees CSB0600 CSBU1 Steel (I-Beam shown, C Purlin and Z Purlin Similar) Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI) Load Calculation(Fpw = Cp x Wp) Pipe Size Pipe Description Wt/ft (lbs) 15% for Fittings Total Wt/ft Length (ft)Total Wt 6"Sch 10 23.03 3.45 26.48 80.00 2,118.76 Cp = 0.51 per NFPA 13 2016 2018 IBC Sway Brace Attached to 6" Sch10 Pipe Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings 0.00 Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight ( Wp )2,118.76 Horizontal Earthquake Load Fpw = Cp x Wp Fpw = 0.51 x 2,118.76 Fpw = 1,081.00 lbs *Excludes tension-only bracing systems NFPA 13 2016 Seismic Bracing Calculations Project Name:Snohomish PUD PWC-NCCO Brace Design:4 Lat I-Beam (WH) Address:17601 59th Ave NE Contractor Name:Red hawk City, State, Zip:Arlington, WA 98223, WA 98223 Address:801 Valley Ave NW Prepared By:KInne, Travis City, State, Zip:Puyallup, WA 98371 Date: 22-Dec-2022 Fax: Phone: 253-604-7309 Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)Seismic Brace Attachments Structure Attachment Fitting: Universal Structural Bracket, EG, 9/16" Hole Make: CADDY Model: CSBU1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2045 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1446 Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter, EG, 1/4"–3/4" Flange Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1 UL Load Rating (lbs): 1885 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1332 Sway Brace Fitting: 4" Pipe/Conduit Rigid Quick Grip Lateral Sway Brace, electrogalvanized Make: CADDY Model: CSBQG0400EG Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6" Brace Length (ft): 1.94 Size of Brace (in): 1" - Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 30.00 Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421 kl/r Value:* 100 Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455 UL Load Rating (lbs): 2015 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1425 Fastener Information Fastener Orientation: B Structure: Steel ( I-Beam, C Purlin or Z Purlin) Fastener Qty: n/a Fastener Type: n/a Fastener Size: n/a Fastener Embedment: n/a Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a Brace Orientation: Lateral Brace I.D. (on plan): 4 Lat I-Beam (WH) (copy) CSBS1 45-59 Degrees CSBQG0400EG CSBU1 Steel (I-Beam shown, C Purlin and Z Purlin Similar) Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI) Load Calculation(Fpw = Cp x Wp) Pipe Size Pipe Description Wt/ft (lbs) 15% for Fittings Total Wt/ft Length (ft)Total Wt 4"EDDY Flow 11.29 1.69 12.98 30.00 389.51 1 1/2"EDDY Flow 2.86 0.43 3.29 216.00 710.42 Cp = 0.51 per NFPA 13 2016 2018 IBC 1"Sch 40 2.05 0.31 2.36 40.00 94.30 Sway Brace Attached to 4" Eddy_Flow Pipe Max Fpw Based on 4" Eddy_Flow Pipe Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings 0.00 Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight ( Wp )1,194.23 Max Fpw per NFPA 13 2016, Section 9.3.5.5.2 including Section 9.3.5.5.2.4 1012 lbs Horizontal Earthquake Load Fpw = Cp x Wp Fpw = 0.51 x 1,194.23 Fpw = 609.00 lbs *Excludes tension-only bracing systems IMPORTANT: READ CAREFULLY Your use of the nVent CADDY® Bracing Systems Calculator (the “Calculator”) is subject to the Terms of Use (the “Agreement”) you accepted prior to your use of the Calculator software. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, nVent grants to you a nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use this software on only one computer at any one time. You may not copy, alter, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, sublicense, rent, lease, sell, loan, assign or otherwise distribute the software. nVent may terminate this Agreement and your license grant if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in which event you must destroy all copies of the software and your rights to use this software will immediately end. This Calculator and other materials are provided as a design aid for use by qualified persons who take full responsibility for the design of seismic and other bracing systems. The Calculator is based on the parameters and the criteria specified in the applicable fire sprinkler codes, effective as of the date of software release, you select. You assume sole responsibility to review and confirm the accuracy and correctness of the formula, the accuracy, completeness and currentness of the applicable fire sprinkler codes, the information used in the calculations and all results from the calculations. nVent is not responsible to perform these actions for you. To assist you in checking your work, hard copies of the calculations can be printed for your review and acceptance. Failure by you to review the calculations to your satisfaction may result in improper design specifications that could adversely affect the integrity of the bracing system being designed and built. nVent shall not be responsible for, among other things and all things whatsoever, (a) errors in, and your failure to review and assure the correctness of, the Calculator’s formula, information, calculations or results; (b) modifications in the Calculator made by any person other than nVent; (c) the effect on the user’s computer hardware, software or systems; (d) providing future updates to the Calculator regardless of possible changes to existing codes; or (e) otherwise. THE CALCULATOR AND OTHER MATERIALS, INFORMATION, SOFTWARE, PRODUCTS, SERVICES AND OTHER CONTENT CONTAINED IN THIS SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM ARE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS IS" AND WITHOUT REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, NONINFRINGEMENT, SECURITY, CURRENTNESS OR ACCURACY. NVENT HAS MADE REASONABLE EFFORTS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION THAT IS CURRENT AND ACCURATE AS OF THE SOFTWARE RELEASE DATE ON THIS SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM, HOWEVER, NVENT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INACCURACIES WHATSOEVER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL NVENT, ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, AND ITS OR THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND REPRESENTATIVES, BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM OR YOUR RELIANCE ON INFORMATION OBTAINED THROUGH THIS SOFTWARE, PROGRAM, MATERIALS, INFORMATION, SERVICES AND OTHER CONTENT. IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO EVALUATE THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, CURRENTNESS AND USEFULNESS OF ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED, AND USE OF THIS SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM IS SOLELY AT YOUR OWN RISK. IN NO EVENT SHALL NVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE RESULTING FROM (I) RELIANCE ON THE SOFTWARE, PROGRAM OR MATERIALS PROVIDED, (II) COSTS OF REPLACEMENT GOODS, (III) LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, (IV) DELAYS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS, AND (V) ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY), ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE THE CALCULATOR, WHETHER OR NOT NVENT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Upon reasonable request by nVent, you agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless nVent and its employees, contractors, officers and directors from any and all liabilities, losses, claims and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, that arise from your use or misuse of this Calculator, information, products, software, materials or program and/or any nVent services, your non-compliance or compliance with these Terms of Use, or your violation of any third-party rights. nVent reserves the right, at its own expense, to assume the exclusive defense and control of any matter otherwise subject to indemnification by you, in which event you will cooperate with nVent in asserting any available defenses. Neither you nor anyone acting on your behalf, including your employees, acquire any intellectual property or other proprietary rights, including patents, designs, trademarks, copyright or trade secrets, relating to the Calculator, software, programs and materials, except as otherwise expressly granted herein. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. You agree to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and rules, including those related to export of this software, programs or materials. Your use of other nVent products must be in accordance with the nVent documentation applicable to such products including instruction sheets, data sheets, warnings, application drawings and user manuals. nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are either registered trademarks or trademarks of nVent in the U.S. and/or other countries. All contents of the software, program and other materials are © 2018 nVent. All rights reserved.